e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(MARK ONE)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal
year ended October 31,
2010
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission File Number:
001-34428
Avago Technologies
Limited
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
Singapore
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
N/A
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
(Address of Principal
Executive Offices)
|
|
N/A
(Zip
Code)
|
(65) 6755-7888
(Registrants telephone number, including area
code)
Securities registered pursuant
to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Ordinary Shares, no par value
|
|
The NASDAQ Global Select Market
|
Securities registered pursuant
to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
State the aggregate market value of the Registrants voting
and non-voting ordinary shares held by non-affiliates as of the
last business day of the Registrants most recently
completed second fiscal quarter: As of May 2, 2010, the
last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal
quarter, the aggregate market value of the Registrants
ordinary shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant (based
upon the closing sale price of such shares on the Nasdaq Global
Select Market on April 30, 2010, the last trading day prior
to our fiscal quarter end) was approximately $1,691,316,089.
As of December 10, 2010, the Registrant had
241,589,163 ordinary shares outstanding.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Information required in response to Part III of this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
is hereby incorporated by reference from the Registrants
definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders. Except as expressly incorporated by reference, the
Registrants Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be a
part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The Registrant intends to file its definitive Proxy Statement
within 120 days after its fiscal year ended
October 31, 2010.
AVAGO
TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED
2010 ANNUAL REPORT ON
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
PART I
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
This Annual Report on
Form 10-K
contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the
federal securities laws and particularly in Item 1:
Business, Item 1A:Risk Factors,
Item 3: Legal Proceedings and Item 7:
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
These statements are indicated by words or phrases such as
anticipate, expect, outlook,
foresee, believe, could,
intend, will, and similar words or
phrases. All statements other than statements of historical fact
could be deemed forward-looking, including, but not limited to,
any projections of financial information; any statements about
historical results that may suggest trends for our business; any
statements of the plans, strategies, and objectives of
management for future operations; any statements of expectation
or belief regarding future events, technology developments, our
products, product sales, expenses, liquidity, cash flow, growth
rates and restructuring efforts, or enforceability of our
intellectual property rights and related litigation expenses;
and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the
foregoing. These forward-looking statements are based on current
expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections of our or
industry performance based on managements judgment,
beliefs, current trends and market conditions and involve risks
and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ
materially from those contained in the forward-looking
statements. Accordingly, we caution you not to place undue
reliance on these statements. For example, there can be no
assurance that our product sales efforts, revenues or expenses
will meet any expectations or follow any trend(s), or that our
ability to compete effectively will be successful or yield
anticipated results. For Avago, particular uncertainties that
could affect future results include cyclicality in the
semiconductor industry or in our end markets; the recent
financial crisis and its impact on our business, results of
operations, and financial condition; fluctuations in interest
rates; our ability to generate cash sufficient to fund our
research and development, capital expenditures and other
business needs; our increased dependence on outsourced service
providers for certain key business services and their ability to
execute to our requirements; our dependence on contract
manufacturing and outsourced supply chain; quarterly and annual
fluctuations in operating results; loss of our significant
customers; our ability to maintain tax concessions in certain
jurisdictions; our ability to protect our intellectual property;
our competitive performance and ability to continue achieving
design wins with our customers; any expenses associated with
resolving customer product and warranty claims; our ability to
achieve the growth prospects and synergies expected from our
acquisitions; delays and challenges associated with integrating
acquired companies with our existing businesses; our ability to
improve our cost structure through our manufacturing outsourcing
program; and other events and trends on a national, regional and
global scale, including those of a political, economic,
business, competitive and regulatory nature. For a discussion of
some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from our forward-looking statements, see the
discussion on risk factors that appears in Part I,
Item 1A of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and other risks and uncertainties detailed in this and our other
reports and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
or SEC. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking
statements to reflect developments or information obtained after
the date hereof and disclaim any obligation to do so.
References in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
to Avago, the Company, we,
our, or us refer to Avago Technologies
Limited and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, unless
otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires. Our
fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to October 31. We
refer to our fiscal years by the calendar year in which they
end. For example, the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 is
referred to as fiscal year 2010.
Overview
We are a leading designer, developer and global supplier of a
broad range of analog semiconductor devices with a focus on
III-V based products. We differentiate ourselves through our
high performance design and integration capabilities. III-V
semiconductor materials have higher electrical conductivity,
enabling faster speeds and tend to have better performance
characteristics than conventional silicon in applications such
as RF and optoelectronics. Our product portfolio is extensive
and includes over 6,500 products that we sell into four primary
target markets: wireless communications, wired infrastructure,
industrial and automotive electronics, and consumer
3
and computing peripherals. Applications for our products in
these target markets include cellular phones, consumer
appliances, data networking and telecommunications equipment,
enterprise storage and servers, renewable energy and smart power
grid applications, factory automation, displays, optical mice
and printers.
We have a nearly
50-year
history of innovation dating back to our origins within
Hewlett-Packard Company. Over the years, we have assembled a
large team of analog design engineers, and we maintain design
and product development engineering resources around the world.
Our locations include two design centers in the United States,
five in Asia and four in Europe. We have developed an extensive
portfolio of intellectual property that currently includes more
than 5,000 U.S. and foreign patents and patent
applications. Our history and market position enable us to
strategically focus our research and development resources to
address attractive target markets. We leverage our significant
intellectual property portfolio to integrate multiple
technologies and create component solutions that target growth
opportunities. We design products that deliver high-performance
and provide mission-critical functionality. In particular, we
were a pioneer in commercializing vertical-cavity surface
emitting laser, or VCSEL, fiber optic products and our
VCSEL-based products have been widely adopted throughout the
wired infrastructure industry. In addition, we were among the
first to deliver commercial film bulk acoustic resonator, or
FBAR, filters for code division multiple access, or CDMA,
technology and we believe we maintain a significant market share
of personal communication service, or PCS, duplexers within the
CDMA market. In addition, our FBAR filters offer technological
advantages over competing filters in certain other radio bands,
such as GPS and 3G. In optoelectronics, we are a market leader
in submarkets such as optocouplers, fiber optic transceivers,
optical finger navigation sensors found in mobile phones and
optical computer mouse sensors.
We have a diversified and well-established customer base of
approximately 40,000 end customers, located throughout the
world, which we serve through our multi-channel sales and
fulfillment system. We have established strong relationships
with leading original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, customers
across multiple target markets. Typically, our major customer
relationships have been in place multiple years and we have
supplied multiple products during that time period. Our close
customer relationships have often been built as a result of
years of collaborative product development which has enabled us
to build our intellectual property portfolio and develop
critical expertise regarding our customers requirements,
including substantial system level knowledge. This collaboration
has provided us with key insights into our customers and has
enabled us to be more efficient and productive and to better
serve our target markets and customers. We distribute most of
our products through our broad distribution network, and we are
a significant supplier to two of the largest global electronic
components distributors, Avnet, Inc. and Arrow Electronics, Inc.
We also have a direct sales force focused on supporting large
OEMs.
We focus on maintaining an efficient global supply chain and a
variable, low-cost operating model. Accordingly, we have
outsourced a majority of our manufacturing operations utilizing
third-party foundry and assembly and test capabilities, as well
as most of our corporate infrastructure functions. We aim to
minimize capital expenditures by focusing our internal
manufacturing capacity on products utilizing our innovative
materials and processes to protect our intellectual property and
to develop the technology for manufacturing, while outsourcing
standard complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS,
processes. We also have over 35 years of operating history
in Asia, where approximately 60% of our employees are located
and where we produce and source the majority of our products.
Our presence in Asia places us in close proximity to many of our
customers manufacturing facilities and at the center of
worldwide electronics manufacturing.
Markets
and Products
We focus on leveraging our design capabilities to develop
products for target markets where we believe our innovation and
reputation will allow us to earn attractive margins. In each of
our target markets, we have multiple product families that
primarily provide OEMs with component or subsystem products. Our
product portfolio ranges from simple discrete devices to complex
sub-systems that include multiple device types and incorporate
firmware for interface between digital systems. In some cases,
our products include mechanical hardware that interfaces with
optoelectronic or capacitive sensors. We intend to expand our
product offerings to address existing and adjacent market
opportunities, and plan to selectively target attractive
segments within large established markets. We target markets
that require high quality and the integrated performance
characteristics of our products. For the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2010, wireless communications contributed 38%,
wired infrastructure contributed 24%,
4
industrial and automotive electronics contributed 29% and
consumer and computing peripherals contributed 9%, of our net
revenue, respectively.
Wireless Communications. We support the
wireless industry with a broad variety of radio frequency, or
RF, semiconductor devices, including monolithic microwave
integrated circuit filters and duplexers using our proprietary
FBAR technology, front end modules that incorporate multiple die
into multi-function RF devices, diodes and discrete transistors.
Our expertise in amplifier design, FBAR technology and module
integration capability enables us to offer industry-leading
efficiency in RF transmitter applications. Our proprietary
gallium arsenide, or GaAs, processes are critical to the
production of power amplifier, or PA, and low noise amplifier
products. Our expertise in Human Interface Design has led to the
Optical Finger Navigation, or OFN, device which replaces a
mechanical trackball on certain high-end mobile phones. In
addition to RF devices and OFN, we provide a variety of
optoelectronic sensors for mobile handset applications. We also
supply light emitting diodes, or LEDs, for camera-phone flashes
and for backlighting applications in mobile handset keypads, as
well as sensors for backlighting control.
Wired Infrastructure. In the storage and
Ethernet networking markets, we supply transceivers that receive
and transmit information along optical fibers. We provide a
range of product bandwidth options for customers, including
options ranging from 125 megabyte data, or MBd, Fast
Ethernet transmitters and receivers to 10 Gigabit transceivers.
We supply parallel optic transceivers with as many as 12
parallel channels for high performance core routing and server
applications. For enterprise networking and server input/output,
or I/O, applications, we also supply high speed
serializer/deserializer, or SerDes, products integrated into
application specific integrated circuits, or ASICs.
Industrial and Automotive Electronics. We
provide a broad variety of products for the general industrial,
automotive and consumer appliance markets. We offer optical
isolators, or optocouplers, which provide electrical insulation
and signal isolation for signaling systems that are susceptible
to electrical noise or interference. Optocouplers are used in a
diverse set of applications, including industrial motors,
automotive systems including those used in hybrid engines, power
generation and distribution systems, switching power supplies,
motion sensors, telecommunications equipment, consumer
appliances, computers and office equipment, plasma displays, and
military electronics. For industrial motors and robotic motion
control, we supply optical encoders, as well as integrated
circuits, or ICs, for the controller and decoder functions. For
electronic signs and signals, we supply LED assemblies that
offer high brightness and stable light output over thousands of
hours, enabling us to support traffic signals, large commercial
signs and other displays. For industrial networking, we provide
Fast Ethernet transceivers using plastic optical fiber that
enable quick and interoperable networking and factory automation.
Consumer and Computing Peripherals. We
manufacture motion control encoders that control the paper feed
and print head movement in printers and other office automation
products. We were an early developer of image sensors for
optical mouse applications, using LEDs and CMOS image sensors to
create a subsystem that can detect motion over an arbitrary
desktop surface. We are a leading supplier of image sensors for
optical mice today, and have launched a new line of laser-based
mouse products with improved precision. Displays, especially in
notebook computer applications, use our products for LED
backlighting and our sensors to control display brightness based
on ambient light conditions.
5
The table below presents the major product families, major
applications and major end customers in our four primary target
markets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target Market
|
|
Major Product Families
|
|
Major Applications
|
|
Major End Customers
|
|
Wireless Communications
|
|
RF amplifiers
|
|
Voice and data communications
|
|
LG Electronics Inc.
|
|
|
RF filters
|
|
Camera phone
|
|
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
|
|
|
RF front end modules (FEMs)
|
|
Keypad and display backlighting
|
|
Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
|
|
|
Ambient light sensors
|
|
Backlighting control
|
|
|
|
|
LEDs
|
|
Base stations
|
|
|
|
|
Low noise amplifiers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mm-wave mixers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optical Finger Navigation (OFN)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wired Infrastructure
|
|
Fiber optic transceivers
|
|
Data communications
|
|
Brocade Communications
|
|
|
Serializer/deserializer (SerDes)
|
|
Storage area networking
|
|
Systems, Inc.
|
|
|
ASICs
|
|
Servers
|
|
Cisco Systems Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hewlett-Packard Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machines Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Juniper Networks Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Automotive
|
|
Fiber optic transceivers
|
|
In-car infotainment
|
|
ABB Ltd.
|
Electronics
|
|
LEDs
|
|
Displays
|
|
Schneider Electric
|
|
|
Motion control encoders and
|
|
Lighting
|
|
Siemens AG
|
|
|
subsystems
|
|
Factory automation
|
|
|
|
|
Optocouplers
|
|
Motor controls
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Renewable clean energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer and Computing
|
|
Optical mouse sensors
|
|
Optical mice
|
|
Hewlett-Packard Company
|
Peripherals
|
|
Motion control encoders and
|
|
Printers
|
|
Logitech International S.A.
|
|
|
subsystems
|
|
Optical disk drives
|
|
Primax Electronics Ltd.
|
Research
and Development
We are committed to continuous investment in product
development, with a focus on rapidly introducing new,
proprietary products. Many of our products have grown out of our
own research and development efforts, and have given us
competitive advantages in certain target markets due to
performance differentiation. We focus our research and
development efforts on the development of innovative,
sustainable and higher value product platforms. We leverage our
design capabilities in markets where we believe our innovation
and reputation will allow us to earn attractive margins by
developing high value-add products.
We intend to continue to build on our history of innovation, and
our intellectual property portfolio, design expertise and
system-level knowledge, to create more integrated solutions. We
plan to continue investing in product development to drive
growth in our business. We also invest in process development
and maintain fabrication capabilities in order to optimize
processes for devices that are manufactured internally. Our
field application engineers, or FAEs, and design engineers are
located near many of our customers around the world, enabling us
to support our customers in each stage of their product
development cycle, from early stages of production design
through volume manufacturing and future growth. By collaborating
with our customers, we have opportunities to develop high value
added, customized products for them that leverage our existing
technologies. Research and development expenses were
$280 million, $245 million and $265 million for
the years ended October 31, 2010, November 1, 2009 and
November 2, 2008, respectively. We anticipate that we will
continue to make significant research and development
expenditures in order to maintain our competitive position with
a continuous flow of innovative and sustainable product
platforms. As of October 31, 2010, we had approximately
1,200 employees dedicated to research and development at
multiple locations around the world.
We also have research and development alliances with partners
and ongoing technology sharing relationships with our principal
contract manufacturers. We anticipate that we will continue to
employ research and development alliances to maximize the impact
of our internal research and development investment.
6
Customers,
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
We have a diversified and historically stable customer base. In
the year ended October 31, 2010, no customer accounted for
10% or more of our net revenue, and our top 10 customers, which
included five distributors, collectively accounted for 55% of
our net revenue.
We sell our products through a network of distributors and our
direct sales force globally. Our customers require timely
delivery often to multiple locations around the world. We have
strategically developed distributor relationships to serve tens
of thousands of customers. Our direct sales force is focused on
supporting our large OEM customers. Additionally, our extensive
network of FAEs enhances our customer reach and our visibility
into new product opportunities. Within North America, we also
complement our direct sales force with a network of
manufacturing sales representative companies to cover our
emerging OEM customers in order to ensure these customers
receive the proper level of attention and support. Our main
global distributors are Avnet, Inc., and Arrow Electronics, Inc.
complemented by a number of specialty regional distributors with
customer relationships based on their respective product ranges.
As of October 31, 2010, our sales and marketing
organization consisted of approximately 500 employees, many
of whom have responsibility for emerging accounts, for large,
global accounts, or for our distributors. Our sales force has
specialized product and service knowledge that enables us to
sell specific offerings at key levels throughout a
customers organization.
As part of our global reach, we have 11 sales offices located in
nine countries, with a significant presence in Asia, which is a
key center of the worldwide electronics supply chain. Many of
our customers design products in North America or Europe that
are then manufactured in Asia. We maintain dedicated regional
customer support call centers, where we address customer issues
and handle logistics and other order fulfillment requirements.
We are well-positioned to support our customers throughout the
design, technology transfer and manufacturing stages across all
geographies.
Operations
A majority of our manufacturing operations are outsourced and we
utilize external foundries to fabricate our semiconductors,
including Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd., or
TSMC and WIN Semiconductors Corp. For certain of our product
families, substantially all of our revenue is derived from
semiconductors fabricated by external foundries, including our
high speed SerDes ICs, LEDs, and LED-based displays. We also use
third-party contract manufacturers for a significant majority of
our assembly and test operations, including Amertron
Incorporated, SAE Magnetics (HK) Ltd, and the Hana
Microelectronics Public Company Ltd. group of companies. We
maintain our internal fabrication facilities for products
utilizing our innovative materials and processes to protect our
intellectual property and to develop the technology for
manufacturing, and we outsource standard CMOS processes.
Examples of internally fabricated semiconductors include RF GaAs
amplifiers and VCSEL-based lasers for fiber optic
communications. The majority of our internal III-V semiconductor
wafer fabrication is done in the United States and Singapore. As
of October 31, 2010, approximately 1,500 manufacturing
employees were devoted to internal fabrication operations as
well as outsourced activities. For selected customers, we
maintain finished goods inventory near or at customer
manufacturing sites to support their
just-in-time
production.
Materials
and Suppliers
Our manufacturing operations employ a wide variety of
semiconductors, electromechanical components and assemblies and
raw materials. We purchase materials from hundreds of suppliers
on a global basis. These supply relationships are generally
conducted on a purchase order basis. While we have not
experienced any difficulty in obtaining the materials used in
the conduct of our business and we believe that no single
supplier is material, some of the parts are not readily
available from alternate suppliers due to their unique design or
the length of time necessary for re-design or qualification. Our
long-term relationships with our suppliers allow us to
proactively manage our technology development and product
discontinuance plans, and to monitor our suppliers
financial health. Some suppliers may nonetheless extend their
lead times, limit supplies, increase prices or cease to produce
necessary parts for our products. If these are unique
components, we may not be able to find a substitute quickly, or
7
at all. To address the potential disruption in our supply chain,
we use a number of techniques, including qualifying multiple
sources of supply where practicable, redesign of products for
alternative components and purchase of incremental inventory for
supply buffer.
Competition
The global semiconductor market is highly competitive. While no
company competes with us in all of our target markets, our
competitors range from large, international companies offering a
wide range of products to smaller companies specializing in
narrow markets. We compete with integrated device manufacturers,
or IDMs, and fabless semiconductor companies as well as the
internal resources of large, integrated OEMs. The competitive
landscape is changing as a result of a trend toward
consolidation within the industry, as some of our competitors
have merged with or been acquired by other competitors while
others have begun collaborating with each other. We expect this
consolidation trend to continue. We expect competition in the
markets in which we participate to continue to increase as
existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings
and as new companies enter the market. Additionally, our ability
to compete effectively depends on a number of factors,
including: quality, technical performance, price, product
features, product system compatibility, system-level design
capability, engineering expertise, responsiveness to customers,
new product innovation, product availability, delivery timing
and reliability, and customer sales and technical support.
In the wireless communications target market, we provide RF
amplifiers, filters, optical finger navigation sensors, modules
and LEDs for mobile phones. Our primary competitors for this
target market are Anadigics, Inc., Hittite Microwave
Corporation, RF Micro Devices, Inc., Skyworks Solutions, Inc.
and TriQuint Semiconductor, Inc. We compete based on our
expertise in amplifier design, FBAR technology and module
integration. We also compete against a number of smaller, niche
wireless players based on our proprietary design expertise,
broad product portfolio, proprietary material processes and
integration expertise.
In the wired infrastructure target market, we provide fiber
optic transceivers and SerDes ASICs for high-speed data
communications and server applications. Our primary competitors
for this target market are Finisar Corporation, International
Business Machines Corp. Microelectronics Division, LSI
Corporation, ST Microelectronics N.V. and Texas Instruments
Incorporated. We compete based on the strength of our high speed
proprietary design expertise, our customer relationships,
proprietary process technology and broad product portfolio.
In the industrial and automotive electronics target market, we
provide fiber optic transceivers for communication networks,
LEDs for displays, motion control encoders and subsystems and
optocouplers for factory automation and motor controls. Our
primary competitors for this target market are Analog Devices,
Inc., Heidenhain Corporation, NEC Electronics Corporation and
Toshiba Corporation. We compete based on our design expertise,
broad product portfolio, reputation for quality products and
large customer base.
In the consumer and computing peripherals target market, we
provide optical mouse image sensors for optical mice and motion
control encoders and subsystems for printers and optical disk
drives. Our primary competitors for this target market are
Pixart Imaging Inc. and Sharp Corporation. In these
applications, we compete based on our long history of innovation
and market leadership, along with our design expertise.
Intellectual
Property
Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our
intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a
combination of intellectual property rights, including patents,
mask works, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets
and similar intellectual property, as well as customary
contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, employees
and consultants, and through security measures to protect our
trade secrets. We believe our current product expertise, key
engineering talent and intellectual property portfolio provide
us with a strong platform from which to develop application
specific products in key target markets.
We are the successor to the Semiconductor Products Group of
Agilent Technologies, Inc., which we acquired on
December 1, 2005 in a transaction that we refer to as the
SPG Acquisition. We acquired ownership and license rights to a
portfolio of patents and patent applications, as well as certain
registered trademarks and service marks for discrete product
offerings, from Agilent in the SPG Acquisition. We have
continued to have issued to us, and to file
8
for, additional United States and foreign patents since the SPG
Acquisition. As of October 31, 2010, we had approximately
2,200 U.S. and 1,200 foreign patents and approximately 500
U.S. and 1,100 foreign pending patent applications. Our
research and development efforts are presently resulting in
approximately 150 new patent applications per year relating to a
wide range of RF and optoelectronic components and associated
applications. The expiration dates of our patents range from
2011 to 2030, with a small number of patents expiring in the
near future, none of which are expected to be material to our
intellectual property portfolio.
We do not know whether any of our pending patent applications
will result in the issuance of patents or to the extent that the
examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Since
the SPG Acquisition, we have focused our patent application
program to a greater extent on those inventions and improvements
that we believe are likely to be incorporated into our products
as contrasted with more basic research.
Much of our intellectual property is the subject of
cross-licenses to other companies that have been granted by
Agilent, or if originally derived from Hewlett-Packard Company,
by Hewlett-Packard Company. In addition, we license third-party
technologies that are incorporated into some elements of our
design activities, products and manufacturing processes.
Historically, licenses of the third-party technologies used by
us have been available to us on acceptable terms.
The semiconductor industry is characterized by the existence of
a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade
secrets and by the vigorous pursuit, protection and enforcement
of intellectual property rights. Many of our customer agreements
require us to indemnify our customers for third-party
intellectual property infringement claims, which has in the past
required and may in the future require that we defend those
claims, and might also require that we pay damages in the case
of adverse rulings. Claims of this sort could harm our
relationships with our customers and might deter future
customers from doing business with us. With respect to any
intellectual property rights claims against us or our customers
or distributors, we may be required to cease manufacture of the
infringing product, pay damages, expend resources to develop
non-infringing technology, seek a license which may not be
available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or
relinquish patents or other intellectual property rights.
Employees
As of October 31, 2010, we had approximately
3,500 employees worldwide. Approximately 1,200 were
dedicated to research and development, 1,500 to manufacturing,
500 to sales and marketing and 300 to general and administrative
functions. By geography, approximately 60% of our employees are
located in Asia, 33% in North America and 7% in Europe. The
substantial majority of our employees are not party to a
collective bargaining agreement. However, approximately 400 of
our 1,000 employees in Singapore, none of whom are in
management or supervisory positions, are subject to a collective
bargaining agreement with United Workers of Electronic and
Electrical Industries that expires on June 30, 2013. In
addition, all of our employees in Italy and some employees in
Japan are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. In Italy
we are also subject to national collective agreements between
unions and employer associations. Such Italian national
collective agreements are compulsory for both the employees and
the employer. In addition, in Germany we are subject to
collective agreements with the works councils at our sites,
which apply to German employees other than managing directors
and managers with similar authority. We believe we have a good
working relationship with our employees and we have never
experienced an interruption of business as a result of labor
disputes.
Environmental
and Other Regulation
Our research and development and manufacturing operations
involve the use of hazardous substances and are regulated under
international, federal, state and local laws governing health
and safety and the environment. These regulations include
limitations on discharge of pollutants to air, water, and soil;
remediation requirements; product chemical content limitations;
manufacturing chemical use and handling restrictions; pollution
control requirements; waste minimization considerations; and
treatment, transport, storage and disposal of solid and
hazardous wastes. We are also subject to regulation by the
United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration and
similar health and safety laws in other jurisdictions.
9
We believe that our properties and operations at our facilities
comply in all material respects with applicable environmental
laws and worker health and safety laws; however, the risk of
environmental liabilities cannot be completely eliminated and
there can be no assurance that the application of environmental
and health and safety laws to our business will not require us
to incur significant expenditures.
We are also regulated under a number of international, federal,
state and local laws regarding recycling, product packaging and
product content requirements, including legislation enacted in
the European Union and China, among a growing number of
jurisdictions, which have placed greater restrictions on the use
of lead, among other chemicals, in electronic products, which
affects materials composition and semiconductor packaging. These
laws are becoming more stringent and may in the future cause us
to incur significant expenditures.
Backlog
Our sales are generally made pursuant to short-term purchase
orders. These purchase orders are made without deposits and may
be, and often are, rescheduled, canceled or modified on
relatively short notice, and in most cases without substantial
penalty. Therefore, we believe that purchase orders or backlog
are not a reliable indicator of future sales.
Seasonality
We are affected by seasonal trends in the semiconductor and
related industries. We typically experience sequentially lower
revenues in the first fiscal half of the year. Our revenue in
the second half of the fiscal year is typically higher than our
revenue in the first half of the fiscal year due to seasonality
in two of our target markets, consumer and computing peripherals
and wireless communications. These target markets typically
experience seasonality due to the back to school and
calendar year end holiday selling seasons.
Financial
Information about Geographic Areas
For information on the geographic concentration of our net
revenues and long-lived assets, please see Note 15.
Segment Information, of our consolidated financial
statements.
Other
Information
Avago Technologies Limited was incorporated under the laws of
the Republic of Singapore in August 2005. Our Singapore company
registration number is 200510713C. The address of our registered
office and our principal executive offices is 1 Yishun Avenue 7,
Singapore 768923, and our telephone number is +65-6755-7888. We
are the successor to the Semiconductor Products Group of
Agilent, which we acquired on December 1, 2005. Our
ordinary shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market
under the trading symbol AVGO.
We are subject to the information and periodic reporting
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange
Act, and, in accordance therewith, file periodic reports, proxy
statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic
reports, proxy statements and other information is available for
inspection and copying at the SECs Public Reference Room
at 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549 or may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1800SEC0330. In
addition, the SEC maintains a website at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains reports, proxy statements and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. We
maintain a website at www.avagotech.com. You may access our
annual reports on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
current reports on
Form 8-K,
proxy statements and other reports (and amendments thereto)
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at the
Investors SEC Filings section of our
website, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material
is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The
reference to our website address does not constitute
incorporation by reference of the information contained on or
accessible through our website.
10
Our business, operations and financial results are subject to
various risks and uncertainties, including those described
below, that could adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations, cash flows, and the trading
price of our ordinary shares. The following important factors,
among others, could cause our actual results to differ
materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements
made by us or on our behalf in filings with the SEC, press
releases, communications with investors and oral statements.
Risks
Related to Our Business
We
operate in the highly cyclical semiconductor industry, which is
subject to significant downturns.
The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is
characterized by constant and rapid technological change and
price erosion, evolving technical standards, short product life
cycles (for semiconductors and for the end-user products in
which they are used) and wide fluctuations in product supply and
demand. From time to time, these and other factors, together
with changes in general economic conditions, cause significant
upturns and downturns in the industry in general and in our
business in particular. For example, the global semiconductor
market experienced substantial declines in 2001 and 2009, in
each case beyond the declines experienced in the typical cycles
experienced by the semiconductor industry, due in large part to
deteriorating global economic conditions during those periods.
Periods of industry downturns, including the recent economic
downturn, have been characterized by diminished demand for
end-user products, high inventory levels, underutilization of
manufacturing capacity, changes in revenue mix and accelerated
erosion of average selling prices, resulting in, an adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. We expect our business to continue to be subject to
cyclical downturns even as overall economic conditions improve.
Our
operating results are subject to substantial quarterly and
annual fluctuations.
Our revenues and operating results have fluctuated in the past
and are likely to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations
may occur on a quarterly and annual basis and are due to a
number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These
factors include, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in end-user demand for the products manufactured and
sold by our customers;
|
|
|
|
the timing of receipt, reduction or cancellation of significant
orders by customers;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in the levels of component inventories held by our
customers;
|
|
|
|
the gain or loss of significant customers;
|
|
|
|
market acceptance of our products and our customers
products;
|
|
|
|
our ability to develop, introduce and market new products and
technologies on a timely basis;
|
|
|
|
the timing and extent of product development costs;
|
|
|
|
new product announcements and introductions by us or our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
incurrence of research and development and related new product
expenditures;
|
|
|
|
seasonality or cyclical fluctuations in our markets;
|
|
|
|
currency fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
utilization of our internal manufacturing facilities;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in manufacturing yields;
|
|
|
|
significant warranty claims, including those not covered by our
suppliers or our insurers;
|
|
|
|
availability and cost of raw materials from our suppliers;
|
|
|
|
changes in our product mix or customer mix;
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
intellectual property disputes;
|
|
|
|
loss of key personnel or the shortage of available skilled
workers;
|
|
|
|
the effects of competitive pricing pressures, including
decreases in average selling prices of our products; and
|
|
|
|
changes in our tax incentive arrangements or structure, which
may adversely affect our net tax expense in any quarter in which
such an event occurs.
|
The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as
well as other factors, could materially adversely affect our
quarterly or annual operating results. In addition, a
significant amount of our operating expenses are relatively
fixed in nature due to our significant sales, research and
development and internal manufacturing overhead costs. Any
failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a
revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such
revenue shortfall on our results of operations. As a result, we
believe that
quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be
meaningful or a reliable indicator of our future performance. If
our operating results in one or more future quarters fail to
meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, an
immediate and significant decline in the trading price of our
ordinary shares may occur.
The
recent economic downturn and financial crisis has negatively
affected our business and continuing poor economic conditions
may negatively affect our future business, results of
operations, and financial condition.
The recent global economic downturn and financial crisis led to
slower economic activity, unemployment, concerns about inflation
and energy costs, decreased business and consumer confidence,
reduced corporate profits and capital spending, adverse business
conditions and lower levels of liquidity in many financial
markets. The global recession also led to reduced customer
spending in the semiconductor market and in our target markets
during 2009, made it difficult for our customers, our vendors
and us to accurately forecast and plan future business
activities, and caused U.S. and foreign businesses to slow
spending on our products. It has also caused consumers to reduce
spending on many products our customers make, such as personal
computers, mobile phone and flat screen televisions. While many
areas of the global economy are improving, including portions of
the semiconductor industry, a slowdown in the economic recovery
or worsening global economic conditions, including as a result
of conditions in Europe, may cause additional reductions in
customer spending and could lead to the insolvency of key
suppliers resulting in product delays, customer insolvencies,
and also counterparty failures that may negatively impact our
treasury operations. Our business, financial condition and
result of operations were negatively affected in prior periods
as a result of the recent downturn, and, if the global economic
situation worsens, could be materially adversely affected in
future periods.
If we
do not adapt to technological changes in the semiconductor
industry, we could lose customers or market share.
The semiconductor industry is subject to constant and rapid
changes in technology, frequent new product introductions, short
product life cycles, rapid product obsolescence and evolving
technical standards. Technological developments may reduce the
competitiveness of our products and require unbudgeted upgrades
that could be expensive and time consuming to implement. Our
products could become obsolete sooner than we expect because of
faster than anticipated, or unanticipated, changes in one or
more of the technologies related to our products. Furthermore,
we continually evaluate expenditures for research and
development and must choose among alternative technologies based
on our expectations of future market growth and other factors.
We may be unable to develop and introduce new or enhanced
products that satisfy customer requirements and achieve market
acceptance in a timely manner or at all, the technologies where
we have focused our research and development expenditures may
not become commercially successful, and we may be unable to
anticipate new industry standards and technological changes. We
also may not be able to respond successfully to new product
announcements and introductions by competitors. If we fail to
adapt successfully to technological changes or fail to obtain
access to important new technologies, we may be unable to retain
customers, attract new customers or sell new products to our
existing customers.
12
Dependence
on contract manufacturing and outsourcing other portions of our
supply chain may adversely affect our ability to bring products
to market and damage our reputation.
We operate a primarily outsourced manufacturing business model
that principally utilizes third-party foundry and assembly and
test capabilities. As a result, we are highly reliant on
third-party foundry wafer fabrication and assembly and test
capacity, including sole sourcing for many components or
products. For certain of our product families, substantially all
of our revenue from those products is derived from
semiconductors fabricated by external foundries such as Taiwan
Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd. and WIN Semiconductors
Corp. We also use third-party contract manufacturers for a
significant majority of our assembly and test operations,
including Amertron Incorporated, SAE Magnetics (HK) Ltd, and the
Hana Microelectronics Public Company Ltd. group of companies.
The ability and willingness of our contract manufacturers to
perform is largely outside of our control. If one or more of our
contract manufacturers or other outsourcers fails to perform its
obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality
levels, our ability to bring products to market and our
reputation could suffer. If one of our suppliers, particularly a
single- source supplier, ceases to, or is unable to, manufacture
such a component or supply is otherwise constrained, we may be
forced to re-engineer a product or may fail to meet customer
demand. In addition to discontinuing parts, suppliers may also
extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to
capacity constraints or other factors. For example, in the event
that manufacturing capacity is reduced or eliminated at one or
more facilities, including as a response by contract
manufacturers to cycles in the semiconductor industry,
manufacturing could be disrupted, we could have difficulties
fulfilling our customer orders and our net revenue could
decline. In addition, if these third parties on whom we are
highly reliant fail to deliver quality products and components
on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties
fulfilling our customer orders and our net revenue could
decline. In such events, our business, financial condition and
results of operations would be adversely affected.
To the extent we rely on third-party manufacturing
relationships, we face the following risks:
|
|
|
|
|
inability of our manufacturers to develop manufacturing methods
appropriate for our products and their unwillingness to devote
adequate capacity to produce our products;
|
|
|
|
product and manufacturing costs that are higher than anticipated;
|
|
|
|
reduced control over product reliability and delivery schedules;
|
|
|
|
more complicated supply chains; and
|
|
|
|
time, expense and uncertainty in identifying and qualifying
additional or replacement manufacturers.
|
Much of our outsourcing takes place in developing countries, and
as a result may additionally be subject to geopolitical
uncertainty. See Our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected
by the political and economic conditions of the countries in
which we conduct business and other factors related to our
international operations.
A
prolonged disruption of our manufacturing facilities could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Although we operate using a primarily outsourced manufacturing
business model, we do rely on the manufacturing facilities we
own, in particular our fabrication facilities in
Fort Collins, Colorado and Singapore. We maintain our
internal fabrication facilities for products utilizing our
innovative materials and processes, to protect our intellectual
property and to develop the technology for manufacturing. A
prolonged disruption or material malfunction of, interruption in
or the loss of operations at one or more of our production
facilities, especially our Fort Collins and Singapore
facilities, or the failure to maintain our labor force at one or
more of these facilities, would limit our capacity to meet
customer demands and delay new product development until a
replacement facility and equipment, if necessary, were found.
The lease on our primary internal fabrication facility in
Singapore expires in 2015. If we are unable to renew this lease
on satisfactory terms, we would be required to locate suitable
replacement premises, with the goal of ensuring a smooth
transition between facilities on or prior to the expiration of
our current lease. However, the replacement of this, or any
other, manufacturing facility could take an extended amount of
time and significant expenditures on our part before
manufacturing operations could restart.
13
While we would seek to minimize any disruption to our operations
and supply chain associated with any such changes in
manufacturing facilities, we may experience delays and
significant costs resulting from these steps, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Unless
we and our suppliers continuously improve manufacturing
efficiency and quality, our financial performance could be
adversely affected.
Manufacturing semiconductors involves highly complex processes
that require advanced equipment. We and our suppliers, as well
as our competitors, continuously modify these processes in an
effort to improve yields and product performance. Defects or
other difficulties in the manufacturing process can reduce
yields and increase costs. Our manufacturing efficiency will be
an important factor in our future financial performance, and we
may be unable to maintain or increase our manufacturing
efficiency to the same extent as our competitors. For products
that we outsource manufacturing, our product yields and
performance will be subject to the manufacturing efficiencies of
our third-party suppliers.
From time to time, we and our suppliers have experienced
difficulty in beginning production at new facilities,
transferring production to other facilities, achieving and
maintaining a high level of process quality and effecting
transitions to new manufacturing processes, all of which have
caused us to suffer delays in product deliveries or reduced
yields. We and our suppliers may experience manufacturing
problems in achieving acceptable yields or experience product
delivery delays in the future as a result of, among other
things, capacity constraints, construction delays, transferring
production to other facilities (as we may be required to do with
our manufacturing facility in Singapore, in or prior to 2015),
upgrading or expanding existing facilities or changing our
process technologies, any of which could result in a loss of
future revenues. Our results of operations could be adversely
affected by any increase in costs related to increases in
production capacity if revenues do not increase proportionately.
Winning
business is subject to lengthy, competitive selection processes
that require us to incur significant expense. Even if we begin a
product design, a customer may decide to cancel or change its
product plans, which could cause us to generate no revenues from
a product and adversely affect our results of
operations.
We are focused on winning competitive bid selection processes,
known as design wins, to develop semiconductors for
use in our customers products. These selection processes
are typically lengthy and can require us to incur significant
design and development expenditures and dedicate scarce
engineering resources in pursuit of a single customer
opportunity. We may not win the competitive selection process
and may never generate any revenue despite incurring significant
design and development expenditures. These risks are exacerbated
by the fact that many of our products will likely have very
short life cycles. Failure to obtain a design win sometimes
prevents us from offering an entire generation of a product.
This can result in lost revenues and could weaken our position
in future competitive selection processes.
After winning a product design, we may experience delays in
generating revenue from our products as a result of the lengthy
development cycle typically required. In addition, a delay or
cancellation of a customers plans could materially and
adversely affect our financial results, as we may have incurred
significant expense in the design process and generated no
revenue. Finally, our customers failure to successfully
market and sell their products could reduce demand for our
products and materially adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We may
be subject to claims of infringement of third-party intellectual
property rights or demands that we license third-party
technology, which could result in significant expense and loss
of our intellectual property rights.
The semiconductor industry is characterized by companies holding
large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade
secrets and by the vigorous pursuit, protection and enforcement
of intellectual property rights. From time to time, third
parties assert against us and our customers and distributors
their patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other
intellectual property rights to technologies that are important
to our business. For example, we are currently involved in a
dispute with TriQuint Semiconductor, Inc., or TriQuint, in
which, among
14
other things, TriQuint is seeking a judgment that one of our
patents relating to RF filter technology used in our wireless
products is invalid and, if valid, that TriQuints products
do not infringe that patent, and is claiming that certain of our
wireless products infringe three of its patents. See
Part II, Item 1. Legal Proceedings above
for additional information regarding this dispute.
Claims that our products or processes infringe or misappropriate
these rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, are
frequently costly and divert the efforts and attention of our
management and technical personnel. In addition, many of our
customer agreements and in some cases our asset sale agreements
require us to indemnify our customers or purchasers for
third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which
have required and may in the future require that we defend those
claims, and might require that we pay damages in the case of
adverse rulings. Claims of this sort could also harm our
relationships with our customers and might deter future
customers from doing business with us. We do not know whether we
will prevail in such proceedings given the complex technical
issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property
litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an
adverse outcome, we could be required to:
|
|
|
|
|
cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products,
processes or technology;
|
|
|
|
pay substantial damages for past, present and future use of the
infringing technology;
|
|
|
|
expend significant resources to develop non-infringing
technology;
|
|
|
|
license technology from the third-party claiming infringement,
which license may not be available on commercially reasonable
terms, or at all;
|
|
|
|
enter into cross-licenses with our competitors, which could
weaken our overall intellectual property portfolio;
|
|
|
|
indemnify customers or distributors;
|
|
|
|
pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to
discontinue use or replace infringing technology with
non-infringing technology; or
|
|
|
|
relinquish intellectual property rights associated with one or
more of our patent claims, if such claims are held invalid or
otherwise unenforceable.
|
Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We
utilize a significant amount of intellectual property in our
business. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property,
our business could be adversely affected.
Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our
intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a
combination of intellectual property rights, including patents,
copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets and similar
intellectual property, as well as customary contractual
protections with our customers, suppliers, employees and
consultants, and through security measures to protect our trade
secrets. We may be required to spend significant resources to
monitor and protect our intellectual property rights and there
can be no assurance that, even with significant expenditures, we
will be able to protect our intellectual property rights. We are
unable to predict that:
|
|
|
|
|
any of the patents and pending patent applications, trademarks,
copyrights, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual
property rights that we presently employ in our business will
not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, or, in
the case of third-party intellectual property rights, licensed
or
sub-licensed
to us, be licensed to others
|
|
|
|
our intellectual property rights will provide competitive
advantages to us;
|
|
|
|
rights previously granted by third parties to intellectual
property rights licensed or assigned to us, including portfolio
cross-licenses, will not hamper our ability to assert our
intellectual property rights against potential competitors or
hinder the settlement of currently pending or future disputes;
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
any of our pending or future patent, trademark or copyright
applications will be issued or have the coverage originally
sought; or
|
|
|
|
our intellectual property rights will be enforced in certain
jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal
protection may be weak.
|
In addition, our competitors or others may develop products or
technologies that are similar or superior to our products or
technologies, duplicate our products or technologies or design
around our protected technologies. Effective patent, trademark,
copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or more
limited in one or more relevant jurisdictions, relative to those
protections available in the United States, or may not be
applied for in one or more relevant jurisdictions. Moreover,
from time to time we pursue litigation to assert our
intellectual property rights, including, in some cases, against
third parties with whom we have ongoing relationships, such as
customers and suppliers, and third parties may pursue litigation
against us. For example, we have filed suit against ST
Microelectronics NV., or ST Microelectronics, in which, we are
seeking a judgment that they have infringed five of our patents
relating to optical navigation devices and they have
counter-filed against us alleging that certain of our optical
navigation devices infringe two of their patents, among other
things. See Part I, Item 3. Legal
Proceedings below for additional information regarding
this dispute. An adverse decision in such types of legal action
could limit our ability to assert our intellectual property
rights and limit the value of our technology, including the loss
of opportunities to license our technology to others or to
collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and
assertion of our intellectual property against others. In
addition, such legal actions or adverse decisions could
otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
From time to time we may need to obtain additional intellectual
property licenses or renew existing license agreements. We are
unable to predict whether these license agreements can be
obtained or renewed on acceptable terms or at all.
Competition
in our industry could prevent us from growing our revenue and
from raising prices to offset increases in costs.
The global semiconductor market is highly competitive. We
compete in different target markets to various degrees on the
basis of, among other things, quality, technical performance,
price, product features, product system compatibility,
system-level design capability, engineering expertise,
responsiveness to customers, new product innovation, product
availability, delivery timing and reliability, and customer
sales and technical support. Current and prospective customers
for our products evaluate our capabilities against the merits of
our direct competitors. Some of our competitors are well
established, have a more extensive product portfolio, have
substantially greater market share and manufacturing, financial,
research and development and marketing resources to pursue
development, engineering, manufacturing, marketing and
distribution of their products. In addition, many of our
competitors have longer independent operating histories, greater
presence in key markets, more comprehensive patent protection
and greater name recognition. We compete with integrated device
manufacturers, or IDMs, and fabless semiconductor companies as
well as the internal resources of large, integrated OEMs. Our
competitors range from large, international companies offering a
wide range of semiconductor products to smaller companies
specializing in narrow markets. We expect competition in the
markets in which we participate to continue to increase as
existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings.
In addition, companies not currently in direct competition with
us may introduce competing products in the future. Because our
products are often building block semiconductors providing
functions that in some cases can be integrated into more complex
integrated circuits, or ICs, we also face competition from
manufacturers of ICs, as well as customers that develop their
own IC products. The competitive landscape is changing as a
result of an increasing trend of consolidation within the
industry, as some of our competitors have merged with or been
acquired by other competitors while others have begun
collaborating with each other. We expect this consolidation
trend to continue.
Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both
within and outside of our control, including industry and
general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our
industry, competition in the markets in which we operate
intensified as manufacturers of semiconductors reduced prices in
order to combat production overcapacity and high inventory
levels. The actions of our competitors, particularly in the area
of pricing, can have a substantial adverse impact on our
revenues, and potentially on revenues in specific industry end
markets. In periods
16
where the semiconductor industry experiences significant
declines, manufacturers in financial difficulties or in
bankruptcy may implement pricing structures designed to ensure
short-term market share and near-term survival, rather than
securing long-term viability. In addition, many of our
competitors have substantially greater financial and other
resources than us with which to withstand adverse economic or
market conditions and any associated pricing actions of other
market participants in the future.
We may
be unable to make the substantial and productive research and
development investments which are required to remain competitive
in our business.
The semiconductor industry requires substantial investment in
research and development in order to develop and bring to market
new and enhanced technologies and products. In order to remain
competitive, we anticipate that we will need to maintain or
increase our levels of research and development expenditures,
and we expect research and development expenses to increase in
absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, due to the
increasing complexity and number of products we plan to develop.
We do not know whether we will have sufficient resources to
maintain or increase the level of investment in research and
development required to remain competitive. In addition, we
cannot assure you that the technologies where we have focused
our research and development expenditures will become
commercially successful. If we are required to invest
significantly greater resources than anticipated in our research
and development efforts without a corresponding increase in
revenue, our operating results could decline.
Our
business would be adversely affected by the departure of
existing members of our senior management team or if our senior
management team is unable to effectively implement our
strategy.
Our success depends, in large part, on the continued
contributions of our senior management team, in particular, the
services of Mr. Hock E. Tan, our President and Chief
Executive Officer. None of our senior management is bound by
written employment contracts to remain with us for a specified
period. In addition, we do not currently maintain key person
life insurance covering our senior management. The loss of any
of our senior management could harm our ability to implement our
business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing market
conditions in which we operate.
If we
are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel,
especially our design and technical personnel, we may not be
able to execute our business strategy effectively.
Our future success depends on our ability to retain, attract and
motivate qualified personnel, including our management, sales
and marketing, legal and finance, and especially our design and
technical personnel. We do not know whether we will be able to
retain all of these employees as we continue to pursue our
business strategy. We have historically encountered difficulties
in hiring and retaining qualified engineers because there is a
limited pool of engineers with expertise in analog and
optoelectronic semiconductor design. Competition for such
personnel is intense in the semiconductor industry. As the
source of our technological and product innovations, our design
and technical personnel represent a significant asset. The loss
of the services of key employees, especially our key design and
technical personnel, or our inability to retain, attract and
motivate qualified design and technical personnel, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
We are
subject to warranty claims, product recalls and product
liability.
We are currently, and from time to time may be, subject to
warranty or product liability claims that have lead and may in
the future lead to significant expenses as we compensate
affected customers for costs incurred related to product quality
issues. For example, in the second quarter of 2009 we identified
a product quality issue with a particular component that we took
steps to correct, including notifying our customers and offering
to replace such components. We are continuing our discussions
with affected customers regarding this issue, and have
compensated or otherwise rectified the issue with many of those
customers. As at October 31, 2010, we have recorded
$17 million in charges associated with this issue,
including $11 million in fiscal year 2010, and may incur
additional charges as we continue to work with our customers to
resolve the matter.
17
Although we maintain product liability insurance, such insurance
is subject to significant deductibles and there is no guarantee
that such insurance will be available or adequate to protect
against all such claims, or we may elect to self-insure with
respect to certain matters. We may incur costs and expenses in
the event of any recall of a customers product containing
one of our devices. The process of identifying a recalled
product in devices that have been widely distributed may be
lengthy and require significant resources, and we may incur
significant replacement costs, contract damage claims from our
customers and reputational harm. Costs or payments made in
connection with warranty and product liability claims and
product recalls could materially affect our financial condition
and results of operations.
The
complexity of our products could result in unforeseen delays or
expenses or undetected defects or bugs, which could adversely
affect the market acceptance of new products, damage our
reputation with current or prospective customers, and materially
and adversely affect our operating costs.
Highly complex products such as the products that we offer, may
contain defects and bugs when they are first introduced or as
new versions are released, or their release may be delayed due
to unforeseen difficulties during product development. We have
in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, these
defects, bugs and delays. If any of our products contain defects
or bugs, or have reliability, quality or compatibility problems,
we may not be able to successfully design workarounds.
Consequently, our reputation may be damaged and customers may be
reluctant to buy our products, which could materially and
adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers,
attract new customers, and our financial results. In addition,
these defects or bugs could interrupt or delay sales to our
customers. To resolve these problems, we may have to invest
significant capital and other resources. Although our products
are tested by our suppliers, our customers and ourselves, it is
possible that our new products will contain defects or bugs. If
any of these problems are not found until after we have
commenced commercial production of a new product, we may be
required to incur additional development costs and product
recall, repair or replacement costs. These problems may also
result in claims against us by our customers or others. For
example, if a delay in the manufacture and delivery of our
products causes the delay of a customers product delivery,
we may be required, under the terms of our agreement with that
customer, to compensate the customer for the adverse effects of
such delays. In addition, these problems may divert our
technical and other resources from other development efforts,
and we would likely lose, or experience a delay in, market
acceptance of the affected product or products, and we could
lose credibility with our current and prospective customers. As
a result, our financial results could be materially and
adversely affected.
Failure
to adjust our supply chain volume due to changing market
conditions or failure to accurately estimate our customers
demand could adversely affect our results of
operations.
We make significant decisions, including determining the levels
of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules,
levels of reliance on contract manufacturing and outsourcing,
personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our
estimates of customer requirements. The short-term nature of
commitments by many of our customers and the possibility of
rapid changes in demand for their products reduces our ability
to accurately estimate future customer requirements. Our results
of operations could be harmed if we are unable to adjust our
supply chain volume to address market fluctuations, including
those caused by the seasonal or cyclical nature of the markets
in which we operate. The sale of our products is dependent, to a
large degree, on customers whose industries are subject to
seasonal or cyclical trends in the demand for their products.
For example, the consumer electronics market is particularly
volatile and is subject to seasonality related to the holiday
selling season, making demand difficult to anticipate. On
occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production,
which can challenge our resources and reduce margins. During a
market upturn, we may not be able to purchase sufficient
supplies or components, or secure sufficient contract
manufacturing capacity, to meet increasing product demand, which
could harm our reputation, prevent us from taking advantage of
opportunities and reduce revenue growth. In addition, some parts
are not readily available from alternate suppliers due to their
unique design or the length of time necessary for design work.
In order to secure components for the production of products, we
may continue to enter into non-cancelable purchase commitments
with vendors or make advance payments to suppliers, which could
reduce our ability to adjust our inventory or expense levels to
declining market demands. Prior commitments of this type have
resulted in
18
an excess of parts when demand for our products has decreased.
Downturns in the semiconductor industry have in the past caused,
and may in the future cause, our customers to reduce
significantly the amount of products ordered from us. If demand
for our products is less than we expect, we may experience
excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur
additional charges. Conversely, if OEMs order more of our
products in any particular quarter than are ultimately required
to satisfy end customer demand, inventories at these OEMs may
grow in such quarter, which could adversely affect our product
revenues in a subsequent quarter as such OEMs would likely
+reduce future orders until their inventory levels realign with
end customer demand. In addition, because certain of our sales,
research and development and internal manufacturing overhead
expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand
may decrease our gross margins and operating income.
We are
subject to currency exchange risks that could adversely affect
our operations.
Although a majority of our revenue and operating expenses is
denominated in U.S. dollars, and we prepare our financial
statements in U.S. dollars in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, a portion of our
revenue and operating expenses is in foreign currencies. As a
result, we are subject to currency risks that could adversely
affect our operations, including:
|
|
|
|
|
risks resulting from changes in currency exchange rates and the
implementation of exchange controls; and
|
|
|
|
limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations
in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in
other countries.
|
Changes in exchange rates will result in increases or decreases
in our costs and earnings, and may also affect the book value of
our assets located outside the United States and the amount of
our equity. Although we seek to minimize our currency exposure
by engaging in hedging transactions where we deem it
appropriate, we do not know whether our efforts will be
successful.
Our
operating results and financial condition could be harmed if the
markets into which we sell our products decline.
Visibility into our markets is limited. As was the case in the
recent economic downturn, any decline in our customers
markets would likely result in a reduction in demand for our
products and make it more difficult to collect on outstanding
amounts due to us. For example, if the Asian market does not
continue to grow as anticipated or if the semiconductor market
declines, our results of operations will likely suffer. In such
an environment, pricing pressures could intensify and, if we
were unable to respond quickly, could significantly reduce our
gross margins. To the extent we cannot offset recessionary
periods or periods of reduced growth that may occur in these
markets through increased market share or otherwise, our net
revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and
results of operations may suffer. Pricing pressures and
competition are especially intense in semiconductor-related
industries, which could prevent achievement of our long-term
financial goals and could require us to implement additional
cost-cutting measures. Furthermore, industry growth rates may
not be as forecasted, which could result in us spending on
process and product development well ahead of market
requirements, which in turn could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The
demands or loss of one or more of our significant customers may
adversely affect our business.
Some of our customers are material to our business and results
of operations. During fiscal year 2010, no customer accounted
for 10% or more of our net revenue, and our top 10 customers,
which included five distributors, collectively accounted for 55%
of our net revenue. During fiscal year 2009, no customer
accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue, and our top 10
customers, which included four distributors, collectively
accounted for 60% of our net revenue. We believe our top
customers purchasing power has given them the ability to
make greater demands on their suppliers, including us. We expect
this trend to continue, which we expect will result in our
results of operations becoming increasingly sensitive to
deterioration in the financial condition of, or other adverse
developments related to, one or more of our significant
customers. Although we believe that our relationships with our
major customers are good, we generally do not have long-term
contracts with any of them, which is typical of our industry. As
a result, although our customers provide indications of their
product needs and purchases on an annual basis, they generally
purchase our products on a weekly or daily basis and the
relationship, as well as
19
particular orders, can be terminated at any time. The loss of
any of our major customers, or any substantial reduction in
sales to any of these customers, could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We
generally do not have any long-term supply contracts with our
contract manufacturers or materials suppliers and may not be
able to obtain the products or raw materials required for our
business, which could have a material adverse affect on our
business.
We either obtain the products we need for our business from
third-party contract manufacturers or we obtain the materials we
need for our products from suppliers, some of which are our
single source suppliers for these materials. We purchase a
significant portion of our semiconductor materials and finished
goods from a few suppliers and contract manufacturers. For
fiscal year 2010, we purchased 54% of the materials for our
manufacturing processes from eight suppliers. For fiscal year
2009, we purchased 52% of the materials for our manufacturing
processes from eight suppliers. Substantially all of our
purchases are on a purchase order basis, and we have not
generally entered into long-term contracts with our contract
manufacturers or suppliers. In the event that these purchase
orders or relationships with suppliers are terminated, we cannot
obtain sufficient quantities of raw materials at reasonable
prices, the quality of the material deteriorates, we fail to
satisfy our customers requirements or we are not able to
pass on higher materials or energy costs to our customers, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
adversely impacted.
Our manufacturing processes rely on many materials, including
silicon and GaAs wafers, copper lead frames, mold compound,
ceramic packages and various chemicals and gases. From time to
time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or
increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors.
Although we believe that our current supplies of materials are
adequate, shortages could occur in various essential materials
due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the
industry.
We use third-party contractor manufacturers for most of our
manufacturing activities, primarily for wafer fabrication and
module assembly and test services. Our agreements with these
manufacturers typically require us to forecast product needs,
commit to purchase services consistent with these forecasts and
may require other commitments in the early stages of the
relationship. Our operations could be adversely affected in the
event that these contractual relationships were disrupted or
terminated, the cost of such services increased significantly,
the quality of the services provided deteriorated, our forecasts
proved to be materially incorrect or capacity is consumed by our
competitors.
We
rely on third parties to provide corporate infrastructure
services necessary for the operation of our business. Any
failure of one or more of our vendors to provide these services
could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
We rely on third-party vendors to provide critical corporate
infrastructure services, including, among other things, certain
services related to accounting, billing, human resources,
information technology, or IT, network development and network
monitoring. We depend on these vendors to ensure that our
corporate infrastructure will consistently meet our business
requirements. The ability of these third-party vendors to
successfully provide reliable, high quality services is subject
to technical and operational uncertainties that are beyond our
control. While we may be entitled to damages if our vendors fail
to perform under their agreements with us, our agreements with
these vendors limit the amount of damages we may receive. In
addition, we do not know whether we will be able to collect on
any award of damages or that any such damages would be
sufficient to cover the actual costs we would incur as a result
of any vendors failure to perform under its agreement with
us. We are currently implementing a phased migration of our data
centers in Singapore from one managed location to another,
refreshing critical hardware and implementing centralized
disaster recovery procedures. Any difficulties in the migration
of certain enterprise-critical applications during this process
may result in short periods of downtime for these applications,
which may adversely affect our ability to accept customer
orders, manufacture or ship products or invoice customers during
those periods. Any failure of our corporate infrastructure could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Upon expiration or
termination of any of our agreements with third-party vendors,
we may not be able to replace the services provided to us in a
timely manner or on terms
20
and conditions, including service levels and cost, that are
favorable to us and a transition from one vendor to another
vendor could subject us to operational delays and inefficiencies
until the transition is complete.
Our
gross margin is dependent on a number of factors, including our
product mix and level of capacity utilization.
Our gross margin is highly dependent on product mix, with
proprietary products and products sold into our industrial and
automotive target market typically providing higher gross margin
than other products. A shift in sales mix away from our higher
margin products could adversely affect our future gross margin
percentages. In addition, semiconductor manufacturing requires
significant capital investment, leading to high fixed costs,
including depreciation expense. Although we outsource a
significant portion of our manufacturing activities, we do
retain some semiconductor fabrication facilities. If we are
unable to utilize our owned fabrication facilities at a high
level, the fixed costs associated with these facilities will not
be fully absorbed, resulting in higher average unit costs and
lower gross margins. In the past, we have experienced periods
where our gross margins declined due to, among other things,
reduced factory utilization resulting from reduced customer
demand, reduced selling prices and a change in product mix
towards lower margin devices. Increased competition and the
existence of product alternatives, more complex engineering
requirements, lower demand and other factors may lead to further
price erosion, lower revenues and lower margins for us in the
future.
Our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
adversely affected by the political and economic conditions of
the countries in which we conduct business and other factors
related to our international operations.
We sell our products throughout the world. In addition, as at
October 31, 2010, approximately 67% of our employees are
located outside of the United States. Multiple factors relating
to our international operations and to particular countries in
which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. These
factors include:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the
transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments and
trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas
and customs duties and tariffs;
|
|
|
|
disruptions of capital and trading markets;
|
|
|
|
changes in import or export licensing requirements;
|
|
|
|
transportation delays;
|
|
|
|
civil disturbances or political instability;
|
|
|
|
geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism, war or political or
military coups;
|
|
|
|
changes in labor standards;
|
|
|
|
limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our
intellectual property;
|
|
|
|
nationalization of businesses and expropriation of assets;
|
|
|
|
changes in tax laws;
|
|
|
|
currency fluctuations, which may result in our products becoming
too expensive for foreign customers or foreign-sourced materials
and services becoming more expensive for us; and
|
|
|
|
difficulty in obtaining distribution and support.
|
A majority of our products are produced and sourced in Asia,
including in China, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan
and Thailand. Any conflict or uncertainty in these countries,
including due to political or civil unrest or public health or
safety concerns could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. In
addition, if the government of any country in which our products
are manufactured or
21
sold sets technical standards for products manufactured in or
imported into their country that are not widely shared, it may
lead certain of our customers to suspend imports of their
products into that country, require manufacturers in that
country to manufacture products with different technical
standards and disrupt cross-border manufacturing relationships
which, in each case, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, our subsidiaries may require future equity-related
financing, and any capital contributions to certain of our
subsidiaries may require the approval of the relevant
authorities in the jurisdiction in which the subsidiary is
incorporated. The approvals are required from the investment
commissions or similar agency of the particular jurisdiction and
relate to any initial or additional equity investment by foreign
entities in local corporations. Our failure to obtain the
required approvals and our resulting inability to provide such
equity-related financing or capital contributions could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
If we
suffer loss or significant damage to our factories, facilities
or distribution system due to catastrophe, our operations could
be seriously harmed.
Our factories, facilities and distribution system, and those of
our contract manufacturers, are subject to risk of catastrophic
loss due to fire, flood, or other natural or man-made disasters.
The majority of our facilities and those of our contract
manufacturers are located in the Pacific Rim region, a region
with above average seismic and severe weather activity. In
addition, our research and development personnel are
concentrated in a few locations, primarily Korea, Malaysia,
Singapore, Fort Collins, Colorado and San Jose,
California, with the expertise of the personnel at each such
location tending to be focused on one or two specific areas. Any
catastrophic loss or significant damage to any of these
facilities would likely disrupt our operations, delay
production, shipments and revenue and result in significant
expenses to repair or replace the facility, and in some
instances could significantly curtail our research and
development efforts in a particular product area or target
market. In particular, any catastrophic loss at our
Fort Collins, Colorado and Singapore facilities would
materially and adversely affect our business.
If the
tax incentive or tax holiday arrangements we have negotiated in
Singapore and other jurisdictions change or cease to be in
effect or applicable, or if our assumptions and interpretations
regarding tax laws and incentive or holiday arrangements prove
to be incorrect, the amount of corporate income taxes we have to
pay could significantly increase.
We have structured our operations to maximize the benefit from
various tax incentives and tax holidays extended to us in
various jurisdictions to encourage investment or employment. For
example, we have obtained several tax incentives from the
Singapore Economic Development Board, an agency of the
Government of Singapore, which provide that certain classes of
income we earn in Singapore are subject to tax holidays or
reduced rates of Singapore income tax. Each such tax incentive
is separate and distinct from the others, and may be granted,
withheld, extended, modified, truncated, complied with or
terminated independently without any effect on the other
incentives. In order to retain these tax benefits in Singapore,
we must meet certain operating conditions specific to each
incentive relating to, among other things, maintenance of a
treasury function, a corporate headquarters function, specified
intellectual property activities and specified manufacturing
activities in Singapore. Some of these operating conditions are
subject to phase-in periods through 2015. The Singapore tax
incentives are presently scheduled to expire at various dates
generally between 2014 and 2025, subject in certain cases to
potential extensions. Absent such tax incentives, the corporate
income tax rate in Singapore that would otherwise apply to us
would be 17% commencing from the 2010 year of assessment.
For the fiscal years ended November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, the effect of
all these tax incentives, in the aggregate, was to reduce the
overall provision for income taxes from what it otherwise would
have been in such year by approximately $24 million,
$17 million and $63 million, respectively. The tax
incentives that we have negotiated in other jurisdictions are
also subject to our compliance with various operating and other
conditions. If we cannot or elect not to comply with the
operating conditions included in any particular tax incentive,
we will lose the related tax benefits and could be required to
refund material tax benefits previously realized by us with
respect to that incentive and, depending on the incentive at
issue, could likely be required to modify our operational
structure and tax strategy.
22
Any such modified structure or strategy may not be as beneficial
to us from an income tax expense or operational perspective as
the benefits provided under the present tax concession
arrangements.
Our interpretations and conclusions regarding the tax incentives
are not binding on any taxing authority, and if our assumptions
about tax and other laws are incorrect or if these tax
incentives are substantially modified or rescinded we could
suffer material adverse tax and other financial consequences,
which would increase our expenses, reduce our profitability and
adversely affect our cash flows. In addition, taxable income in
any jurisdiction is dependent upon acceptance of our operational
practices and intercompany transfer pricing by local tax
authorities as being on an arms length basis. Due to
inconsistencies in application of the arms length standard
among taxing authorities, as well as lack of adequate
treaty-based protection, transfer pricing challenges by tax
authorities could, if successful, substantially increase our
income tax expense.
The
enactment of legislation implementing changes in U.S. taxation
of international business activities or the adoption of other
tax reform policies could materially impact our financial
position and results of operations.
Tax bills are introduced from time to time to reform
U.S. taxation of international business activities.
Depending on the final form of legislation enacted, if any,
these consequences may be significant for us due to the large
scale of our international business activities. If any of these
proposals are enacted into legislation, they could have material
adverse consequences on the amount of tax we pay and thereby on
our financial position and results of operations.
We may
pursue acquisitions, dispositions, investments and joint
ventures, which could affect our results of
operations.
We have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions of, and
investments in, businesses that offer complementary products,
services and technologies, augment our market coverage, or
enhance our technological capabilities. We may also enter into
strategic alliances or joint ventures to achieve these goals. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to identify suitable
acquisition, investment, alliance, or joint venture
opportunities or that we will be able to consummate any such
transactions or relationships on terms and conditions acceptable
to us, or that such transactions or relationships will be
successful.
These transactions or any other acquisitions or dispositions
involve risks and uncertainties. For example, the integration of
acquired businesses may not be successful and could result in
disruption to other parts of our business. In addition, the
integration may require that we incur significant restructuring
charges. To integrate acquired businesses, we must implement our
management information systems, operating systems and internal
controls, and assimilate and manage the personnel of the
acquired operations. The difficulties of the integrations may be
further complicated by such factors as geographic distances,
lack of experience operating in the geographic market or
industry sector of the acquired business, delays and challenges
associated with integrating the business with our existing
businesses, diversion of managements attention from daily
operations of the business, potential loss of key employees and
customers of the acquired business, the potential for
deficiencies in internal controls at the acquired or combined
business, performance problems with the acquired business
technology, difficulties in entering markets in which we have no
or limited direct prior experience, exposure to unanticipated
liabilities of the acquired business, insufficient revenues to
offset increased expenses associated with the acquisition, and
our potential inability to achieve the growth prospects and
synergies expected from any such acquisition. Even when an
acquired business has already developed and marketed products,
there can be no assurance that product enhancements will be made
in a timely fashion or that all pre-acquisition due diligence
will have identified all material issues that might arise with
respect to such acquired assets.
Any acquisition may also cause us to assume liabilities, acquire
goodwill and
non-amortizable
intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing and
potential impairment charges, incur amortization expense related
to certain intangible assets, increase our expenses and working
capital requirements, and subject us to litigation, which would
reduce our return on invested capital. Failure to manage and
successfully integrate the acquisitions we make could materially
harm our business and operating results.
23
Any future acquisitions may require additional debt or equity
financing, which, in the case of debt financing, would increase
our leverage and potentially affect our credit ratings, and in
the case of equity financing, would be dilutive to our existing
shareholders. Any downgrades in our credit ratings associated
with an acquisition could adversely affect our ability to borrow
by resulting in more restrictive borrowing terms. As a result of
the foregoing, we also may not be able to complete acquisitions
or strategic customer transactions in the future to the same
extent as in the past, or at all. These and other factors could
harm our ability to achieve anticipated levels of profitability
at acquired operations or realize other anticipated benefits of
an acquisition, and could adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Our
business is subject to various governmental regulations, and
compliance with these regulations may cause us to incur
significant expenses. If we fail to maintain compliance with
applicable regulations, we may be forced to recall products and
cease their manufacture and distribution, and we could be
subject to civil or criminal penalties.
Our business is subject to various significant international and
U.S. laws and other legal requirements, including
packaging, product content, labor and import/export regulations.
These regulations are complex, change frequently and have
generally become more stringent over time. We may be required to
incur significant expenses to comply with these regulations or
to remedy violations of these regulations. Any failure by us to
comply with applicable government regulations could result in
cessation of our operations or portions of our operations,
product recalls or impositions of fines and restrictions on our
ability to conduct our operations. In addition, because many of
our products are regulated or sold into regulated industries, we
must comply with additional regulations in marketing our
products.
Our products and operations are also subject to the rules of
industrial standards bodies, like the International Standards
Organization, as well as regulation by other agencies, such as
the U.S. Federal Communications Commission. If we fail to
adequately address any of these rules or regulations, our
business could be harmed.
We must conform the manufacture and distribution of our
semiconductors to various laws and adapt to regulatory
requirements in all countries as these requirements change. If
we fail to comply with these requirements in the manufacture or
distribution of our products, we could be required to pay civil
penalties, face criminal prosecution and, in some cases, be
prohibited from distributing our products commercially until the
products or component substances are brought into compliance.
We are
subject to environmental, health and safety laws, which could
increase our costs, restrict our operations and require
expenditures that could have a material adverse affect on our
results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to a variety of international and U.S. laws
and other legal requirements relating to the use, disposal,
clean-up of
and human exposure to, hazardous materials. Any failure by us to
comply with environmental, health and safety requirements could
result in the limitation or suspension of production or subject
us to future liabilities in excess of our reserves. In addition,
compliance with environmental, health and safety requirements
could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require
us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, incur other
significant expenses or modify our manufacturing processes. In
the event of the discovery of new contamination, additional
requirements with respect to existing contamination, or the
imposition of other cleanup obligations for which we are
responsible, we may be required to take remedial or other
measures which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
We also face increasing complexity in our product design and
procurement operations as we adjust to new requirements relating
to the materials composition of our products, including the
restrictions on lead and certain other substances in electronics
that apply to specified electronics products sold in the
European Union as of July 1, 2006 under the Restriction of
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
Directive. Other countries, such as the United States, China and
Japan, have enacted or may enact laws or regulations similar to
the EU legislation. Other environmental regulations may require
us to reengineer our products to utilize components that are
more environmentally compatible. Such reengineering and
component substitution may result in excess inventory or other
additional costs and could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations.
24
In addition to the costs of complying with environmental, health
and safety requirements, we may in the future incur costs
defending against environmental litigation brought by government
agencies and private parties. We may be defendants in lawsuits
brought by parties in the future alleging environmental damage,
personal injury or property damage. A significant judgment
against us could harm our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
In the last few years, there has been increased media scrutiny
and associated reports focusing on a potential link between
working in semiconductor manufacturing clean room environments
and certain illnesses, primarily different types of cancers.
Regulatory agencies and industry associations have begun to
study the issue to see if any actual correlation exists. Because
we utilize clean rooms, we may become subject to liability
claims. In addition, these reports may also affect our ability
to recruit and retain employees.
We cannot predict:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in environmental or health and safety laws or
regulations;
|
|
|
|
the manner in which environmental or health and safety laws or
regulations will be enforced, administered or interpreted;
|
|
|
|
our ability to enforce and collect under indemnity agreements
and insurance policies relating to environmental
liabilities; or
|
|
|
|
the cost of compliance with future environmental or health and
safety laws or regulations or the costs associated with any
future environmental claims, including the cost of
clean-up of
currently unknown environmental conditions.
|
We
have taken significant restructuring charges in the past and may
need to take material restructuring charges in the
future.
During fiscal year 2009, we pursued a number of restructuring
initiatives designed to reduce costs and increase revenue across
our operations, in large part due to the global economic
downturn and related decline in demand for our customers
products. These initiatives included significant workforce
reductions in certain areas as we realigned our business,
establishing certain operations closer in location to our global
customers, evaluating functions more efficiently performed
through partnerships or other outside relationships and steps to
attempt to further reduce our overhead costs. As a result of
these initiatives, we incurred restructuring charges of
$34 million in fiscal year 2009 and $4 million in
fiscal year 2010.
We may be required to take additional charges in the future as
we continue to evaluate our operations and cost structures
relative to general economic conditions, market demands, cost
competitiveness, and our geographic footprint as it relates to
our customers production requirements. We cannot assure
you as to the timing or amount of any future restructuring
charges. If we are required to take additional restructuring
charges in the future, our operating results, financial
condition, and cash flows may be adversely impacted.
Additionally, there are other potential risks associated with
our restructurings that could adversely affect us, such as
delays encountered with the finalization and implementation of
the restructuring activities, work stoppages, and the failure to
achieve targeted cost savings.
We are
subject to risks associated with our distributors product
inventories and product sell-through.
We sell many of our products to customers through distributors
who maintain their own inventory of our products for sale to
dealers and end users. We recognize revenues for sales to
distributors upon delivery to the distributor. We limit
distributor return rights and we allow limited price adjustments
on sales to distributors. We provide reserves for distributor
rights related to these limited stock returns and price
adjustments. Sales to distributors accounted for 41% and 33% of
our net revenue for the fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively.
If these distributors are unable to sell an adequate amount of
their inventory of our products in a given quarter to dealers
and end users or if they decide to decrease their inventories
for any reason, such as due to the recent global recession or
due to any downturn in technology spending, our sales to these
distributors and our revenues may decline. In addition, if
distributors decide to purchase more inventory in any particular
quarter, due to product
25
availability or other reasons, than is required to satisfy end
customer demand, inventory at our distributors may grow in such
quarter, which could adversely affect our product revenues in a
subsequent quarter as such distributors will likely reduce
future orders until their inventory levels realign with end
customer demand. For example, during the fiscal year ended
November 1, 2009, and in particular during the first fiscal
quarter of that year, the semiconductor industry experienced a
significant decline in demand. Consequently, our distributors
experienced declines in their resales of our products and were
carrying a higher level of inventories of our products than
historical levels at the end of the first quarter of fiscal year
2009. As a result, our distributors reduced their inventory of
our products during the second fiscal quarter of 2009 and we
also reduced our own inventory by $27 million or 15% in
that quarter.
We also face the risk that our distributors may for other
reasons have inventory levels of our products in excess of
future anticipated sales. If such sales do not occur in the time
frame anticipated by these distributors for any reason, these
distributors may substantially decrease the amount of product
they order from us in subsequent periods, which would harm our
business.
Our reserve estimates associated with products stocked by our
distributors are based largely on reports that our distributors
provide to us on a monthly basis. To date, we believe this data
has been generally accurate. To the extent that this resale and
channel inventory data is inaccurate or not received in a timely
manner, we may not be able to make reserve estimates for future
periods accurately or at all.
We
rely on third-party distributors and manufacturers
representatives, as well as our employee sales representatives,
and the failure of these representatives to perform as expected
could reduce our future sales.
We sell many of our products to customers through distributors
and manufacturers representatives, as well as through our
employee sales representatives. We are unable to predict the
extent to which our distributors and manufacturers
representatives will be successful in marketing and selling our
products. Moreover, many of our distributors and
manufacturers representatives and distributors also market
and sell competing products. Our relationships with our
representatives and distributors may be terminated by either
party at any time. As part of a change in strategy, in order to
more effectively manage sales representatives performance, we
recently terminated our relationships with a substantial number
of our manufacturing representatives in the United States and
have replaced them with additional employee representatives. We
continue to evaluate our sales strategy and may make further
changes in the future, which may include terminating additional
manufacturing representatives. Our future performance will
depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional
distributors or manufacturers representatives that will be
able to market and support our products effectively, especially
in markets in which we have not previously distributed our
products, and on our ability to effectively transition sales
efforts from our terminated U.S. manufacturing
representatives to our employee sales representatives. If we
cannot retain our current distributors or manufacturers
representatives or recruit additional or replacement
distributors or manufacturers representatives, or
effectively manage the transition from our terminated
U.S. manufacturing representatives to our employee sales
representatives, our sales and operating results will be harmed.
We continue to adjust our sales strategy regarding the use of
manufacturing representatives and direct sales employees as
needed.
The
average selling prices of products in our markets have
historically decreased rapidly and will likely do so in the
future, which could harm our revenues and gross
profits.
The products we develop and sell are used for high volume
applications. As a result, the prices of those products have
historically decreased rapidly. Gross profits on our products
may be negatively affected by, among other things, pricing
pressures from our customers, and the proportion of sales of our
wireless and other products into consumer application markets,
which are highly competitive and cost sensitive. In the past, we
have reduced the average selling prices of our products in
anticipation of future competitive pricing pressures, new
product introductions by us or our competitors and other
factors. Our gross profits and financial results will suffer if
we are unable to offset any reductions in our average selling
prices by increasing our sales volumes, reducing manufacturing
costs, or developing new and higher value-added products on a
timely basis.
26
We are
required to assess our internal control over financial reporting
on an annual basis and any adverse findings from such assessment
could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial
reports, significant expenses to remediate any internal control
deficiencies and ultimately have an adverse effect on our share
price.
We are required to assess the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting annually and disclosure
controls and procedures quarterly. As required, we complied with
Section 404 under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as
amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for fiscal year 2010. Even
though our system of internal controls has achieved compliance
with Section 404, we need to maintain our processes and
systems and adapt them to changes as our business changes and we
rearrange management responsibilities and reorganize our
business accordingly. This continuous process of maintaining and
adapting our internal controls and complying with
Section 404 is expensive, time-consuming and requires
significant management attention. We cannot be certain that our
internal control measures will continue to provide adequate
control over our financial processes and reporting and ensure
compliance with Section 404. Furthermore, as our business
changes and as we acquire other companies, our internal controls
may become more complex and we may require more resources to
ensure they remain effective. Failure to implement required new
or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their
implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to
fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we or our independent
registered public accounting firm identify material weaknesses
in our internal controls, the disclosure of that fact, even if
quickly remedied, may cause investors to lose confidence in our
financial statements and the trading price of our ordinary
shares may decline.
Remediation of a material weakness could require us to incur
significant expense and if we fail to remedy any material
weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, our
ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate
basis may be adversely affected, our access to the capital
markets may be restricted, the trading price of our ordinary
shares may decline, and we may be subject to sanctions or
investigation by regulatory authorities, including the SEC or
The Nasdaq Global Select Market. We may also be required to
restate our financial statements from prior periods.
Our
indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and our
ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations,
limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our
industry and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under
our indebtedness.
We have a $350 million revolving credit facility of which
$339 million is currently available for borrowings.
Borrowings under our senior credit agreement are secured by
substantially all of our assets. Subject to restrictions in our
senior credit agreement, we may incur additional indebtedness.
While we have recently significantly reduced the amount of our
indebtedness by redeeming and repurchasing all of our previously
outstanding notes in 2009 and 2010, if we were to borrow
substantial amounts under our revolving credit facility or
otherwise incur significant additional indebtedness, it could
have important consequences including:
|
|
|
|
|
increasing our vulnerability to adverse general economic and
industry conditions;
|
|
|
|
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow
from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby
reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working
capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts,
execution of our business strategy and other general corporate
purposes;
|
|
|
|
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to,
changes in the economy and the semiconductor industry;
|
|
|
|
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors with less indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
exposing us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable
rate indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
limiting our ability to, or increasing the costs to, refinance
indebtedness; and
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
making it more difficult to borrow additional funds in the
future to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other
purposes.
|
Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our
business, financial conditions and results of operations.
Our
senior credit agreement imposes significant restrictions on our
business.
Our senior credit agreement contains a number of covenants
imposing significant restrictions on our business. These
restrictions may affect our ability to operate our business and
may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business
opportunities as they arise. The restrictions placed on us
include limitations on our ability and the ability of our
subsidiaries to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness and issue ordinary or preferred
shares;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make other distributions on, redeem or
repurchase our shares or make other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
make investments, acquisitions, loans or advances;
|
|
|
|
incur or create liens;
|
|
|
|
transfer or sell certain assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in sale and lease back transactions;
|
|
|
|
declare dividends or make other payments to us;
|
|
|
|
guarantee indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; and
|
|
|
|
consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our
assets.
|
In addition, over a specified limit, our senior credit agreement
requires us to meet a financial ratio test and restricts our
ability to make capital expenditures or prepay certain other
indebtedness. Our ability to meet the financial ratio test may
be affected by events beyond our control, and we do not know
whether we will be able to maintain this ratio. The foregoing
restrictions could limit our ability to plan for, or react to,
changes in market conditions or our capital needs. We do not
know whether we will be granted waivers under, or amendments to,
our senior credit agreement if for any reason we are unable to
meet these requirements, or whether we will be able to refinance
our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could
result in a default under our senior credit agreement. If we are
unable to repay amounts due under the credit facility when due
or in the event of a default, the lenders under our senior
credit agreement could proceed against the collateral securing
that debt. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Risks
Relating to Investments in Singapore Companies
It may
be difficult to enforce a judgment of U.S. courts for civil
liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws against us, our
directors or officers in Singapore.
We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore,
and certain of our officers and directors are or will be
residents outside the United States. Moreover, a majority of our
consolidated assets are located outside the United States.
Although we are incorporated outside the United States, we have
agreed to accept service of process in the United States through
our agent designated for that purpose. Nevertheless, since a
majority of the consolidated assets owned by us are located
outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United
States against us may not be collectible within the United
States.
There is no treaty between the United States and Singapore
providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of
judgments in civil and commercial matters and a final judgment
for the payment of money rendered
28
by any federal or state court in the United States based on
civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the
federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically
enforceable in Singapore. There is doubt whether a Singapore
court may impose civil liability on us or our directors and
officers who reside in Singapore in a suit brought in the
Singapore courts against us or such persons with respect to a
violation solely of the federal securities laws of the United
States, unless the facts surrounding such a violation would
constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Singapore
law. Consequently, it may be difficult for investors to enforce
against us, our directors or our officers in Singapore judgments
obtained in the United States which are predicated upon the
civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the
United States.
We are
incorporated in Singapore and our shareholders may have more
difficulty in protecting their interest than they would as
shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United
States.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and
articles of association and by the laws governing corporations
incorporated in Singapore. The rights of our shareholders and
the responsibilities of the members of our board of directors
under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a
corporation incorporated in the United States. Therefore, our
public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their
interest in connection with actions taken by our management,
members of our board of directors or our controlling shareholder
than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in
the United States. For example, controlling shareholders in
U.S. corporations are subject to fiduciary duties while
controlling shareholders in Singapore corporations are not
subject to such duties. Please see Comparison of
Shareholder Rights in the definitive Proxy Statement for
our 2010 annual general meeting.
For a
limited period of time, our directors have general authority to
allot and issue new ordinary shares on terms and conditions as
may be determined by our board of directors in its sole
discretion.
Under Singapore law, we may only allot and issue new shares with
the prior approval of our shareholders in a general meeting. At
our 2010 annual general meeting of shareholders, our
shareholders provided our directors with the general authority
to allot and issue any number of new ordinary shares until the
earlier of (i) the conclusion of our 2011 annual general
meeting, (ii) the expiration of the period within which the
next annual general meeting is required to be held (i.e., within
15 months from the conclusion of the last general meeting)
or (iii) the subsequent revocation or modification of such
general authority by our shareholders acting at a duly noticed
and convened meeting. Subject to the general authority to allot
and issue new ordinary shares provided by our shareholders, the
provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and our memorandum and
articles of association, our board of directors may allot and
issue new ordinary shares on terms and conditions as they may
think fit to impose. Any additional issuances of new ordinary
shares by our directors may adversely impact the market price of
our ordinary shares.
Risks
Relating to Owning Our Ordinary Shares
Control
by principal shareholders could adversely affect our other
shareholders.
Investment funds affiliated with KKR and investment funds
affiliated with Silver Lake together beneficially own
approximately 39% of our outstanding ordinary shares through
their ownership of Bali Investments S.àr.l, our principal
shareholder, and Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd., or Seletar, and
Geyser Investment Pte. Ltd., or Geyser, beneficially own
approximately 5% and 4% of our outstanding ordinary shares,
respectively (based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding
as of December 10, 2010). In addition, pursuant to the
terms of our Second Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement,
or the Shareholder Agreement, KKR and Silver Lake together, the
Sponsors, or their respective affiliates, and Seletar, can elect
their respective designees to serve as members of our board of
directors. These shareholders will have a continuing ability to
control our board of directors and will continue to have
significant influence over our affairs for the foreseeable
future, including controlling the election of directors and
significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other
sale of our company or our assets. This concentrated control
will limit the ability of other shareholders to influence
corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our
non-Sponsor shareholders do not view as beneficial. For example,
this concentration of ownership could have the effect of
delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise
discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain
control of us, which in turn could cause the market price of our
ordinary shares to decline or prevent our shareholders from
realizing a premium over the market price for their ordinary
shares.
29
Prior to December 10, 2010 we were a controlled
company under the rules of The Nasdaq Global Select
Market, as Bali, Seletar and Geyser, together referred to as the
Sponsor Group, elected to file as a group with the SEC, with
respect to their collective ownership of our shares. As of
December 10, 2010, the Sponsor Group ceased to own a
majority of our outstanding ordinary shares, and we ceased to be
a controlled company under the rules of The Nasdaq
Global Select Market. As a result, our board of directors will
be required to be composed of a majority of independent
directors and our compensation committee and our nominating and
corporate governance committee will be required to be comprised
entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable
transition periods prescribed by The Nasdaq Global Select Market.
At
times, our share price has been volatile and it may fluctuate
substantially in the future, which could result in substantial
losses for our investors.
The trading price of our ordinary shares has at times fluctuated
significantly. Our ordinary shares have traded as high as $28.48
per share and as low as $14.33 per share since our initial
public offering, or IPO, in August 2009. The trading price of
our ordinary shares could be subject to wide fluctuations in
response to many risk factors listed in this Risk
Factors section, and others, many of which are beyond our
control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition
and operating results;
|
|
|
|
overall conditions in the semiconductor market and general
economic and market conditions;
|
|
|
|
addition or loss of significant customers;
|
|
|
|
changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
announcements of technological innovations or competitive
products by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant
acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital
commitments;
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel;
|
|
|
|
issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities
analysts;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by
investors to be comparable to us;
|
|
|
|
disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights,
including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain
intellectual property protection for our technologies;
|
|
|
|
announcement of, or expectation of additional financing efforts;
|
|
|
|
sales of our ordinary shares by us or our shareholders;
|
|
|
|
share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent
trading volume levels of our shares; and
|
|
|
|
changes in our dividend policy.
|
Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price
and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to
affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies.
These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate
to the operating performance of those companies. These broad
market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic,
political and market conditions such as recessions, interest
rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may
negatively impact the market price of our ordinary shares. You
may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose
some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have
experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have
been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be
the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities
litigation against us could result in substantial costs and
divert our managements attention from other business
concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
There has been a public market for our ordinary shares for only
a short period of time. An active, liquid and orderly market for
our ordinary shares may not develop or be sustained, which could
depress the trading price of our
30
ordinary shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability
to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling
shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or
technologies by using our shares as consideration.
If
securities or industry analysts do not publish research or
reports about our business, or publish negative reports about
our business, our share price and trading volume could
decline.
The trading market for our ordinary shares depends, in part, on
the research and reports that securities or industry analysts
publish about us or our business. We do not have any control
over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us
downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our
share price would likely decline. If one or more of these
analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly
publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial
markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to
decline.
Future
sales of our ordinary shares in the public market could cause
our share price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the
public market, or the perception that these sales might occur,
could depress the market price of our ordinary shares and could
impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of
additional equity securities.
As of December 10, 2010, approximately 116.0 million
outstanding ordinary shares are subject to the contractual
transfer restrictions in our Shareholder Agreement, which is
described under Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Second Amended and Restated Shareholder
Agreement Transfer Restrictions in the
definitive proxy statement for our 2010 annual general meeting
of shareholders. These shares are also subject to
lock-up
agreements that holders of the shares have signed with the
underwriter of the secondary offering of our ordinary shares
that was completed on December 10, 2010, under which they
have agreed not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any shares of our ordinary shares or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary
shares without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank
Securities until January 5, 2011, subject to a possible
extension under certain circumstances. The underwriter of this
offering may, in its sole discretion, release all or some
portion of the shares subject to the
30-day
lock-up
agreements prior to expiration of such period, and the Company
and the Sponsors may decide to waive the restrictions in the
Shareholder Agreement.
An aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares, as of
August 1, 2010, and additional shares subject to options
(of which 4.5 million were vested and exercisable as of
August 1, 2010), held by certain employees and former
employees were subject to transfer restrictions, pursuant to the
terms of the management shareholders agreement, or Management
Shareholders Agreement, to which they were party. The Management
Shareholders Agreements, and the share transfer restrictions
contained therein, were terminated with effect from
September 27, 2010. As a result, these shares have become
generally available for sale, subject to compliance with
applicable securities laws and our insider trading policy.
As of December 10, 2010, holders of approximately
116.0 million ordinary shares are entitled to rights with
respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act
pursuant to a registration rights agreement. If such holders, by
exercising their registration rights, sell a large number of
shares, they could adversely affect the market price for our
ordinary shares. If we register the sale of additional shares to
raise capital, and are required to include shares held by these
holders pursuant to the exercise of their registration rights,
our ability to raise capital may be impaired.
In addition, shares issued pursuant to our equity incentive
plans may be freely sold in the public market upon vesting and
issuance, subject to the restrictions provided under the terms
of the plan under which they were issued
and/or the
option agreements entered into with option holders.
There
can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash
dividends or declare them in any particular
amounts.
Notwithstanding that we recently adopted a cash dividend policy,
and have declared our first interim cash dividend of $0.07 per
share, payable on December 30, 2010 to shareholders of
record at the close of business (5:00 p.m.), Eastern time,
on December 15, 2010, there can be no assurance that we
will declare cash dividends in
31
the future or in any particular amounts. The actual declaration
and payment of any future dividend is subject to the approval of
our board of directors and our dividend policy could change at
any time. The payment of cash dividends is restricted under the
terms of our senior credit agreement, applicable law and our
corporate structure. Pursuant to Singapore law and our articles
of association, no dividends may be paid except out of our
profits. Also, because we are a holding company, our ability to
pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares may be limited by
restrictions on our ability to obtain sufficient funds through
dividends from subsidiaries, including restrictions under the
terms of our credit agreement. In addition to these constraints,
the payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at
the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon
such factors as our earnings levels, capital requirements,
contractual restrictions, cash position and overall financial
condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of
directors.
Furthermore, any such dividend, if declared, may be an interim
dividend, under Singapore law, which is wholly provisional and
may be revoked by our board of directors at any time prior to
the payment thereof.
The
requirements of being a public company may strain our resources,
divert managements attention and affect our ability to
attract and retain qualified board members.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, listing
requirements of The Nasdaq Global Select Market and other
applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with
these rules and regulations increases our legal and financial
compliance costs, make some activities more difficult,
time-consuming or costly and increases demand on our systems and
resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that
we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to
our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act
requires, among other things, that we maintain effective
disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over
financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required,
improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal
control over financial reporting to meet this standard,
significant resources and management oversight may be required.
As a result, managements attention may be diverted from
other business concerns, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. We may need to hire more employees in the future,
which will increase our costs and expenses. Furthermore, as we
grow our business or acquire new businesses, our internal
controls will become more complex and we may require
significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls
overall remain effective. Failure to implement required new or
improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their
implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to
fail to meet our reporting obligations.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating
to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating
uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial
compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming.
These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying
interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity,
and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over
time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing
bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding
compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing
revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to
invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and
standards, and this investment may result in increased general
and administrative expenses and a diversion of managements
time and attention from revenue-generating activities to
compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws,
regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by
regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to
practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings
against us and our business may be harmed.
Being a public company makes it more expensive for us to obtain
director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required
to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs
to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more
difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our
board of directors, particularly to serve on committees of our
board of directors, and qualified executive officers.
32
Singapore
corporate law may impede a takeover of our company by a
third-party, which could adversely affect the value of our
ordinary shares.
The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers contains provisions
that may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change in
control of our company for so long as we remain a public company
with more than 50 shareholders and net tangible assets of
S$5 million or more. Any person acquiring an interest,
whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or
not, either on their own or together with parties acting in
concert with such person, in 30% or more of our voting shares,
or, if such person holds, either on their own or together with
parties acting in concert with such person, between 30% and 50%
(both inclusive) of our voting shares, and such person (or
parties acting in concert with such person) acquires additional
voting shares representing more than 1% of our voting shares in
any six-month period, must, except with the consent of the
Securities Industry Council in Singapore, extend a mandatory
takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in accordance
with the provisions of the Singapore Code on Take-overs and
Mergers. While the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers
seeks to ensure equality of treatment among shareholders, its
provisions may discourage or prevent certain types of
transactions involving an actual or threatened change of control
of our company. These legal requirements may impede or delay a
takeover of our company by a third-party, which could adversely
affect the value of our ordinary shares.
Our
actual operating results may differ significantly from our
guidance.
From time to time, we release guidance regarding our future
performance that represents our managements estimates as
of the date of release. This guidance, which consists of
forward- looking statements, is prepared by our management and
is qualified by, and subject to, the assumptions and the other
information contained or referred to in the release. Our
guidance is not prepared with a view toward compliance with
published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, and neither our independent registered
public accounting firm nor any other independent expert or
outside party compiles or examines the guidance and,
accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other
form of assurance with respect thereto.
Guidance is based upon a number of assumptions and estimates
that, while presented with numerical specificity, is inherently
subject to significant business, economic and competitive
uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our
control and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to
future business decisions, some of which will change. We
generally state possible outcomes as high and low ranges which
are intended to provide a sensitivity analysis as variables are
changed but are not intended to represent that actual results
could not fall outside of the suggested ranges. The principal
reason that we release this data is to provide a basis for our
management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and
investors. We do not accept any responsibility for any
projections or reports published by any such persons.
Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be
expected that some or all of the assumptions of the guidance
furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly
from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an
estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the
date of release. Actual results will vary from the guidance and
the variations may be material. Investors should also recognize
that the reliability of any forecasted financial data diminishes
the farther in the future that the data is forecast. In light of
the foregoing, investors are urged to put the guidance in
context and not to place undue reliance on it.
Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or
the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set forth
in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
could result in the actual operating results being different
than the guidance, and such differences may be adverse and
material.
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
33
Our principal executive offices are located in Yishun,
Singapore, and the headquarters for our U.S. subsidiaries
is located in San Jose, California. We conduct our
administration, manufacturing, research and development and
sales and marketing in both owned and leased facilities. We
believe that our owned and leased facilities are adequate for
our present operations. The following is a list of our principal
facilities and their primary functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Site
|
|
Major Activity
|
|
Owned/Leased
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
Lease Expiration
|
|
Yishun, Singapore
|
|
Administration, Manufacturing, Research and Development and
Sales and Marketing
|
|
Leased
|
|
116,500
|
|
November 2015
|
Depot Road, Singapore
|
|
Manufacturing
|
|
Leased
|
|
50,000
|
|
October 2015
|
Senoko, Singapore
|
|
Manufacturing
|
|
Leased
|
|
72,000
|
|
September 2029
|
Seoul, Korea
|
|
Research and Development and
|
|
Leased
|
|
53,000
|
|
October 2015
|
|
|
Sales and Marketing
|
|
Leased
|
|
19,000
|
|
October 2012
|
Penang, Malaysia
|
|
Manufacturing, Research and
Development, and Administration
|
|
OwnedBuilding
LeasedLand
|
|
318,000
|
|
June 2045
|
San Jose, CA, United States
|
|
Administration, Research and Development and Sales and Marketing
|
|
Leased
|
|
148,000
|
|
November 2015
|
Fort Collins, CO, United States
|
|
Manufacturing and Research and Development
|
|
Owned
|
|
833,000
|
|
|
Boeblingen, Germany
|
|
Administration, Research and Development and Sales and Marketing
|
|
Leased
|
|
19,000
|
|
April 2012
|
Regensburg, Germany
|
|
Manufacturing, Research and Development and Marketing
|
|
Leased
|
|
8,590
|
|
June 2013
|
Samorin, Slovakia
|
|
Manufacturing
|
|
Leased
|
|
31,000
|
|
March 2018
|
Turin, Italy
|
|
Manufacturing and Research and
|
|
Leased
|
|
10,500
|
|
April 2012
|
|
|
Development
|
|
Leased
|
|
22,000
|
|
June 2017
|
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
From time to time, we are involved in litigation that we believe
is of the type common to companies engaged in our line of
business, including commercial disputes and employment issues.
As of the date of this filing, we are not involved in any
pending legal proceedings that we believe would likely have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows. However, certain pending disputes
involve claims by third parties that our activities infringe
their patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual
property rights. These claims generally involve the demand by a
third-party that we cease the manufacture, use or sale of the
allegedly infringing products, processes or technologies
and/or pay
substantial damages or royalties for past, present and future
use of the allegedly infringing intellectual property. For
example, on July 23, 2009, TriQuint Semiconductor, Inc.
filed a complaint against us and certain of our subsidiaries in
the U.S. District Court, District of Arizona seeking
declaratory judgment that four of our patents relating to RF
filter technology used in our wireless products are invalid and,
if valid, that TriQuints products do not infringe any of
those patents. TriQuint has subsequently withdrew those claims
with respect to three of those four patents. In addition,
TriQuint claims that certain of our wireless products infringe
three of its patents. TriQuint is seeking damages in an
unspecified amount, treble damages for alleged willful
infringement, attorneys fees and injunctive relief. We filed our
answer and initial counterclaim on September 17, 2009,
denying infringement, asserting the invalidity of
TriQuints patents and asserting infringement by TriQuint
of ten Avago patents and filed additional counterclaims on
March 25, 2010 for the misappropriation of Avago trade
secrets. On October 16, 2009, TriQuint filed its answer to
our initial counterclaim, denying infringement and filed an
antitrust counterclaim and counterclaims for declaratory
judgment of non infringement and invalidity. While the court
dismissed TriQuints antitrust counterclaims on procedural
grounds on March 16, 2010, TriQuint has since filed a
motion to file an amended pleading for its anti-trust claims,
which was granted on August 3, 2010. We intend to defend
this lawsuit vigorously, and future actions may include the
assertion by us of additional claims or counterclaims against
TriQuint related to our intellectual property portfolio.
34
In addition, on February 8, 2010, PixArt Imaging Inc. filed
an action against us in the U.S District Court, Northern
District of California seeking a determination of whether PixArt
is licensed to use our portfolio of patents for optical finger
navigation products pursuant to an existing cross-license
agreement between us and PixArt, which license is limited to
optical mouse and optical mouse trackball products. We did not
license to PixArt our patents for optical finger navigation
products. We intend to defend this action vigorously and to seek
to have the scope of the cross-license agreement properly
construed by the court as excluding such products. We also filed
a counterclaim against PixArt on March 31, 2010, asserting
that PixArt has breached the terms of the cross-license
agreement between the parties. We are seeking a determination
that PixArt is not licensed to use our portfolio of patents for
optical finger navigation products, damages in an unspecified
amount, termination for breach, or rescission, of the license
agreement and attorneys fees.
On March 15, 2010 we filed a patent infringement action
against ST Microelectronics NV in the Eastern District of Texas
for infringement of four of our patents related to optical
navigation devices. We amended the complaint on July 6,
2010 adding infringement of a fifth optical navigation related
patent to the action. We are seeking injunctive relief, damages
in an unspecified amount, treble damages for willful
infringement and attorneys fees. In response, ST
Microelectronics filed a patent infringement action against us
in the Northern District of Texas alleging that our sales of
certain optical navigation devices infringed two ST
Microelectronics patents. ST Microelectronics is seeking
injunctive relief and damages in an unspecified amount. ST
Microelectronics filed a second suit against us on
November 5, 2010 in the Northern District of California
alleging certain anticompetitive actions by us in the optical
navigation sensor market. ST Microelectronics is seeking
injunctive and compensatory relief under the Sherman Act and the
Clayton Act and attorneys fees. We have not yet filed our
response. We intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously, and
future actions may include the assertion by us of additional
claims or counterclaims against ST Microelectronics related to
our intellectual property portfolio.
Claims that our products or processes infringe or misappropriate
any third-party intellectual property rights (including claims
arising through our contractual indemnification of our
customers) often involve highly complex, technical issues, the
outcome of which is inherently uncertain. Moreover, from time to
time we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property
rights. Regardless of the merit or resolution of any such
litigation, complex intellectual property litigation is
generally costly and diverts the efforts and attention of our
management and technical personnel.
35
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR THE REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Market
Information
Our ordinary shares have been listed on The Nasdaq Global Select
Market under the symbol AVGO since our IPO on
August 6, 2009. Prior to that date, there was no public
market for our ordinary shares. The following table sets forth,
for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our
ordinary shares as reported by The Nasdaq Global Select Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market Prices
|
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
Fiscal Year ended November 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter (Beginning August 6, 2009, ended
November 1, 2009))
|
|
$
|
19.00
|
|
|
$
|
14.72
|
|
Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter (ended January 31, 2010)
|
|
$
|
19.55
|
|
|
$
|
14.33
|
|
Second Quarter (ended May 2, 2010)
|
|
$
|
22.88
|
|
|
$
|
16.50
|
|
Third Quarter (ended August 1, 2010)
|
|
$
|
23.69
|
|
|
$
|
18.38
|
|
Fourth Quarter (ended October 31, 2010)
|
|
$
|
24.95
|
|
|
$
|
18.41
|
|
Holders
As of December 10, 2010, there were 14 holders of
record of our ordinary shares. A substantially greater number of
shareholders are street name or beneficial holders,
whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other
financial institutions.
Dividends
We recently declared our first interim cash dividend of $0.07
per share payable on December 30, 2010 to shareholders of
record at the close of business (5:00 p.m.), Eastern Time,
on December 15, 2010.
The board of directors reviews our dividend policy regularly and
the declaration and payment of future dividends is subject to
the boards continuing determination that they are in the
best interests of the Companys future dividend payments
will also depend upon such factors as our earnings level,
capital requirements, contractual restrictions, cash position,
overall financial condition and any other factors deemed
relevant by our board of directors.
The payment of cash dividends on our ordinary shares is
restricted under the terms of our senior credit agreement,
applicable law and our corporate structure. Pursuant to
Singapore law and our articles of association, no dividends may
be paid except out of our profits. Also, because we are a
holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on our
ordinary shares may be limited by restrictions on our ability to
obtain sufficient funds through dividends from subsidiaries,
including restrictions under the terms of our senior credit
agreement.
36
Share
Performance Graph
The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative total
return for the Companys ordinary shares, the
Standard & Poors 500 Stock Index, or S&P
500 Index, and the Philadelphia Semiconductor Index. The graph
covers the period from August 6, 2009 (the first trading
day of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market)
to October 29, 2010, the last trading day of our 2010
fiscal year. While the initial public offering price of our
ordinary shares was $15.00 per share, the graph assumes the
initial value of our ordinary shares on August 6, 2009 was
the closing sales price of $16.18 per share. The graph and table
assume that $100 was invested on August 6, 2009 in each of
Avago Technologies Limited ordinary shares, the S&P 500
Index and the Philadelphia Semiconductor Index and that all
dividends were reinvested (in the case of data for the S&P
500 Index and the Philadelphia Semiconductor Index).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8/6/2009
|
|
|
10/30/2009
|
|
|
1/29/2010
|
|
|
4/30/2010
|
|
|
7/30/2010
|
|
|
10/29/2010
|
Avago Technologies Limited
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
|
$
|
107
|
|
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
|
|
$
|
134
|
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
Philadelphia Semiconductor Index
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The share price performance included in the graph above is not
necessarily indicative of future share price performance.
Note: The graph and the table above shall not
be deemed filed with the SEC for the purposes of
Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the
liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated
by reference in any filing made by us with the SEC, regardless
of any general incorporation language in such filing.
Securities
Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation
Plans
The information required by this item regarding securities
authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is
incorporated herein by reference to the definitive Proxy
Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2010.
37
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
You should read the following selected financial data together
with the information included under the headings Risk
Factors and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our historical financial statements and related notes
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected statements of operations data for the years ended
November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010 and the selected balance sheet data as of
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010 have been
derived from audited historical financial statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected statements of operations data for the one month
ended November 30, 2005, the years ended October 31,
2006 and October 31, 2007 and the selected balance sheet
data as of October 31, 2006, October 31, 2007 and
November 2, 2008 have been derived from audited historical
financial statements and related notes not included in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The historical financial data may not be indicative of our
future performance and does not reflect what our financial
position and results of operations would have been if we had
operated as a fully stand-alone entity during all of the periods
presented. We adopted a 52-or 53-week fiscal year beginning with
our fiscal year 2008. Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest
to October 31.
Summary
of 5 Year Selected Financial Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor(1)
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
One Month Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 30,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
2006(2)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
114
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,399
|
|
|
$
|
1,527
|
|
|
$
|
1,699
|
|
|
$
|
1,484
|
|
|
$
|
2,093
|
|
Cost of products sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Asset impairment charges(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of products sold
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
|
1,165
|
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
966
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Asset impairment charges(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges(4)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Advisory agreement termination fee(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling shareholder expenses(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation settlement(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired in-process research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations(7)(8)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
Interest expense(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
(212
|
)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
406
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(10)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
415
|
|
Income from and gain on discontinued operations, net of income
taxes(11)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(227
|
)
|
|
$
|
(159
|
)
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor(1)
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
One Month Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 30,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
2006(2)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
272
|
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
472
|
|
|
$
|
561
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
|
|
1,951
|
|
|
|
1,871
|
|
|
|
1,970
|
|
|
|
2,157
|
|
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
1,505
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Predecessor refers to SPG, business segment of Agilent
Technologies, Inc, or Agilent. |
|
(2) |
|
We completed the SPG Acquisition on December 1, 2005. The
SPG Acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination under GAAP and thus the financial results for all
periods from and after December 1, 2005 are not necessarily
comparable to the prior results of Predecessor. We did not have
any significant operating activity prior to December 1,
2005. Accordingly, our results for the year ended
October 31, 2006 represent only the eleven months of our
operations after the completion of the SPG Acquisition. |
|
(3) |
|
During the year ended October 31, 2007, we recorded a
$158 million write-down of certain long-lived assets
following a review of the recoverability of the carrying value
of certain manufacturing facilities, of which $18 million
was recorded as part of operating expenses and the remainder was
recorded as part of cost of products sold. |
|
(4) |
|
Our restructuring charges predominantly represent one-time
employee termination benefits. We incurred total restructuring
charges of $5 million during the year ended
October 31, 2006 ($6 million on a combined basis
including the one month period ended November 30,
2005) related to our effort to rationalize our product
lines. During the year ended October 31, 2007, we incurred
restructuring charges of $51 million, of which
$22 million was recorded as part of operating expenses and
the remainder was recorded as part of cost of products sold.
During the year ended November 2, 2008, we incurred
restructuring charges of $12 million, of which
$6 million was recorded as part of operating expenses and
the remainder was recorded as part of cost of products sold.
During year ended November 1, 2009, we incurred
restructuring charges of $34 million, of which
$23 million was recorded as part of operating expenses and
the remainder was recorded as part of cost of products sold.
During year ended October 31, 2010, we incurred
restructuring charges of $4 million, of which
$3 million was recorded as part of operating expenses and
the remainder was recorded as part of cost of products sold. |
|
(5) |
|
The advisory agreement was terminated pursuant to its terms upon
completion of our IPO, for a termination fee of
$54 million, during the quarter ended November 1, 2009
and no further payments will be made thereunder. We also
recorded $4 million in selling shareholder expenses, in
connection with the IPO, on behalf of the Sponsors and other
selling shareholders. |
|
(6) |
|
In November 2006, we agreed to settle a trade secret lawsuit
filed by Sputtered Films Inc., a subsidiary of Tegal
Corporation, against Agilent, Advanced Modular Sputtering Inc.
and our company. We assumed responsibility for this litigation
in connection with the SPG Acquisition and accrued this
liability in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes share-based compensation expense recorded by
Predecessor of $4 million for the one month ended
November 30, 2005, and for the Company, $3 million for
the year ended October 31, 2006, $12 million for the
year ended October 31, 2007, $15 million for the year
ended November 2, 2008 and $12 million for the year
ended November 1, 2009 and $25 million for the year
ended October 31, 2010. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes expense recorded in connection with the advisory
agreement with our Sponsors of $5 million for the year
ended October 31, 2006, $5 million for the year ended
October 31, 2007, $6 million for the year ended
November 2, 2008, and $4 million for the year ended
November 1, 2009. |
39
|
|
|
(9) |
|
Interest expense for the year ended October 31, 2006
includes an aggregate of $30 million of amortization of
debt issuance costs and commitment fees for expired credit
facilities, including $19 million of unamortized debt
issuance costs that were written off in conjunction with the
repayment of our term loan facility during this period. As of
October 31, 2006, we had permanently repaid all outstanding
amounts under our term loan facility. |
|
(10) |
|
In fiscal year 2010, we recorded an income tax benefit totaling
$9 million. The income tax benefit is associated with the
release of $29 million of deferred tax asset valuation
allowances, mainly associated with the Company irrevocably
calling our senior subordinated notes for redemption in October
2010, partially offset by the write-off of $6 million of
deferred tax assets resulting from the grant of Malaysia tax
incentive status, and an increase in overall tax provision due
to an increase in worldwide taxable income. |
|
(11) |
|
In October 2005, we sold our Storage Business to PMC-Sierra Inc.
This transaction closed on February 28, 2006, resulting in
$420 million of net cash proceeds. No gain or loss was
recorded on the sale. |
|
|
|
In February 2006, we sold our Printer ASICs Business to Marvell
Technology Group Ltd. for $245 million in cash. Our
agreement with Marvell also provides for up to $35 million
in additional earn-out payments by Marvell to us based solely on
the achievement by Marvell of certain revenue targets in respect
of the acquired business subsequent to the acquisition. This
transaction closed on May 1, 2006 and no gain or loss was
recorded on the initial sale. In April 2007, we received
$10 million of the earn-out payment from Marvell and
recorded it as a gain on discontinued operations. In May 2008,
we received $25 million of the earn-out payment from
Marvell and recorded it as a gain on discontinued operations. In
November 2006, we sold our Image Sensor operations to Micron
Technology, Inc. for $53 million. Our agreement with Micron
also provides for up to $17 million in additional earn-out
payments by Micron to us upon the achievement of certain
milestones. This transaction closed on December 8, 2006,
resulting in $57 million of net proceeds, including
$4 million of earn-out payments during the year ended
October 31, 2007. In addition to this transaction, we also
sold intellectual property rights related to the Image Sensor
operations to another party for $12 million. We recorded a
gain on discontinued operations of approximately
$50 million for both of these transactions. |
|
|
|
In October 2007, we sold our Infra-red operations to Lite-On
Technology Corporation for $19 million in cash and the
right to receive guaranteed cost reductions or rebates based on
our future purchases of non infra-red products from Lite-On. We
recorded an overall loss from disposal of Infra-red operations
of $5 million for fiscal year 2008. |
|
(12) |
|
For purposes of computing this ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, fixed charges consist of interest expense
on all indebtedness plus amortization of debt issuance costs and
an estimate of interest expense within rental expense.
Earnings consist of pre-tax income (loss) from
continuing operations plus fixed charges. Earnings were
insufficient to cover fixed charges by $23 million,
$225 million, $212 million and $36 million for
the one month ended November 30, 2005, the years ended
October 31, 2006, October 31, 2007 and
November 1, 2009, respectively. |
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
This Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations should be read in
conjunction with Selected Financial Data and our
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto which appear
elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based
upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties.
Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated
in these forward-looking statements as a result of various
factors, including those set forth under the caption Risk
Factors or in other parts of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Overview
We are a leading designer, developer and global supplier of a
broad range of analog semiconductor devices with a focus on
III-V based products. We differentiate ourselves through our
high performance design and integration capabilities. III-V
semiconductor materials have higher electrical conductivity,
enabling faster speeds and tend to have better performance
characteristics than conventional silicon in applications such
as RF and
40
optoelectronics. Our product portfolio is extensive and includes
over 6,500 products that we sell into four primary target
markets: wireless communications, wired infrastructure,
industrial and automotive electronics, and consumer and
computing peripherals. Applications for our products in these
target markets include cellular phones, consumer appliances,
data networking and telecommunications equipment, enterprise
storage and servers, renewable energy and smart power grid
applications, factory automation, displays, optical mice and
printers.
We have a nearly
50-year
history of innovation dating back to our origins within
Hewlett-Packard Company. Over the years, we have assembled a
large team of analog design engineers, and we maintain design
and product development engineering resources around the world.
Our locations include two design centers in the United States,
five in Asia and four in Europe. We have developed an extensive
portfolio of intellectual property that currently includes more
than 5,000 U.S. and foreign patents and patent
applications. Our history and market position enable us to
strategically focus our research and development resources to
address attractive target markets. We leverage our significant
intellectual property portfolio to integrate multiple
technologies and create component solutions that target growth
opportunities. We design products that deliver high-performance
and provide mission-critical functionality. In particular, we
were a pioneer in commercializing vertical-cavity surface
emitting laser, or VCSEL, fiber optic products and our
VCSEL-based products have been widely adopted throughout the
wired infrastructure industry. In addition, we were among the
first to deliver commercial film bulk acoustic resonator, or
FBAR, filters for code division multiple access, or CDMA,
technology and we believe we maintain a significant market share
of PCS duplexers within the CDMA market. In addition, our FBAR
filters offer technological advantages over competing filters in
certain other radio bands, such as GPS and 3G. In
optoelectronics, we are a market leader in submarkets such as
optocouplers, fiber optic transceivers, optical finger
navigation sensors found in mobile phones and optical computer
mouse sensors.
We have a diversified and well-established customer base of
approximately 40,000 end customers, located throughout the
world, which we serve through our multi-channel sales and
fulfillment system. We have established strong relationships
with leading original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, customers
across multiple target markets. Typically, our major customer
relationships have been in place multiple years and we have
supplied multiple products during that time period. Our close
customer relationships have often been built as a result of
years of collaborative product development which has enabled us
to build our intellectual property portfolio and develop
critical expertise regarding our customers requirements,
including substantial system level knowledge. This collaboration
has provided us with key insights into our customers and has
enabled us to be more efficient and productive and to better
serve our target markets and customers. We distribute most of
our products through our broad distribution network, and we are
a significant supplier to two of the largest global electronic
components distributors, Avnet, Inc. and Arrow Electronics, Inc.
We also have a direct sales force focused on supporting large
OEMs. For the year ended October 31, 2010, our top 10
customers, which included five distributors, collectively
accounted for 55% of our net revenue.
We focus on maintaining an efficient global supply chain and a
variable, low-cost operating model. Accordingly, we have
outsourced a majority of our manufacturing operations utilizing
third-party foundry and assembly and test capabilities, as well
as most of our corporate infrastructure functions We aim to
minimize capital expenditures by focusing our internal
manufacturing capacity on products utilizing our innovative
materials and processes to protect our intellectual property and
to develop the technology for manufacturing, while outsourcing
standard complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS,
processes. We also have over 35 years of operating history
in Asia, where approximately 60% of our employees are located
and where we produce and source the majority of our products.
Our presence in Asia places us in close proximity to many of our
customers manufacturing facilities and at the center of
worldwide electronics manufacturing.
Our business is impacted by general conditions of the
semiconductor industry and seasonal demand patterns in our
target markets. We believe that our focus on multiple target
markets and geographies helps mitigate our exposure to
volatility in any single target market.
Erosion of average selling prices of established products is
typical of the semiconductor industry. Consistent with trends in
the industry, we anticipate that average selling prices will
continue to decline in the future. However, as part of our
normal course of business, we plan to offset declining average
selling prices with efforts to reduce manufacturing costs of
existing products and the introduction of new and higher
value-added products.
41
Historically, a relatively small number of customers have
accounted for a significant portion of our net revenue. Sales to
distributors accounted for 33% and 41% of our net revenue for
the years ended November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010,
respectively. In the year ended November 1, 2009, our top
10 customers, which included four distributors, collectively
accounted for 60% of our net revenue. No customer accounted for
10% or more of our net revenue during the fiscal year ended
November 1, 2009. During the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2010, our top 10 customers, which included five
distributors, collectively accounted for 55% of our net revenue.
No customer accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue during
the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010. We expect to
continue to experience significant customer concentration in
future periods.
The demand for our products has been affected in the past, and
is likely to continue to be affected in the future, by various
factors, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
general economic and market conditions in the semiconductor
industry and in our target markets;
|
|
|
|
our ability to specify, develop or acquire, complete, introduce
and market new products and technologies in a cost-effective and
timely manner;
|
|
|
|
the timing, rescheduling or cancellation of expected customer
orders and our ability to manage inventory;
|
|
|
|
the rate at which our present and future customers and end-users
adopt our products and technologies in our target
markets; and
|
|
|
|
the qualification, availability and pricing of competing
products and technologies and the resulting effects on sales and
pricing of our products.
|
The recent economic downturn and financial crisis negatively
affected our business during fiscal year 2009, Although the
global economy improved during fiscal year 2010, current
uncertainty in global economic conditions still poses potential
risks to our business. For example, customers may defer
purchases in response to tighter credit and negative financial
news, which would in turn negatively affect product demand and
our results of operations.
Net
Revenue
Substantially all of our net revenue is derived from sales of
semiconductor devices which our customers incorporate into
electronic products. We serve four primary target markets:
wireless communications, wired infrastructure, industrial and
automotive electronics, and consumer and computing peripherals.
We sell our products primarily through our direct sales force.
We also use distributors for a portion of our business and
recognize revenue upon delivery of product to the distributors.
Such revenue is reduced for estimated returns and distributor
allowances.
Costs and
Expenses
Total cost of products sold. Cost of products
sold consists primarily of the cost of semiconductor wafers and
other materials, and the cost of assembly and test. Cost of
products sold also includes personnel costs and overhead related
to our manufacturing operations, including share-based
compensation, and related occupancy, computer services and
equipment costs, manufacturing quality, order fulfillment,
warranty and inventory adjustments, including write-downs for
inventory obsolescence, energy costs and other manufacturing
expenses. Total cost of products sold also includes amortization
of intangible assets and restructuring charges.
Although we outsource a significant portion of our manufacturing
activities, we do retain some semiconductor fabrication and
assembly and test facilities. If we are unable to utilize our
owned fabrication and assembly and test facilities at a desired
level, the fixed costs associated with these facilities will not
be fully absorbed, resulting in higher average unit costs and
lower gross margins.
Research and development. Research and
development expense consists primarily of personnel costs for
our engineers engaged in the design and development of our
products and technologies, including share-based compensation.
These expenses also include project material costs, third-party
fees paid to consultants, prototype development expenses,
allocated facilities costs and other corporate expenses and
computer services costs related to supporting computer tools
used in the engineering and design process.
42
Selling, general and
administrative. Selling expense consists
primarily of compensation and associated costs for sales and
marketing personnel, including share-based compensation, sales
commissions paid to our independent sales representatives, costs
of advertising, trade shows, corporate marketing, promotion,
travel related to our sales and marketing operations, related
occupancy and equipment costs and other marketing costs. General
and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation
and associated costs for executive management, finance, human
resources and other administrative personnel, outside
professional fees, allocated facilities costs and other
corporate expenses. In connection with our IPO, during the
fourth fiscal quarter of 2009, we expensed $54 million
related to the termination of the advisory agreement with our
Sponsors as well as approximately $4 million of offering
costs incurred in our IPO that relate to selling shareholders
which were absorbed by us.
Amortization of intangible assets. In
connection with acquisitions, we recorded intangible assets that
are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of six
months to 25 years. In connection with these acquisitions,
we also recorded goodwill which is not being amortized.
Interest expense. Interest expense is
associated with our borrowings incurred in connection with the
SPG Acquisition. Our debt has been substantially reduced over
the past four fiscal years, principally through net proceeds
derived from the divestiture of our Storage and Printer ASICs
Businesses as well as cash flows from operations, and through
the use of the net proceeds from our IPO.
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt. In
connection with the repurchase or redemption of our outstanding
indebtedness, we incur a gain (loss) on the extinguishment of
debt.
Other income (expense), net. Other income
(expense), net includes interest income, currency gains (losses)
on balance sheet remeasurement and other miscellaneous items.
Provision (benefit) for income taxes. We have
structured our operations to maximize the benefit from various
tax incentives and tax holidays extended to us in various
jurisdictions to encourage investment or employment. For
example, we have obtained several tax incentives from the
Singapore Economic Development Board, an agency of the
Government of Singapore, which provide that certain classes of
income we earn in Singapore are subject to tax holidays or
reduced rates of Singapore income tax. Each such tax incentive
is separate and distinct from the others, and may be granted,
withheld, extended, modified, truncated, complied with or
terminated independently without any effect on the other
incentives. In order to retain these tax benefits in Singapore,
we must meet certain operating conditions specific to each
incentive relating to, among other things, maintenance of a
treasury function, a corporate headquarters function, specified
intellectual property activities and specified manufacturing
activities in Singapore. Some of these operating conditions are
subject to phase-in periods through 2015. The Singapore tax
incentives are presently scheduled to expire at various dates
generally between 2014 and 2025, subject in certain cases to
potential extensions. Absent such tax incentives, the corporate
income tax rate in Singapore that would otherwise apply to us
would be 17% commencing from the 2010 year of assessment.
For the fiscal years ended November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, the effect of
all these tax incentives, in the aggregate, was to reduce the
overall provision for income taxes from what it otherwise would
have been in such year by approximately $24 million,
$17 million and $63 million, respectively. The tax
incentives that we have negotiated in other jurisdictions are
also subject to our compliance with various operating and other
conditions. If we cannot or elect not to comply with the
operating conditions included in any particular tax incentive,
we will lose the related tax benefits and could be required to
refund material tax benefits previously realized by us with
respect to that incentive and, depending on the incentive at
issue, could likely be required to modify our operational
structure and tax strategy. Any such modified structure may not
be as beneficial to us from an income tax expense or operational
perspective as the benefits provided under the present tax
concession arrangements. As a result of the tax incentives and
tax holidays, if we continue to comply with the operating
conditions, we expect the income from our operations to be
subject to relatively lower income taxes than would otherwise be
the case under ordinary income tax rules.
Our interpretations and conclusions regarding the tax incentives
are not binding on any taxing authority, and if our assumptions
about tax and other laws are incorrect or if these tax
incentives are substantially modified or rescinded we could
suffer material adverse tax and other financial consequences,
which would increase our expenses, reduce our profitability and
adversely affect our cash flows. In addition, taxable income in
any jurisdiction is dependent upon acceptance of our operational
practices and intercompany transfer pricing by local tax
authorities as being on an arms length basis. Due to
inconsistencies in application of the arms length standard
43
among taxing authorities, as well as lack of adequate
treaty-based protection, transfer pricing challenges by tax
authorities could, if successful, substantially increase our
income tax expense.
Going forward, our effective tax rate will vary based on a
variety of factors, including overall profitability, the
geographical mix of income before taxes and the related tax
rates in the jurisdictions where we operate, as well as discrete
events, such as settlements of future audits. In particular, we
may owe significant taxes in jurisdictions outside Singapore
during periods when we are profitable in those jurisdictions
even though we may be experiencing low operating profit or
operating losses on a consolidated basis, potentially resulting
in significant tax liabilities on a consolidated basis during
those periods. Conversely, we expect to realize more favorable
effective tax rates as our profitability increases. Our
historical income tax provisions are not necessarily reflective
of our future results of operations.
History
SPG
Acquisition
On December 1, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the
Semiconductor Products Group of Agilent for approximately
$2.7 billion. The SPG Acquisition was accounted for by the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations and,
accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the net assets
acquired based on their estimated fair values. Among other
things, the purchase accounting adjustments increased the
carrying value of our inventory and property, plant and
equipment, and established intangible assets for our developed
technology, customer and distributorship relationships, order
backlog, and in-process research and development, or IPRD. As a
result of the SPG Acquisition and related borrowings, interest
expense and non-cash depreciation and amortization charges have
significantly increased.
Acquisitions
In fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010 we completed five
acquisitions for aggregate cash consideration of
$91 million:
|
|
|
|
|
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, we completed the
acquisition of a privately-held manufacturer of motion control
encoders for $29 million (net of cash acquired of
$2 million) plus $9 million repayment of existing debt.
|
|
|
|
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2008, we completed the
acquisition of a privately-held developer of low-power wireless
devices for $6 million, plus potential earn-out payments.
|
|
|
|
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we completed the
acquisition of the Bulk Acoustic Wave Filter business of
Infineon Technologies AG for $32 million in cash.
|
|
|
|
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, we completed the
acquisition of a manufacturer of motion control encoders for
$7 million in cash.
|
|
|
|
During the third quarter of fiscal year 2010, we completed the
acquisition of a manufacturer of motion control encoders for
$8 million in cash.
|
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
results of operations of the acquired companies and businesses
commencing on their respective acquisition dates. See
Note 3. Acquisitions and Investments, in the
Consolidated Financial Statements for information related to
these acquisitions.
Restructuring
Charges
In fiscal year 2007, we began to increase the use of outsourced
service providers in our manufacturing operations, particularly
our assembly and test operations, to lower our costs and reduce
the capital deployed in these activities. In connection with
this strategy, we introduced a largely voluntary severance
program intended to reduce our workforce and resulting in an
approximately 40% decline in our headcount during fiscal year
2007, primarily in our major locations in Asia. Consequently,
during the year ended November 2, 2008, we incurred total
restructuring charges of $12 million, predominantly
representing one-time employee termination costs.
44
In the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, we initiated a
restructuring plan intended to realign our cost structure with
the then prevailing macroeconomic business conditions. This plan
eliminated approximately 230 positions or 6% of our global
workforce and was substantially completed in fiscal year 2009.
In the third quarter of fiscal year 2009, we announced a further
reduction in our worldwide workforce of up to
200 employees. This plan was completed in the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2009. During the year ended
November 1, 2009, we recorded restructuring charges of
$26 million in connection with both of these plans,
predominantly representing one-time employee termination costs.
In fiscal year 2009, we also committed to a plan to outsource
certain of our manufacturing in Germany. During the year ended
November 1, 2009, we recorded $5 million of one-time
employee termination costs, $1 million related to asset
abandonment and other exit costs and approximately
$1 million related to excess lease costs in connection with
this plan.
During fiscal year 2009, we recorded and paid $1 million of
one-time employee termination costs and recognized
$2 million as share-based compensation expense in
connection with the departure of our former Chief Operating
Officer in January 2009.
As part of our efforts to continue to realign our cost
structure, we incurred approximately $3 million of one-time
employee termination costs and $1 million of excess lease
costs during fiscal year 2010.
See Note 10. Restructuring Charges to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP
requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reporting period. We base our estimates and
assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various
other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities
and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily
apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by
us may differ materially and adversely from our estimates. Our
critical accounting policies are those that affect our
historical financial statements materially and involve
difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Those
policies include revenue recognition, valuation of long-lived
assets, intangible assets and goodwill, inventory valuation and
warranty reserves and accounting for income taxes.
Revenue recognition. We recognize revenue, net
of sales returns and allowances, provided that
(i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
(ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the price is fixed
or determinable and (iv) collectibility is reasonably
assured. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and
risk of loss have transferred to the customer. We consider the
price to be fixed or determinable when the price is not subject
to refund or adjustments or when any such adjustments are
accounted for. We evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers
to determine that appropriate credit limits are established
prior to the acceptance of an order. Revenue, including sales to
resellers and distributors, is reduced for estimated returns and
distributor allowances. We recognize revenue from sales of our
products to distributors upon delivery of product to the
distributors. An allowance for distributor credits covering
price adjustments and scrap allowances is made based on our
estimate of historical experience rates as well as considering
economic conditions and contractual terms. To date, actual
distributor claims activity has been materially consistent with
the provisions we have made based on our historical estimates.
However, because of the inherent nature of estimates, there is
always a risk that there could be significant differences
between actual amounts and our estimates. Different judgments or
estimates could result in variances that might be significant to
reported operating results.
Valuation of long-lived assets, intangible assets and
goodwill. We assess the impairment of long-lived
assets, intangible assets and goodwill whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of
such assets may not be recoverable. Factors we consider
important which could trigger an impairment review of our
long-lived and intangible assets include significant
underperformance relative to historical or projected future
operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use
of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business,
45
and significant negative industry or economic trends. An
impairment loss must be measured if the sum of the expected
future cash flows (undiscounted and before interest) from the
use of the asset is less than the net book value of the asset.
The amount of the impairment loss will generally be measured as
the difference between the net book values of the asset (or
asset group) and its (their) estimated fair value.
We perform an annual impairment review of our goodwill during
the fourth fiscal quarter of each year, and more frequently if
we believe indicators of impairment exist and we follow the
two-step approach in performing the impairment test in
accordance with ASC 350 Intangibles
Goodwill and Other. The first step of the goodwill
impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the
reporting unit with the related carrying amount. If the fair
value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the
reporting units goodwill is not considered to be impaired
and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If
the reporting units carrying amount exceeds its estimated
fair value, the second step of the test must be performed to
measure the amount of the goodwill impairment loss, if any. The
second step of the test compares the implied fair value of the
reporting units goodwill, determined in the same manner as
the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination,
with the carrying amount of such goodwill. If the carrying
amount of the reporting units goodwill exceeds the implied
fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal
to that excess. The process of evaluating the potential
impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires
significant judgment. We have one reporting unit for goodwill
impairment testing purposes which is based on the manner in
which we operate our business and the nature of those
operations, including consideration of how the Chief Operating
Decision Maker, as defined in ASC 280 Segment
Reporting, manages the business as a whole. We operate as
one semiconductor company with sales of semiconductors
representing the only material source of revenue. Substantially
all products offered incorporate analog functionality and are
manufactured under similar manufacturing processes.
For fiscal year 2010, we used the quoted market price of our
ordinary shares to determine the fair value of our reporting
unit, which is the Company as a whole. No impairment of goodwill
was identified based on the annual impairment review during the
fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010. A 10% decline in the
ordinary share quoted market prices would not impact the result
of our goodwill impairment assessment.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of long-lived
assets under ASC 360 Property, Plant and
Equipment, such as our property, plant and equipment and
other intangible assets is also highly subjective and requires
significant judgment. In order to estimate the fair value of
long-lived assets, we typically make various assumptions about
the future prospects about our business or the part of our
business that the long-lived asset relates to, consider market
factors specific to the business and estimate future cash flows
to be generated by the business, which requires significant
judgment as it is based on assumptions about market demand for
our products over a number of future years. Based on these
assumptions and estimates, we determine whether we need to take
an impairment charge to reduce the value of the long-lived asset
stated on our balance sheet to reflect its estimated fair value.
Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining
useful lives are complex and often subjective. They can be
affected by a variety of factors, including external factors
such as the real estate market, industry and economic trends,
and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy
and our internal forecasts. Although we believe the assumptions
and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and
appropriate, changes in assumptions and estimates could
materially impact our reported financial results.
Inventory valuation and warranty reserves. We
value our inventory at the lower of the actual cost of the
inventory or the current estimated market value of the
inventory, cost being determined under the
first-in,
first-out method. We regularly review inventory quantities on
hand and record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory
based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand and
production requirements. Demand for our products can fluctuate
significantly from period to period. A significant decrease in
demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess
inventory quantities on hand. In addition, our industry is
characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new
product development and rapid product obsolescence that could
result in an increase in the amount of obsolete inventory
quantities on hand. Additionally, our estimates of future
product demand may prove to be inaccurate, which may cause us to
understate or overstate both the provision required for excess
and obsolete inventory and cost of products sold. Therefore,
although we make every effort to ensure the accuracy of our
forecasts of future product demand, any significant
unanticipated changes in demand or technological developments
could have a significant impact on the value of our inventory
and our results of operations. We establish reserves for
estimated product warranty costs at the time revenue is
recognized. Although we engage in
46
extensive product quality programs and processes, our warranty
obligation has been and may in the future be affected by product
failure rates, product recalls, repair or field replacement
costs and additional development costs incurred in correcting
any product failure, as well as possible claims for
consequential costs. Should actual product failure rates, use of
materials or service delivery costs differ from our estimates,
additional warranty reserves could be required. In that event,
our gross profit and gross margins would be reduced.
Accounting for income taxes. We account for
income taxes in accordance with ASC 740 Income
Taxes, or ASC 740. The provision for income taxes is
computed using the asset and liability method, under which
deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and
liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit
carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable
income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are
expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation
allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is
believed more likely than not to be realized. Significant
management judgment is required in developing our provision for
income taxes, including the determination of deferred tax assets
and liabilities and any valuation allowances that might be
required against the deferred tax assets. We have considered
future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax
planning strategies in assessing the need for valuation
allowances. If we determine, in the future, a valuation
allowance is required, such adjustment to the deferred tax
assets would increase tax expense in the period in which such
determination is made. Conversely, if we determine, in the
future, a valuation allowance exceeds our requirement, such
adjustment to the deferred tax assets would decrease tax expense
in the period in which such determination is made. In evaluating
the exposure associated with various tax filing positions, we
accrue an income tax liability when such positions do not meet
the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognition.
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with
uncertainties in the application of complex tax law and
regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. We recognize
potential liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the
U.S. and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of
whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes and interest
will be due. If our estimate of income tax liabilities proves to
be less than the ultimate assessment, a further charge to
expense would be required. If events occur and the payment of
these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal
of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized
in the period when we determine the liabilities are no longer
necessary.
Total unrecognized tax benefits increased by $6 million
during fiscal year 2009, resulting in total unrecognized tax
benefits of $24 million as of November 1, 2009. The
total unrecognized tax benefit increased to approximately
$27 million as of October 31, 2010.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax
benefits within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes
line in the consolidated statement of operations. Accrued
interest and penalties are included within the other current
liabilities and other long-term liabilities lines in the
consolidated balance sheet. As of November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, the combined
amount of cumulative accrued interest and penalties was
approximately $3 million, $4 million and
$5 million, respectively.
Share-based compensation. We measure and
recognize share-based compensation expense for all share-based
payment awards issued to employees and directors in accordance
with the authoritative guidance. Under the authoritative
guidance, for option awards granted or modified after
November 1, 2006, we recognize compensation expense based
on estimated fair values on the date of grant, net of an
estimated forfeiture rate. Compensation expense for share based
awards granted after November 1, 2006, is recognized over
the requisite service period of the award on a straight-line
basis. Forfeiture rates used in the determination of
compensation expense are revised in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from estimates. Changes in the estimated
forfeiture rates can have a significant effect on share-based
compensation expense since the effect of adjusting the rate is
recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed.
For outstanding performance share-based awards granted before
November 1, 2006 and not modified thereafter, we continue
to account for any portion of such awards under the originally
applied accounting principles. Performance-based awards granted
before November 1, 2006 were subject to variable accounting
until such options are modified, vested, forfeited or cancelled.
Variable accounting requires us to value the variable options at
the end of each accounting period based upon the then current
fair value of the underlying ordinary
47
shares. Accordingly, our share-based compensation expense was
subject to significant fluctuation based on changes in the fair
value of our ordinary shares and our estimate of vesting
probability of unvested performance-based options. However,
subsequent to November 1, 2006, the Compensation Committee
approved two modifications of all outstanding employee
performance-based awards. As a result of the first modification
in fiscal year 2008, all variable accounting on outstanding
employee performance-based options ceased and instead, pursuant
to the authoritative guidance, we recognized a combination of
unamortized intrinsic value of these modified options and the
incremental fair value of those options up until the date of the
second modification in fiscal year 2009. In accordance with the
authoritative guidance, at the second modification date, we
measured the incremental fair value of unvested outstanding
performance-based options, that is expected to be recognized
over the remaining service period and are recognizing that
amount on a straight-line basis over such expected service
period.
For options granted or modified after November 1, 2006, we
utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model for determining
the estimated fair value for share options. The Black-Scholes
valuation calculation requires us to estimate key assumptions,
such as future share price volatility, expected terms, risk-free
rates and dividend yield. We also estimate potential forfeitures
of share grants and adjust compensation cost recorded
accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is adjusted over the
requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures
differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes
in estimated forfeitures are recognized through a cumulative
catch-up
adjustment in the period of change, and the amount of
share-based compensation expense recognized in future periods is
adjusted.
The weighted-average assumptions utilized for our Black-Scholes
valuation model for options and employee share purchase rights
granted during the fiscal years ended November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESPP
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Volatility
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
52
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we had not
declared any cash dividends as of the respective option grant
date. Volatility is based on the combination of historical
volatility of guideline publicly traded companies over the
period commensurate with the expected term of the options and
the implied volatility of guideline publicly traded companies
from traded options with a term of 180 days or greater
measured over the last three months. The risk-free interest rate
is derived from the average U.S. Treasury Strips rate
during the period, which approximates the rate in effect at the
time of grant. For all options granted after August 2, 2009
and a portion of options granted before August 2, 2009, our
computation of expected term was based on other data, such as
the data of peer companies and company-specific attributes that
we believe could affect employees exercise behavior. For
the majority of options granted prior to August 2, 2009, we
used the simplified method as specified in the accounting
guidance.
In fiscal year 2010, we began to grant restricted share units,
or RSUs, which are restricted shares that are granted with the
exercise price equal to zero and are converted to shares
immediately upon vesting. We recognize compensation expense for
RSUs using the straight-line amortization method based on the
fair value of RSUs on the date of grant. The fair value of RSUs
is the closing market price of our ordinary shares on the date
of grant, which is equal to their intrinsic value on the date of
grant.
We also record share-based compensation expense based on an
estimate of the fair value of rights to purchase ordinary shares
under the Avago Employee Share Purchase Plan, which was
implemented in June 2010, and recognize this share-based
compensation expense using the straight-line amortization method.
48
Fiscal
Year Presentation
We adopted a 52- or 53-week fiscal year beginning with our
fiscal year 2008. Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to
October 31.
The financial statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are presented in accordance with GAAP and expressed in
U.S. dollars.
Results
from Continuing Operations
Year
Ended October 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended
November 1, 2009
The following tables set forth our results of operations for the
years ended October 31, 2010 and November 1, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
(As a percentage of net revenue)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
1,484
|
|
|
$
|
2,093
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of products sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of products sold
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advisory agreement termination fee
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling shareholder expenses
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations before taxes
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
19
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended November 1, 2009, we recorded an
accrual of $4 million for indirect taxes on certain prior
years purchase and sale transactions. This accrual
increased cost of products sold and research and development
expenses for the year ended November 1, 2009 by
$2 million each and increased net loss for the year by
$4 million. We determined that the impact of the adjustment
was not material to prior periods or to the results for the
second quarter of fiscal year 2009, and as such the adjustment
was recorded in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009 under ASC
270 Interim Reporting.
Net revenue. Net revenue was
$2,093 million for the year ended October 31, 2010,
compared to $1,484 million for the year ended
November 1, 2009, an increase of $609 million or 41%.
This year over year increase was due, in large part, to the
improvement in global economic conditions that occurred during
this period, but also due to our introduction of a number of
new, proprietary products over the year, which helped us to grow
net revenues substantially over the period.
49
Net revenue by target market data is derived from our
understanding of our end customers primary markets, and
was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
% of Net Revenue
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Change
|
|
Wireless communications
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
Industrial and automotive electronics
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Wired infrastructure
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Consumer and computing peripherals
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenue
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Wireless communications
|
|
$
|
622
|
|
|
$
|
796
|
|
|
$
|
174
|
|
Industrial and automotive electronics
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
Wired infrastructure
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
Consumer and computing peripherals
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
$
|
1,484
|
|
|
$
|
2,093
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue from wireless communications products, in absolute
dollars increased in fiscal year 2010 compared with fiscal year
2009. The growth of key platforms in next-generation smart
phones at leading OEM customers, which incorporate many of our
products such as FBAR filters, power amplifiers and PA-Duplexer
front-end modules as well as optical finger navigation sensors,
drove this revenue growth. Revenue from this target market
decreased as a percentage of net revenue due to the
disproportionate growth in revenues from the industrial and
automotive electronics target market.
Net revenue from industrial and automotive electronics products,
both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenue,
substantially increased in fiscal year 2010 compared with fiscal
year 2009. The increase was in large part due to the effects of
a recovery in market conditions from fiscal year 2009. The
growth in this target market was broad based, with particular
strength in sales of optocouplers, industrial fiber optic
transceivers and motion encoders. We benefitted from increased
spending on and new uses for our devices in applications such as
inverters, servo machine tools and programmable logic
controller/fieldbus industrial data communications systems used
in power production and distribution, including renewable energy
and smart power grid installations, factory automation and
transportation applications, as well as gains in market share
for a number of these products. We believe a substantial amount
of the demand for these products was driven by spending on
infrastructure in emerging economies.
Net revenue from wired infrastructure products, in absolute
dollars, increased in fiscal year 2010 compared with fiscal year
2009, as spending on enterprise networking data centers and core
routing improved and also due, in part, to gains in market
share. Wired networking continued to benefit from increasing
demand for data traffic, generating increased demand for
fiber-optic based networking connections to replace copper-based
connections and generating increased demand for higher speed
SerDes communications links.
Net revenue from consumer and computing peripheral products, in
absolute dollars, increased in fiscal year 2010 compared with
fiscal year 2009, reflecting improved sales of optical sensors
used in optical mice and improved sales of motion encoders used
in applications such as optical disc drives and printers during
fiscal year 2010. However, this target market continues to be
adversely affected by ongoing weakness in consumer spending and
we did not experience the usual seasonal benefits in our
personal computer-related businesses in the fourth quarter of
fiscal year 2010.
50
The categorization of revenue by target market is determined
using a variety of data points including the technical
characteristics of the product, the sold to customer
information, the ship to customer information and
the end customer product or application into which our product
will be incorporated. As data systems for capturing and tracking
this data evolve and improve, the categorization of products by
target market can vary over time. When this occurs, we
reclassify revenue by target market for prior periods. Such
reclassifications typically do not materially change the sizing
of, or the underlying trends of results within, each target
market.
Gross margin. Gross margin was
$966 million for the year ended October 31, 2010
compared to $560 million for the year ended
November 1, 2009, an increase of $406 million or 73%.
As a percentage of net revenue, gross margin increased to 46%
for the year ended October 31, 2010 from 37% for the year
ended November 1, 2009. The increase in gross margin
percentage was attributable to continuing improvements in
product mix, as well as increased operating levels in our
internal fabrication facilities. During the year ended
October 31, 2010, compared to the year ended
November 1, 2009, a higher proportion of our net revenues
were from products sold into the industrial and automotive
electronics target market and from sales of our proprietary
products, which generally earn higher gross margins than our
other products. During the year ended October 31, 2010, we
recorded write-downs to inventories associated with reduced
demand assumptions of $15 million compared to
$23 million during the year ended November 1, 2009. We
also recorded charges of $12 million during the year ended
October 31, 2010 for warranty costs compared to
$8 million in the year ended November 1, 2009. See
Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Research and development. Research and
development expense was $280 million for the year ended
October 31, 2010, compared to $245 million for the
year ended November 1, 2009, an increase of
$35 million or 14%. As a percentage of net revenue,
research and development expenses decreased to 14% for the year
ended October 31, 2010 from 17% for the year ended
November 1, 2009. The increase in absolute dollars was
primarily attributable to $11 million increase in incentive
compensation expense related to our employee bonus program,
which is a variable expense related to our overall
profitability, $6 million increase in compensation expense
resulting from annual salary adjustment, $4 million
increase in share-based compensation due to grants of
share-based awards at higher fair market values and
$11 million in additional research and development project
materials and supplies in fiscal year 2010 as compared to the
year ended November 1, 2009. The decrease as a percentage
of net revenue is attributable to higher net revenue in fiscal
year 2010. We expect research and development expenses to
increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, due to
the increasing complexity and number of products we plan to
develop.
Selling, general and administrative. Selling,
general and administrative expense was $196 million for the
year ended October 31, 2010 compared to $165 million
for the year ended November 1, 2009, an increase of
$31 million or 19%. As a percentage of net revenue,
selling, general and administrative expense decreased to 9% for
the year ended October 31, 2010 compared to 11% for the
year ended November 1, 2009. The increase in absolute
dollars was attributable to $11 million increase in
incentive compensation expense related to our employee bonus
program which is a variable expense related to our overall
profitability in fiscal year 2010 as compared to the year ended
November 1, 2009, $2 million increase in sales
commissions expense paid to our sales employees, $3 million
increase in compensation expense resulting from annual salary
adjustment, $8 million increase in share-based compensation
expense due to grants of share-based awards at higher fair
market values, $3 million increase in third party fees and
$4 million increase in computer and related services. The
decrease as a percentage of net revenue was attributable to
higher net revenue in fiscal year 2010.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal year
2009 does not include $54 million that we recorded related
to the termination of the advisory agreement with our Sponsors
pursuant to its terms, upon the closing of the IPO, as well as
approximately $4 million of offering costs incurred in our
IPO that relate to selling shareholders which were absorbed by
us. The advisory agreement termination fees and the selling
shareholder expenses are included as separate components of
operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations
for fiscal year 2009.
Amortization of intangible assets. Total
amortization of intangible assets incurred was $79 million
each, for the years ended October 31, 2010 and
November 1, 2009.
51
Restructuring charges. During the year ended
October 31, 2010, we incurred total restructuring charges
of $4 million, compared to $34 million for the year
ended November 1, 2009, both predominantly representing
employee termination costs. We undertook significant
restructuring activities in fiscal year 2009 in response to the
then macroeconomic business conditions and some incremental
restructuring activities in fiscal year 2010, which resulted in
significantly higher restructuring charges in fiscal year 2009
compared to fiscal year 2010. See Note 10.
Restructuring Charges to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Interest expense. Interest expense was
$34 million for the year ended October 31, 2010,
compared to $77 million for the year ended November 1,
2009, which represents a decrease of $43 million or 56%.
The decrease is primarily due to the redemption and repurchases
of $364 million aggregate principal amount of our
outstanding notes made in fiscal year 2010. Interest expense is
expected to be significantly lower during fiscal year 2011,
compared to fiscal year 2010, due to the redemption of the
remaining $230 million aggregate principal amount of our
senior subordinated rate notes on December 1, 2010.
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt. During
the year ended October 31, 2010, we redeemed
$318 million aggregate principal amount of our senior fixed
rate notes and the remaining $46 million aggregate
principal amount of our senior floating rate notes. The
redemption of the senior fixed rate notes and senior floating
rate notes in fiscal year 2010 resulted in a loss on
extinguishment of debt of $24 million. During the year
ended November 1, 2009, we repurchased an aggregate of
$106 million of debt, consisting of $85 million in
principal amount of senior fixed rate notes, $17 million in
principal amount of senior subordinated notes and
$4 million in principal amount of senior floating rate
notes in a tender offer for all or a part of our outstanding
notes, resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt in fiscal
year 2009 of $9 million. We also repurchased
$3 million in principal amount of senior subordinated notes
in the open market, resulting in a gain on extinguishment of
debt of $1 million during the year ended November 1,
2009. See Note 7. Senior Credit Facility and
Borrowings to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Other income (expense), net. Other income
(expense), net includes interest income, foreign currency gain
(loss), loss on
other-than-temporary
impairment of investment and other miscellaneous items. Other
expense, net was $2 million for the year ended
October 31, 2010 compared to other income, net was
$1 million for the year ended November 1, 2009. The
decrease is primarily attributable to a $2 million decrease
in government grants received and a $1 million increase in
currency losses during the year ended October 31, 2010
compared to the year ended November 1, 2009.
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes. We
recorded an income tax benefit totaling $9 million for the
year ended October 31, 2010 compared to an income tax
expense of $8 million for the year ended November 1,
2009. The decrease is primarily attributable to the release of
$29 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowances,
mainly associated with the Company irrevocably calling our
senior subordinated notes for redemption in October 2010,
partially offset by the write-off of $6 million of deferred
tax assets resulting from the grant of a new tax incentive in
Malaysia, and an increase in overall tax provision due to an
increase in worldwide taxable income.
52
Year
Ended November 1, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
November 2, 2008
The following tables set forth our results of operations for the
years ended November 1, 2009 and November 2, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
(As a percentage of net revenue)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
1,699
|
|
|
$
|
1,484
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of products sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of products sold
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Advisory agreement termination fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Selling shareholder expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Income from and gain on discontinued operations, net of income
taxes
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
(3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended November 1, 2009, we recorded an
accrual of $4 million for indirect taxes on certain prior
years purchase and sale transactions. This accrual
increased cost of products sold and research and development
expenses for the year ended November 1, 2009 by
$2 million each and increased net loss for the year by
$4 million. We determined that the impact of the adjustment
was not material to prior periods or to the results for the
second quarter of fiscal year 2009, and as such the adjustment
was recorded in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009 under ASC
270 Interim Reporting.
Net revenue. Net revenue was
$1,484 million for the year ended November 1, 2009,
compared to $1,699 million for the year ended
November 2, 2008, a decrease of $215 million or 13%.
The global recession, continuing financial and credit crisis and
deteriorating economic conditions resulted in more cautious
customer spending and generally lower demand for our products,
particularly in the first three quarters of fiscal year 2009.
53
Net revenue by target market data is derived from our
understanding of our end customers primary markets, and
was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
% of Net Revenue
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Change
|
|
Wireless communications
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Wired infrastructure
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Industrial and automotive electronics
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Consumer and computing peripherals
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenue
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless communications
|
|
$
|
524
|
|
|
$
|
622
|
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
Wired infrastructure
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
Industrial and automotive electronics
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
Consumer and computing peripherals
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
$
|
1,699
|
|
|
$
|
1,484
|
|
|
$
|
(215
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue from wireless communications products, both in
absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenue, increased
in fiscal year 2009 compared with fiscal year 2008. The growth
of key platforms in next-generation smart phones at leading OEM
customers, which incorporate many of our proprietary products
such as FBAR filters and front-end modules, drove this revenue
growth.
Net revenue from wired infrastructure products, both in absolute
dollars and as a percentage of net revenue, decreased in fiscal
year 2009 compared with fiscal year 2008. This was primarily due
to softness in spending on enterprise networking and data center
equipment, during the first three quarters of fiscal year 2009,
which led to reduced shipments to the contract manufacturers
supporting OEMs. However, our revenue from this market began to
improve in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 due to an
increase in enterprise networking and data center spending in
that quarter. Contract manufacturers constitute our principal
direct customers for wired infrastructure products.
Net revenue from industrial and automotive electronics products,
both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenue,
decreased in fiscal year 2009 compared with fiscal year 2008.
This was primarily due to reduced sales by OEMs as well as
reductions in sales to our distributors during the first three
quarters of fiscal year 2009, due largely to a reduction in
channel inventory. However, our revenue from this market
improved significantly in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009
due, in part, to a rebound in demand from major OEMs in Europe
and Japan for drives and servo motor components and continued
demand for inverters and industrial fibers from renewable energy
and transportation businesses.
Net revenue from consumer and computing peripheral products,
both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenue,
decreased in fiscal year 2009 compared with fiscal year 2008,
reflecting lower consumer spending caused by the overall
economic downturn partly offset by improved sales of optical
mouse sensors and motion control encoders for printers in the
fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009.
The categorization of revenue by target market is determined
using a variety of data points including the technical
characteristics of the product, the sold to customer
information, the ship to customer information and
the end customer product or application into which our product
will be incorporated. As data systems for capturing and tracking
this data evolve and improve, the categorization of products by
target market can vary over time. When
54
this occurs, we reclassify revenue by target market for prior
periods. Such reclassifications typically do not materially
change the sizing of, or the underlying trends of results
within, each target market.
Gross margin. Gross margin was
$560 million for the year ended November 1, 2009,
compared to $655 million for the year ended
November 2, 2008, a decrease of $95 million or 15%. As
a percentage of net revenue, gross margin decreased slightly to
37% for the year ended November 1, 2009 from 39% for the
year ended November 2, 2008. The decrease in absolute
dollars was primarily attributable to decrease in revenue of 13%
during the year ended November 1, 2009 compared to the
prior year ended November 2, 2008. During the year ended
November 1, 2009, we recorded write-downs to inventories of
$23 million associated with reduced demand assumptions
compared to $11 million during the prior year. In addition,
the year ended November 1, 2009 included $2 million of
indirect taxes relating to prior periods and payments of
$3 million in connection with terminating our relationship
with a contract manufacturer as part of a transition to another
supplier, which primarily related to production equipment
procured by the contract manufacturer for which we agreed to
compensate the contract manufacturer. During the year ended
November 1, 2009, we also recorded $5 million to cover
potential costs in excess of expected insurance coverage for
warranty obligations arising out of certain product quality
issues, as well as $3 million to scrap inventory of such
components held by us.
Research and development. Research and
development expense was $245 million for the year ended
November 1, 2009, compared to $265 million for the
year ended November 2, 2008, a decrease of $20 million
or 8%. As a percentage of net revenue, research and development
expenses slightly increased to 17% for the year ended
November 1, 2009 from 16% for the year ended
November 2, 2008. The decrease in absolute dollars
reflected our concerted efforts to control discretionary costs
during the downturn resulting in lower spending on consumable
tools and supplies and travel, as well as a reduction in
incentive compensation expense due to the impact of our
headcount reductions and lower profitability during fiscal year
2009 compared to fiscal year 2008. We expect research and
development expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the
foreseeable future, due to the increasing complexity and number
of products we plan to develop.
Selling, general and administrative. Selling,
general and administrative expense was $165 million for the
year ended November 1, 2009 compared to $196 million
for the year ended November 2, 2008, a decrease of
$31 million or 16%. As a percentage of net revenue,
selling, general and administrative decreased to 11% for the
year ended November 1, 2009 compared to 12% for the year
ended November 2, 2008. The decrease in absolute dollars
and as a percentage of net revenue was attributable to lower
incentive compensation expense due to the impact of our
headcount reductions as well as lower profitability during
fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008, reduction in travel costs,
decrease in costs of outsourced information technology services
offset by higher legal costs mainly incurred in connection with
intellectual property litigation of which a substantial majority
related to actions in which we were the plaintiff, compared to
an insignificant amount of such expenses in the prior period and
by lower share based compensation expense.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal year
2009 does not include $54 million that we recorded related
to the termination of the advisory agreement with our Sponsors
pursuant to its terms, upon the closing of the IPO, as well as
approximately $4 million of offering costs incurred in our
IPO that relate to selling shareholders which were absorbed by
us. The advisory agreement termination fee and the selling
shareholder expenses are included as separate components of
operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations
for fiscal 2009.
Amortization of intangible assets. Total
amortization of intangible assets charged incurred was
$79 million and $85 million, respectively, for the
years ended November 1, 2009 and November 2, 2008. The
decrease is attributable to certain intangible assets becoming
fully amortized during the year ended November 1, 2009,
offset by additions to intangible assets during the year ended
November 1, 2009.
Restructuring charges. During the year ended
November 1, 2009, we incurred total restructuring charges
of $34 million, compared to $12 million for the year
ended November 2, 2008, both predominantly representing
employee termination costs. The increase is attributable to
restructuring plans initiated in the year ended November 1,
2009 in response to the economic downturn. See Note 10.
Restructuring Charges to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
55
Interest expense. Interest expense was
$77 million for the year ended November 1, 2009,
compared to $86 million for the year ended November 2,
2008, which represents a decrease of $9 million or 10%. The
decrease is primarily due to the redemption and repurchases of
$109 million in aggregate principal amount of our
outstanding notes made since the beginning of fiscal year 2009.
Interest expense is expected to be significantly lower during
fiscal year 2010, compared to fiscal year 2009, due to these
repurchases and the redemption of the remaining
$318 million aggregate principal amount of our senior fixed
rate notes and the remaining $46 million aggregate
principal amount of our senior floating rate notes on
December 1, 2009.
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt. During
the year ended November 1, 2009, we repurchased an
aggregate of $106 million of debt, consisting of
$85 million in principal amount of senior fixed rate notes,
$17 million in principal amount of senior subordinated
notes and $4 million in principal amount of senior floating
rate notes in a tender offer for all or a part of our
outstanding notes, resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt
in fiscal year 2009 of $9 million. We also repurchased
$3 million in principal amount of senior subordinated notes
in the open market, resulting in a gain on extinguishment of
debt of $1 million during the year ended November 1,
2009. During the year ended November 2, 2008, we redeemed
$200 million principal amount of our senior floating rate
notes. The redemption of the senior floating rate notes in
fiscal year 2008 resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of
$10 million. See Note 7. Senior Credit Facility
and Borrowings to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Other income (expense), net. Other income
(expense), net includes interest income, foreign currency gain
(loss), loss on
other-than-temporary
impairment of investment and other miscellaneous items. Other
income, net was $1 million for the year ended
November 1, 2009 compared to other expense, net of
$4 million for the year ended November 2, 2008. The
increase is attributable to $4 million in government grants
received during the year ended November 1, 2009 offset by a
$2 million
other-than-temporary
impairment charge related to an investment accounted for under
the cost method.
Provision for income taxes. We recorded income
tax expense of $8 million for the year ended
November 1, 2009 compared to an income tax expense of
$3 million for the year ended November 2, 2008. The
increase is primarily attributable to changes in valuation
allowances and distribution of jurisdictional income.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity as at October 31, 2010
consisted of: (1) approximately $561 million in cash
and cash equivalents, (2) cash we expect to generate from
operations and (3) our $350 million revolving credit
facility, which is committed until December 1, 2011, of
which $339 million is available to be drawn (after taking
into account $11 million of letters of credit outstanding
under the facility). Our short-term and long-term liquidity
requirements primarily arise from: (i) working capital
requirements and (ii) capital expenditures, including
acquisitions from time to time. In addition, on December 1,
2010, our board of directors declared our first interim cash
dividend of $0.07 per ordinary share, or approximately
$17 million in total, to be paid on December 30, 2010
to shareholders of record as of the close of business, Eastern
Time, on December 15, 2010.
In August 2010, we also filed a shelf registration statement on
Form S-3
with the SEC, through which we may sell from time to time any
combination of ordinary shares, debt securities, warrants,
rights, purchase contracts and units, in one or more offerings.
We may seek to obtain debt or equity financing in the future.
However, we cannot assure that such additional financing will be
available on terms acceptable to us or at all.
In December 2010, we paid $258 million for the redemption
of our remaining $230 million senior subordinated notes at
a redemption price of 105.938% of their principal amount, and
accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to, but not including,
the redemption date.
We anticipate that our capital expenditures for fiscal year 2011
will be higher than for fiscal year 2010, due to spending on
mask sets for new ASIC designs and capacity expansion in both of
our Fort Collins and Singapore internal fabrication
facilities. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents on
hand, and cash flows from operations, combined with availability
under our revolving credit facility, will provide sufficient
liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working
capital requirements and capital spending for at least the next
12 months.
Our ability to service any indebtedness we incur under our
revolving credit facility will depend on our ability to generate
cash in the future. We may not have significant cash available
to meet any large unanticipated liquidity
56
requirements, other than from available borrowings, if any,
under our revolving credit facility. As a result, we may not
retain a sufficient amount of cash to finance growth
opportunities, including acquisitions, or unanticipated capital
expenditures or to fund our operations. If we do not have
sufficient cash for these purposes, our financial condition and
our business could suffer.
In summary, our cash flows were as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
208
|
|
|
$
|
139
|
|
|
$
|
510
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(96
|
)
|
|
$
|
259
|
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Flows for the Years Ended October 31, 2010 and
November 1, 2009
Operating
Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
October 31, 2010 was $510 million. The net cash
provided by operating activities was principally due to net
income of $415 million and non-cash charges of
$194 million, offset by changes in operating assets and
liabilities of $99 million.
Accounts receivable increased to $285 million at the end of
fiscal year 2010 from $186 million at the end of fiscal
year 2009. Accounts receivable days sales outstanding increased
to 45 days at October 31, 2010 from 40 days at
November 1, 2009 primarily due to linearity of shipments in
the last three months of fiscal year 2010 as compared to the
last three months of fiscal year 2009. We use the current
quarter revenue in our calculation of number of days sales
outstanding.
Inventory increased to $189 million at October 31,
2010 from $162 million at November 1, 2009. The
increase in inventory dollar amount is attributable to
anticipated increased demand. Inventory days on hand decreased
slightly from 62 days at November 1, 2009 to
61 days at October 31, 2010. We use the current
quarter cost of products sold in our calculation of days on hand
of inventory.
Current liabilities decreased from $633 million at the end
of fiscal year 2009 to $565 million at the end of fiscal
year 2010 mainly due to the net decrease in short-term debt of
$134 million as a result of redemption of $364 million
of long-term debt that was classified as a current liability as
of November 1, 2009 (as it had been irrevocably called for
redemption before the fiscal year end) and decreases in accrued
interest and the $230 million of long-term debt (our senior
subordinated notes) that was classified as a current liability
as of October 31, 2010 (as it had been irrevocably called
for redemption before the fiscal year end). This decrease was
offset by an increase in accounts payable and employee
compensation and benefits. Accrued interest decreased
$13 million or 52% from fiscal year 2009 mainly due to the
debt redemption and semi-annual interest payments made during
fiscal year 2010. Accounts payable increased to
$198 million from $154 million at the end of fiscal
year 2009 mainly due to timing of disbursements and higher
volume of purchases related to increase in revenue. Employee
compensation and benefits increased to $82 million from
$55 million at fiscal year 2009 mainly due to our employee
bonus program related to our overall profitability.
Other long-term assets increased from $24 million at the
end of fiscal year 2009 to $44 million at the end of fiscal
year 2010 mainly due to the $29 million release of
valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets primarily
associated with the irrevocable call for redemption of our
senior subordinated notes prior to the end of fiscal year 2010.
Other long-term liabilities increased from $64 million at
the end of fiscal year 2009 to $83 million at the end of
fiscal year 2010 mainly due to the change in actuarial
assumptions used in the valuation of our
U.S. post-retirement benefit plan and
non-U.S. defined
benefit pension plan liabilities.
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
November 1, 2009 was $139 million. The net loss of
$44 million was offset primarily by non-cash charges of
$160 million for depreciation and amortization and
$12 million in share-based compensation.
57
Investing
Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended
October 31, 2010 was $86 million. The net cash used in
investing activities principally related to purchases of
property, plant and equipment of $79 million and
acquisitions and investments of $9 million.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended
November 1, 2009 was $63 million. The net cash used in
investing activities was primarily due to purchases of property,
plant and equipment of $57 million and $7 million
related to a business acquisition.
Financing
Activities
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended
October 31, 2010 was $335 million, comprised mainly of
the redemption of $318 million in principal amount of
senior fixed rate notes and $46 million principal amount of
senior floating rate notes, offset by $28 million provided
by the issuance of ordinary shares, upon the exercise of options.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended
November 1, 2009 was $183 million. The net cash
provided by financing activities was principally from proceeds
of $304 million from the issuance of ordinary shares, net
of issuance costs, less $85 million associated with the
purchase of senior fixed rate notes, $17 million associated
with the purchase of senior subordinated notes and
$4 million associated with the purchase of senior floating
rate notes as part of an early tender offer.
Cash
Flows for the Years Ended November 1, 2009 and
November 2, 2008
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
November 1, 2009 was $139 million. The net loss of
$44 million was offset primarily by non-cash charges of
$160 million for depreciation and amortization and
$12 million in share-based compensation.
Accounts receivable at the end of fiscal year 2009 increased by
$2 million, or 1%, from the amount at the end of fiscal
year 2008. Accounts receivable days sales outstanding increased
to 40 days at November 1, 2009 from 37 days at
November 2, 2008 primarily due to better linearity of
shipments in the last month of fiscal year 2008 as compared to
the last month of fiscal year 2009.
Inventory decreased to $162 million at November 1,
2009 from $188 million at the end of fiscal year 2008.
Inventory days on hand decreased from 65 days at
November 2, 2008 to 62 days at November 1, 2009.
The inventory balance at the end of fiscal year 2008 was high
mainly due to certain strategic,
end-of-life
purchases. During the year ended November 1, 2009, we
recorded write-downs to inventories of $23 million
associated with reduced demand assumptions compared to
$11 million during the prior year.
Current liabilities increased from $328 million at the end
of fiscal year 2008 to $633 million at the end of fiscal
year 2009 mainly due to the reclassification of long
term debt of $364 million from long-term to short-term
which we irrevocably called for redemption before the year end,
partially offset by decreases in accounts payable and employee
compensation and benefit accruals. Accounts payable decreased by
$20 million or 11% from fiscal year 2008 mainly due to
timing of disbursements. The decrease in employee compensation
and benefit accruals from November 2, 2008 is attributable
to our headcount reductions related to our restructuring plans
as well as lower accruals under employee bonus plans.
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
November 2, 2008 was $208 million. The net cash
provided by operations was primarily due to net income of
$83 million and non-cash charges of $159 million for
depreciation and amortization, $15 million in share-based
compensation, offset by increases in operating assets and
liabilities of $34 million.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended
November 1, 2009 was $63 million. The net cash used in
investing activities was primarily due to purchases of property,
plant and equipment of $57 million and $7 million
related to a business acquisition.
58
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended
November 2, 2008 was $94 million. The net cash used in
investing activities principally related to acquisitions and
investments of $78 million, and purchases of property,
plant and equipment of $65 million, offset by earn-out
payments of $50 million related to the divestiture of the
Printer ASICs Business and the Image Sensor operations.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended
November 1, 2009 was $183 million. The net cash
provided by financing activities was principally from proceeds
of $304 million from the issuance of ordinary shares, net
of issuance costs, less $85 million associated with the
purchase of senior fixed rate notes, $17 million associated
with the purchase of senior subordinated notes and
$4 million associated with the purchase of senior floating
rate notes as part of an early tender offer. Net cash used in
financing activities for the year ended November 2, 2008
was $210 million, comprised mainly of the redemption of
senior floating rate notes of $200 million.
Indebtedness
As of October 31, 2010, we had $236 million
outstanding in aggregate indebtedness and capital lease
obligations, with an additional $350 million of borrowing
capacity available under our revolving credit facility
(including outstanding letters of credit of $11 million at
October 31, 2010, which reduce the amount available under
our revolving credit facility on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis). As discussed above, subsequent to the end of fiscal year
2010, we redeemed $230 million aggregate principal amount
of our outstanding notes, as discussed in more detail below.
On December 1, 2010, after the end of fiscal year 2010, our
subsidiaries, Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago
Technologies U.S. Inc. and Avago Technologies Wireless
(U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc. redeemed $230 million aggregate
principal amount of their outstanding senior subordinated notes
at a redemption price of 105.938% of their principal amount,
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to, but not
including, the redemption date. The total amount paid was
approximately $258 million. As a result, our aggregate
indebtedness and capital lease obligations have been reduced by
a corresponding amount.
Revolving
Credit Facility
Our $350 million revolving credit facility includes
borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for
borrowings on
same-day or
one-day
notice, referred to as swingline loans, and is available to us
and certain of our subsidiaries in U.S. dollars and other
currencies. As of October 31, 2010, we had no borrowings
outstanding under the revolving credit facility, although we had
$11 million of letters of credits outstanding under the
facility, which reduce the amount available on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis. Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit
facility are due and payable in full on December 1, 2011.
Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at
a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either
(a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of
(1) the United States prime rate and (2) the federal
funds rate plus 0.5% (or an equivalent base rate for loans
originating outside the United States, to the extent available)
or (b) a LIBOR rate (or the equivalent thereof in the
relevant jurisdiction) determined by reference to the costs of
funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the
interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain
additional costs. At October 31, 2010, the lenders
base rate was 3.25% and the one-month LIBOR rate was 0.25%. The
applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit
facility is 0.75% with respect to base rate borrowings and 1.75%
with respect to LIBOR borrowings.
We are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the
revolving credit facility with respect to any unutilized
commitments thereunder. At October 31, 2010 and
November 1, 2009, the commitment fee on the revolving
credit facility was 0.375% per annum. We must also pay customary
letter of credit fees. The commitment fee is expensed as
additional interest expense.
The senior credit agreement governing the revolving credit
facility has various limitations on certain transactions that
may occur, including limitations on incurrence of additional
debt, issuance of preferred shares, creation of liens,
sale-leaseback transactions, mergers and consolidations, asset
sales, payment of dividends or distribution, share repurchases,
restricted payments, investments, loans or advances, capital
expenditures, repayment of or material amendments to the
agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness, making
certain
59
acquisitions, changing our business lines, and changing the
status of our direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Avago Technologies
Holding Pte. Ltd., as a passive holding company. In July 2010,
we amended the senior credit agreement to, among other things
(i) give our subsidiaries party to the credit facility
additional flexibility, subject to certain conditions, to make
certain restricted payments, and (ii) clarify and amend the
provisions in the credit agreement relating to defaulting
lenders, including provisions relating to the rights and
obligations of the borrowers and the non-defaulting lenders in
the event of, among other things, the insolvency of a lender or
its parent company.
All obligations under the revolving credit facility, and the
guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially
all of our assets and that of each guarantor subsidiary, subject
to certain exceptions.
In addition, the senior credit agreement requires us to maintain
senior secured leverage ratios not exceeding levels set forth in
the senior credit agreement. The senior credit agreement also
contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of
default including a cross-default triggered by certain events of
default under our other material debt instruments. We were in
compliance with all our covenants under the senior credit
agreement at October 31, 2010.
Contractual
Commitments
Our cash flows from operations are dependent on a number of
factors, including fluctuations in our operating results,
accounts receivable collections, inventory management, and the
timing of payments. As a result, the impact of contractual
obligations on our liquidity and capital resources in future
periods should be analyzed in conjunction with such factors.
The following table sets forth our long-term debt, operating and
capital lease and purchase obligations as of October 31,
2010 for the fiscal periods noted (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 to
|
|
2014 to
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
2011
|
|
2013
|
|
2015
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt(1)
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated future interest expense and redemption premium
payments(2)
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases(3)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Capital leases(4)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments to contract manufacturers and other purchase
obligations(5)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional contractual commitments(6)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents our outstanding notes as of October 31, 2010.
Subsequent to that date, we redeemed the remaining
$230 million principal amount of our senior subordinated
notes, including the obligation to pay interest thereon. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents interest payments, commitment fees and letter of
credit fees. The premium payment related to the redemption noted
in (1) above is also included in the preceding table. See
Note 7. Senior Credit Facility and Borrowings to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes operating lease commitments for facilities and
equipment that we have entered into with third parties. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes capital lease commitments for equipment that we have
entered into with third parties. |
|
(5) |
|
We purchase components from a variety of suppliers and use
several contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services
for our products. During the normal course of business, we issue
purchase orders with estimates of our requirements several
months ahead of the delivery dates. However, our agreements with
these suppliers usually allow us the option to cancel,
reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business
needs prior to firm orders being placed. Typically purchase
orders outstanding with delivery dates within 30 days are
non-cancelable. In addition to the above, we record a liability
for firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional purchase commitments
for quantities in excess of our future demand forecasts in
conjunction with our write-down of inventory. As of
October 31, 2010, the liability for our firm,
non-cancelable and unconditional purchase commitments was
$3 million. These amounts are included in other liabilities
in our balance sheets at October 31, 2010, and are excluded
from the preceding table. |
60
|
|
|
(6) |
|
We have entered into several agreements related to outsourced
IT, human resources, financial advisory services and other
services agreements. |
We adopted the provisions of ASC 740 Income
Taxes on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on
November 1, 2007. Due to the inherent uncertainty with
respect to the timing of future cash outflows associated with
our unrecognized tax benefits at October 31, 2010, we are
unable to reliably estimate the timing of cash settlement with
the respective taxing authority. Therefore, $27 million of
unrecognized tax benefits classified as long-term income tax
payable in the consolidated balance sheet as of October 31,
2010 have been excluded from the contractual obligations table
above.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We had no material off-balance sheet arrangements at
October 31, 2010 as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of
SEC
Regulation S-K.
Indemnifications
to Hewlett-Packard and Agilent
Agilent Technologies, Inc. has given multiple indemnities to
Hewlett-Packard Company in connection with its activities prior
to its spin-off from Hewlett-Packard Company in June 1999 for
the businesses that constituted Agilent prior to the spin-off.
As the successor to the SPG business of Agilent, we may acquire
responsibility for indemnifications related to assigned
intellectual property agreements. Additionally, when we
completed the SPG Acquisition in December 2005, we provided
indemnities to Agilent with regard to Agilents conduct of
the SPG business prior to the SPG Acquisition. In our opinion,
the fair value of these indemnifications is not material.
Other
Indemnifications
As is customary in our industry and as provided for in local law
in the United States and other jurisdictions, many of our
standard contracts provide remedies to our customers and others
with whom we enter into contracts, such as defense, settlement,
or payment of judgment for intellectual property claims related
to the use of our products. From time to time, we indemnify
customers, as well as our suppliers, contractors, lessors,
lessees, companies that purchase our businesses or assets and
others with whom we enter into contracts, against combinations
of loss, expense, or liability arising from various triggering
events related to the sale and the use of our products, the use
of their goods and services, the use of facilities and state of
our owned facilities, the state of the assets and businesses
that we sell and other matters covered by such contracts,
usually up to a specified maximum amount. In addition, from time
to time we also provide protection to these parties against
claims related to undiscovered liabilities, additional product
liability or environmental obligations. In our experience,
claims made under such indemnifications are rare and the
associated estimated fair value of the liability is not material.
Accounting
Changes and Recent Accounting Standards
For a description of accounting changes and recent accounting
standards, including the expected dates of adoption and
estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial
statements, see Note 2. Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies to Consolidated Financial Statements
of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Foreign
Currency Derivative Instruments
Although a majority of our revenue and operating expenses is
denominated in U.S. dollars, and we prepare our financial
statements in U.S. dollars in accordance with GAAP, a
portion of our revenue and operating expenses is in foreign
currencies. Our revenues, costs and expenses and monetary assets
and liabilities are exposed to changes in currency exchange
rates as a result of our global operating and financing
activities. To mitigate the exposures resulting from the changes
in the exchange rates of these currencies, we enter into foreign
exchange forward contracts to hedge a portion of these
exposures. Contracts that meet accounting criteria are
designated at inception as hedges of the related foreign
currency exposures, which include committed and anticipated
transactions that are denominated in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. The criteria for designating a derivative as a
hedge include the
61
assessment of the instruments effectiveness in risk
reduction, matching of the derivative instrument to its
underlying transaction, and the assessment of the probability
that the underlying transaction will occur. Our foreign exchange
forward contracts generally mature within three to six months.
We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative
or trading purposes. As of October 31, 2010, there were no
foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding. Losses from
foreign currency transactions, as well as derivative
instruments, are included in our consolidated statements of
operations in the amounts of $6 million, $3 million
and $4 million, for the years ended November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009, and October 31, 2010.
Interest
Rate Risk
Borrowings under our revolving credit facility are subject to
floating rates of interest, based on, at our option, either
(a) lenders base rate determined by reference to the
higher of (1) the United States prime rate and (2) the
federal funds rate plus 0.5% (or an equivalent base rate for
loans originating outside the United States, to the extent
available) or (b) a LIBOR rate (or the equivalent thereof
in the relevant jurisdiction). We did not have any borrowings
outstanding under this facility during fiscal year 2010 or as at
October 31, 2010, although we did have $11 million of
letters of credit outstanding as at October 31, 2010 (and
similar amounts during the course of fiscal year 2010), which
reduce the amount available under the facility on a
dollar-for-dollar-basis.
62
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
AVAGO
TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
63
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Avago Technologies
Limited:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Avago
Technologies Limited and its subsidiaries at October 31,
2010 and November 1, 2009, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended October 31, 2010 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement
schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2)
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set
forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2010,
based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for these financial
statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in Managements Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under
Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these
financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and
on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audits (which was an integrated audit in 2010). We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts
for uncertainty in income taxes in fiscal year 2008.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
San Jose, California
December 15, 2010
64
AVAGO
TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
472
|
|
|
$
|
561
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
|
1,087
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
|
573
|
|
Other long-term assets
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,970
|
|
|
$
|
2,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
|
$
|
198
|
|
Employee compensation and benefits
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Capital lease obligations current
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
|
565
|
|
Long-term liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations non-current
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares, no par value; 235,392,897 shares and
239,888,231 shares issued and outstanding on
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, respectively
|
|
|
1,393
|
|
|
|
1,450
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
59
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
1,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,970
|
|
|
$
|
2,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
1,699
|
|
|
$
|
1,484
|
|
|
$
|
2,093
|
|
Cost of products sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of products sold
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
966
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Advisory agreement termination fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling shareholder expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
406
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
415
|
|
Income from and gain on discontinued operations, net of income
taxes
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
Income from and gain on discontinued operations, net of income
taxes
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.69
|
|
Income from and gain on discontinued operations, net of income
taxes
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
415
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Gain on discontinued operations
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Non-cash portion of restructuring charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and
dispositions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
23
|
|
Employee compensation and benefits
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
Other current assets and current liabilities
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Other long-term assets and long-term liabilities
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
Acquisitions and investments, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of ordinary shares, net of issuance costs
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Repurchase of ordinary shares
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Debt repayments
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Cash settlement of equity awards
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Payment on capital lease obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
472
|
|
|
$
|
561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
85
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Income (loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income (loss)
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except share amounts)
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2007
|
|
|
213,959,783
|
|
|
$
|
1,075
|
|
|
$
|
(386
|
)
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
693
|
|
|
$
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of adopting amended guidance of ASC 740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of ordinary shares to employees
|
|
|
28,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of ordinary shares
|
|
|
(471,000
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash settlement of equity awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial gains and prior service costs associated with
post-retirement benefit and defined benefit pension plans, net
of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Unrealized net loss on derivative instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of November 2, 2008
|
|
|
213,517,292
|
|
|
|
1,084
|
|
|
|
(312
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of ordinary shares, net of issuance costs of
$23 million
|
|
|
21,500,000
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
1,183,405
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of ordinary shares
|
|
|
(807,800
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash settlement of equity awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial losses and prior service costs associated with
post-retirement benefit and defined benefit pension plans, net
of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Unrealized net gain on derivative instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of November 1, 2009
|
|
|
235,392,897
|
|
|
$
|
1,393
|
|
|
$
|
(356
|
)
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
1,040
|
|
|
$
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of ordinary shares in connection with exercise of
options
|
|
|
4,495,334
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial losses and prior service costs associated with
post-retirement benefit and defined benefit pension plans, net
of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2010
|
|
|
239,888,231
|
|
|
$
|
1,450
|
|
|
$
|
59
|
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,505
|
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
68
AVAGO
TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
1.
|
Overview
and Basis of Presentation
|
Overview
Avago Technologies Limited, or the Company, we, our, or Avago,
was organized under the laws of the Republic of Singapore in
August 2005. We are the successor to the Semiconductor Products
Group, or SPG, of Agilent Technologies, Inc., or Agilent. On
December 1, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the
assets of SPG from Agilent for $2.7 billion, or the SPG
Acquisition.
We are a designer, developer and global supplier of analog
semiconductor devices with a focus on III-V based products. We
offer products in four primary target markets: wireless
communications, wired infrastructure, industrial and automotive
electronics, and consumer and computing peripherals.
Applications for our products in these target markets include
cellular phones, consumer appliances, data networking and
telecommunications equipment, enterprise storage and servers,
renewable energy and smart power grid applications, factory
automation, displays, optical mice and printers.
Basis of
Presentation
Fiscal
Periods
We adopted a 52- or 53-week fiscal year beginning with our
fiscal year 2008. Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to
October 31.
Principles
of Consolidation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Avago and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Use of estimates. The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and
such differences could affect the results of operations reported
in future periods.
Out-of-period
Adjustment. During the year ended
November 1, 2009, we recorded an accrual of $4 million
for indirect taxes on certain prior years purchases and
sales transactions. This accrual increased each of cost of
products sold and research and development expenses for the
fiscal year 2009 by $2 million and increased net loss for
the period by $4 million. We determined that the impact of
the adjustment was not material to prior periods or to the
results for the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, and the
adjustment was therefore recorded in the second quarter of
fiscal year 2009 under Accounting Standard Codification, or ASC,
270 Interim Reporting.
Revenue recognition. We recognize revenue, net
of trade discounts and allowances, provided that
(i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
(ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the price is fixed
or determinable and (iv) collectibility is reasonably
assured. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and
risk of loss have transferred to the customer. We consider the
price to be fixed or determinable when the price is not subject
to refund or adjustments or when any such adjustments are
accounted for. We evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers
to determine that appropriate credit limits are established
prior to the acceptance of an order. Revenue, including sales to
resellers and distributors, is reduced for estimated returns and
distributor allowances. We recognize revenue from sales of our
products to distributors upon delivery of products to the
distributors. An allowance for distributor credits covering
price adjustments and scrap allowances is made based on our
estimate of historical experience rates as well as considering
economic conditions and contractual terms. To date, actual
distributor claim activity has been materially consistent with
the provisions we have made based on our historical estimates.
69
We enter into development agreements with some of our customers
and recognize revenue from these agreements upon completion and
acceptance by the customer of contract deliverables or as
services are provided, depending on the terms of the
arrangement. Revenue is deferred for any amounts received prior
to completion or delivery of services. Costs related to these
arrangements are included in research and development expense.
These revenues, which are included in net revenue, totaled
$27 million, $31 million and $35 million in
fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
Cash and cash equivalents. We consider all
highly liquid investment securities with original or remaining
maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be
cash equivalents. We determine the appropriate classification of
our cash and cash equivalents at the time of purchase. As of
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, $3 million
and $2 million, respectively, of our cash and cash
equivalents were restricted, primarily for collateral under
certain of our letter of credit arrangements.
Deferred Compensation Plan. Employee
contributions under the deferred compensation plan (See
Note 6. Retirement Plans and Post-Retirement
Benefits) are maintained in a rabbi trust and are not
readily available to us. Participants can direct the investment
of their deferred compensation plan accounts in the same
investments funds offered by the 401(k) plan. Although
participants direct the investment of these funds, they are
classified as trading securities and are included in other
current assets. The corresponding liability related to the
deferred compensation plan is recorded in other current
liabilities. Unrealized gain (loss) in connection with these
trading securities is recorded in other income (expense), net
with an offset for the same amount recorded in compensation
expense. We had deferred compensation plan assets of
$2 million and $3 million at November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010, respectively, which are included in other
current assets. Unrealized gain (loss) associated with these
trading securities was not material for fiscal years 2008, 2009
and 2010.
Trade accounts receivable, net. Trade accounts
receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear
interest. Such accounts receivable have been reduced by an
allowance for doubtful accounts, which is our best estimate of
the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts
receivable. We determine the allowance based on customer
specific experience and the aging of such receivables, among
other factors. Accounts receivable are also recorded net of
sales returns and distributor allowances. These amounts are
recorded when it is both probable and estimable that discounts
will be granted or products will be returned. Aggregate accounts
receivable allowances at November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010 were $13 million and
$16 million, respectively.
Share-based compensation. For share-based
awards granted after November 1, 2006, we recognize
compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair
value method required under the authoritative guidance using the
Black-Scholes valuation model with a straight-line amortization
method. Since the authoritative guidance requires that
share-based compensation expense be based on awards that are
ultimately expected to vest, estimated share-based compensation
for such awards has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.
Authoritative guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at
the time of grant and revised if necessary in subsequent periods
if actual forfeitures differ from the estimate. For outstanding
share-based awards granted before November 1, 2006, we
continue to account for any portion of such awards under the
originally applied accounting principles, until such awards were
modified subsequent to the adoption of the authoritative
guidance.
For the years ended November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009
and October 31, 2010, we recorded $15 million,
$12 million and $25 million, respectively, of
compensation expense resulting from the application of the
authoritative guidance. We recognize a benefit from share based
compensation in equity if an incremental tax benefit is realized
by following the ordering provisions of the tax law.
Shipping and handling costs. Our shipping and
handling costs charged to customers are included in net revenue
and the associated expense is recorded in cost of products sold
in the statements of operations for all periods presented.
Goodwill and purchased intangible
assets. Goodwill represents the excess of
purchase price and related costs over the value assigned to the
net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of businesses
acquired. Our accounting complies with ASC 350
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, or ASC 350.
Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed annually (or more
frequently if impairment indicators arise) for impairment.
Purchased intangible assets
70
are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization
is computed using the straight-line method over the useful lives
of the respective assets, generally six months to 25 years.
On a quarterly basis, we monitor factors and changes in
circumstances that could indicate carrying amounts of long-lived
assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, may not be
recoverable. Factors we consider important which could trigger
an impairment review include (i) significant
underperformance relative to historical or projected future
operating results, (ii) significant changes in the manner
of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our
overall business, and (iii) significant negative industry
or economic trends. An impairment loss must be measured if the
sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and before
interest) from the use and eventual disposition of the asset (or
asset group) is less than the net book value of the asset (or
asset group). The amount of the impairment loss will generally
be measured as the difference between the net book value of the
asset (or asset group) and their estimated fair value. We
perform an annual impairment review of goodwill during the
fourth fiscal quarter of each year, or more frequently if we
believe indicators of impairment exist. No impairment of
goodwill resulted from our most recent evaluation of goodwill
for impairment, which occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal
year 2010. No impairment of goodwill resulted in any of the
periods presented.
Advertising. Business specific advertising
costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to $3 million,
$2 million and $4 million for the years ended
November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010, respectively.
Research and development. Costs related to
research, design and development of our products are charged to
research and development expense as they are incurred.
Taxes on income. We account for income taxes
under the asset and liability method, which requires the
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future tax consequences of events that have been
included in the financial statements. Under this method,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial statements and tax basis of
assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The
effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and
liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes
the enactment date.
We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these
assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such
determination, we consider all available positive and negative
evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax
liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning
strategies and recent financial operations. In the event we were
to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred
income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded
amount, we would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance
which would reduce the provision for income taxes. Likewise, if
we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of
our net deferred tax assets, an adjustment would be charged to
earnings in the period such determination is made.
We account for uncertainty in income taxes in accordance with
ASC 740 Income Taxes, or ASC 740, which
was issued in July 2006 and clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes. ASC 740 provides that a tax benefit
from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more
likely than not that the position will be sustained upon
examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or
litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Income tax
positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold
at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of
ASC 740 and in subsequent periods. This guidance also
provides provisions on measurement, derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure and transition. ASC 740 (with regard to
uncertain tax positions) is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2006 and as a result, was effective for
us on November 1, 2007. See Note 11. Income
Taxes for additional information.
Concentrations of credit risk and significant
customers. Our cash, cash equivalents and
accounts receivable are potentially subject to concentration of
credit risk. Cash and cash equivalents are placed with financial
institutions that management believes are of high credit
quality. Our accounts receivable are derived from revenue earned
from customers located in the U.S. and internationally.
Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is generally
diversified due to the large number of entities comprising our
customer base and their dispersion across many different
industries and geographies. We perform ongoing credit
evaluations of our customers financial conditions, and
require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank
guarantees, in certain circumstances.
71
We sell our products through our direct sales force and
distributors. One customer accounted for 11% of our net accounts
receivable balance at November 1, 2009. No customer
accounted for 10% or more of our net accounts receivable balance
at October 31, 2010.
For the year ended November 2, 2008, one customer
represented 11% of net revenue. For the years ended
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, no customer
represented 10% or more of net revenue.
Concentration of other risks. The
semiconductor industry is characterized by rapid technological
change, competitive pricing pressures and cyclical market
patterns. Our financial results are affected by a wide variety
of factors, including general economic conditions worldwide,
economic conditions specific to the semiconductor industry, the
timely implementation of new manufacturing technologies, the
ability to safeguard patents and intellectual property in a
rapidly evolving market and reliance on assembly and test
subcontractors, third-party wafer fabricators and independent
distributors. In addition, the semiconductor market has
historically been cyclical and subject to significant economic
downturns at various times. We are exposed to the risk of
obsolescence of our inventory depending on the mix of future
business.
Derivative instruments. We are subject to
foreign currency risks for transactions denominated in foreign
currencies, primarily Singapore Dollar, Malaysian Ringgit, Euro
and Japanese Yen. Therefore, we enter into foreign exchange
forward contracts to manage financial exposures resulting from
the changes in the exchange rates of these foreign currencies.
These contracts are designated at inception as hedges of the
related foreign currency exposures, which include committed and
anticipated transactions that are denominated in currencies
other than the functional currency of the subsidiary which has
the exposure. We exclude time value from the measurement of
effectiveness. To achieve hedge accounting, contracts must
reduce the foreign currency exchange rate risk otherwise
inherent in the amount and duration of the hedged exposures and
comply with established risk management policies; hedging
contracts generally mature within three to six months. We do not
use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading
purposes.
We designate our forward contracts as either cash flow or fair
value hedges. All derivatives are recognized on the balance
sheet at their fair values. For derivative instruments that are
designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, changes in value
of the derivative are recognized in income in the current
period. Such hedges are recorded in net income (loss) and are
offset by the changes in fair value of the underlying assets or
liabilities being hedged. For derivative instruments that are
designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, changes in the
value of the effective portion of the derivative instrument are
recognized in accumulated comprehensive income (loss), a
component of shareholders equity. These amounts are then
reclassified and recognized in income when either the forecasted
transaction occurs or it becomes probable the forecasted
transaction will not occur. Changes in the fair value of the
ineffective portion of derivative instruments are recognized in
earnings in the current period, which have not been significant
to date. Separate disclosures required for derivative
instruments and hedging were not presented because the impact of
derivative instruments is immaterial to our results of
operations and financial position.
Inventory. We value our inventory at the lower
of the actual cost of the inventory or the current estimated
market value of the inventory, with cost being determined under
the
first-in,
first-out method. We record a provision for excess and obsolete
inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product
demand and production requirements. The excess balance
determined by this analysis becomes the basis for our excess
inventory charge and the written-down value of the inventory
becomes its cost. Written-down inventory is not written up if
market conditions improve.
Investments. Our minority investments in
privately held companies are accounted for using the cost method
and evaluated for impairment quarterly. Such analysis requires
significant judgment to identify events or circumstances that
would likely have a significant other than temporary adverse
effect on the carrying value of the investment. At
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, we had
$1 million and $3 million of carrying value cost
method investment, which was included in other long-term assets.
Property, plant and equipment. Property, plant
and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Additions, improvements and major renewals are capitalized, and
maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as
incurred. When assets are retired or disposed of, the assets and
related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed
from our records and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in
the statement of
72
operations. Buildings and leasehold improvements are generally
depreciated over 15 to 40 years, or over the lease period,
whichever is shorter, and machinery and equipment are generally
depreciated over 3 to 10 years. We use the straight-line
method of depreciation for all property, plant and equipment.
Net income (loss) per share. Basic net income
(loss) per share is computed by dividing net income
(loss) the numerator by the weighted
average number of shares outstanding the
denominator during the period excluding the dilutive
effect of options and other employee plans. Diluted net income
(loss) per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive
ordinary share equivalents outstanding during the period. In
computing diluted net income (loss) per share under the treasury
stock method, the average share price for the period is used in
determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from
the proceeds of option exercises.
Diluted net income per share for fiscal years 2008 and 2010 both
excluded the potentially dilutive effect of weighted average
options to purchase 5 million ordinary shares, as their
effect was antidilutive.
The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and
denominators of the basic and diluted net income (loss) per
share computations for the periods presented (in millions,
except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net income (Numerator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
415
|
|
Income from and gain on discontinued operations, net of income
taxes
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares (Denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
Add: Incremental shares for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive effect of share options
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in diluted computation
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
Income from and gain on discontinued operations, net of income
taxes
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.69
|
|
Income from and gain on discontinued operations, net of income
taxes
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency remeasurement. We operate in
a U.S. dollar functional currency environment. As such,
foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured into
U.S. dollars at current exchange rates except for
non-monetary items such as inventory and property, plant and
equipment, which are remeasured at historical exchange rates.
Net income (loss) for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010 included
net foreign currency losses of $6 million, $3 million
and $4 million, respectively.
Capitalized software development costs. We
capitalize eligible costs related to the application development
phase of software developed internally or obtained for internal
use in accordance with ASC 350 Intangibles-Goodwill
and Others, or ASC 350. The capitalization of
software development costs during the years ended
73
November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010 was not material. We begin amortizing the
costs associated with software developed for internal use at the
time the software is ready for its intended use over its
estimated useful life of three to five years.
Warranty. We accrue for the estimated costs of
product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. Product
warranty costs are estimated based upon our historical
experience and specific identification of the products
requirements, which may fluctuate based on product mix.
Additionally, we accrue for warranty costs associated with
occasional or unanticipated product quality issues if a loss is
probable and can be reasonably estimated.
The following table summarizes the changes in accrued warranty
(in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of November 2, 2008 included in
other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Charged to cost of products sold
|
|
|
8
|
|
Utilized
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of November 1, 2009 included in
other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
Charged to cost of products sold
|
|
|
12
|
|
Warranty accrual assumed during the period in connection with an
acquisition
|
|
|
1
|
|
Utilized
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2010 included in
other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the years ended November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010, we recorded warranty related charges of
$5 million and $11 million, respectively, based on two
specific quality issues. See Note 17. Commitments and
Contingencies for further details.
Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss). Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) includes certain transactions that have generally been
reported in the consolidated statements of shareholders
equity and comprehensive income (loss). The components of
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at
November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010 consisted of net unrecognized prior
service credit and actuarial gain (loss) on defined benefit
pension plans and post-retirement medical benefit plans and
unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments.
Recently
Adopted Accounting Guidance
In fiscal year 2010, we adopted the guidance issued by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, on fair value
measurements and disclosures. The guidance requires new
disclosures about transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2
fair value measurements, fair value measurements disclosures for
each class of assets and liabilities, and disclosures about the
valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for
both recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements for
Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. Other
than requiring additional disclosures in our financial
statements, the adoption of this guidance did not have a
significant impact on our results of operations and financial
position.
In fiscal year 2010, we adopted the guidance issued by the FASB
that amends the disclosure requirements relating to subsequent
events. The amendment includes definition of an SEC filer,
requires an SEC filer to evaluate subsequent events through the
date the financial statements are issued, and removes the
requirement for an SEC filer to disclose the date through which
subsequent events have been evaluated. This guidance was
effective upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not
have a material impact on our results of operations, financial
position and financial statement disclosures.
In fiscal year 2010, we adopted the guidance issued by the FASB
on business combinations, which significantly changes current
practices regarding business combinations. Among the more
significant changes, the guidance expands the definition of a
business and a business combination; requires the acquirer to
recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and
noncontrolling interests (including goodwill), measured at fair
value at the acquisition date; requires acquisition-related
expenses and restructuring costs to be recognized separately
from the business combination; requires assets acquired and
liabilities assumed to be recognized at their acquisition-date
fair values with subsequent changes recognized in earnings; and
requires in-process research and development to be
74
capitalized at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible
asset. The adoption of this guidance changes our accounting
treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis and
the nature and magnitude of the specific impact depends upon the
nature, terms and size of the acquisitions consummated after the
date of our adoption of this guidance. See
Note 3.Acquisitions and Investments, for
additional information.
In fiscal year 2010, we adopted the guidance issued by the FASB
on accounting for noncontrolling interests in consolidated
financial statements. This guidance changes the accounting and
reporting for minority interests, reporting them as equity
separate from the parent entitys equity, as well as
requiring expanded disclosures. The adoption of this guidance
did not have any impact on our results of operations and
financial position.
In fiscal year 2010, we adopted the guidance issued by the FASB
for determination of the useful life of intangible assets. This
guidance amends the factors that should be considered in
developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine
the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under
authoritative accounting guidance for goodwill and other
intangible assets. Any future transactions involving intangible
assets may be affected by this guidance. See Note 5.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for additional
information.
During fiscal year 2010, we adopted new guidance issued by the
FASB that specifies the way in which fair value measurements
should be made for non-financial assets and non-financial
liabilities that are not measured and recorded at fair value on
a recurring basis, and specifies additional disclosures related
to these fair value measurements. The adoption of this new
guidance did not have a significant impact on our results of
operations and financial position.
In December 2008, the FASB issued guidance on an employers
disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or
other postretirement plan. This guidance requires disclosures
surrounding how investment allocation decisions are made,
including the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of
investment policies and strategies. Additional disclosures
include (a) the major categories of plan assets,
(b) the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the
fair value of plan assets, (c) the effect of fair value
measurements using significant unobservable inputs
(Level 3) on changes in plan assets for the period and
(d) the significant concentrations of risk within plan
assets. This guidance does not change the accounting treatment
for postretirement benefit plans. We adopted this guidance in
fiscal year 2010. The adoption of this guidance changed our
disclosure about pension plans beginning with this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year 2010. See Note 6. Retirement Plans
and Post-Retirement Benefits.
Recent
Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted
In March 2010, the FASB issued new guidance on the milestone
method of revenue recognition. The new guidance recognizes the
milestone method as an acceptable revenue recognition method for
substantive milestones in research or development transactions.
A milestone is substantive when the consideration earned from
achievement of the milestone is commensurate with either
(a) the vendors performance to achieve the milestone
or (b) the enhancement of the value of the delivered
item(s) as a result of a specific outcome resulting from the
vendors performance to achieve the milestone and the
consideration earned from the achievement of a milestone relates
solely to past performance and is reasonable relative to all of
the deliverables and payment terms (including other potential
milestone consideration) within the arrangement. This new
guidance will be effective for our fiscal year ending
October 30, 2011, or fiscal year 2011, and its interim
periods, with early adoption permitted. The guidance may be
applied retrospectively to all arrangements or prospectively to
milestones achieved after the effective date. We believe the
adoption of this new guidance will not have a significant impact
on our results of operations and financial position.
In February 2010, the FASB issued updated guidance which amends
the requirements for evaluating whether a decision maker or
service provider has a variable interest to clarify that a
quantitative approach should not be the sole consideration in
assessing the criteria. It also clarifies that related parties
should be considered in applying all of the decision maker and
service provider criteria. This is in addition to the
authoritative guidance the FASB issued in June 2009 that applies
to determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity
and requiring an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine
whether the enterprises variable interest or interests
give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest
entity. This new guidance eliminates the exceptions to
consolidating qualifying special-purpose entities, contains new
criteria for determining the primary beneficiary, and increases
the frequency
75
of required reassessments to determine whether a company is the
primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The guidance
also contains a new requirement that any term, transaction, or
arrangement that does not have a substantive effect on an
entitys status as a variable interest entity, a
companys power over a variable interest entity, or a
companys obligation to absorb losses or its right to
receive benefits of an entity must be disregarded in applying
the existing provisions. The elimination of the qualifying
special-purpose entity concept and its consolidation exceptions
means more entities will be subject to consolidation assessments
and reassessments. This guidance will be effective for our
fiscal year 2011. We believe the adoption of this new guidance
will not have a significant impact on our results of operations
and financial position.
In January 2010, the FASB issued updated guidance related to
fair value measurements and disclosures, which requires separate
disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements
relating to Level 3 fair value measurements (see
Note 8. Fair Value Measurements for further
discussion of fair value measurements). This guidance will be
effective for our fiscal year ending October 28, 2012, and
its interim periods. Other than requiring additional disclosures
in our financial statements, we believe the adoption of this
guidance will not have a significant impact on our results of
operations and financial position.
In October 2009, the FASB issued guidance on revenue recognition
that addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving
multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting
and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among
the separate units of accounting. This guidance will be
effective for our fiscal year 2011 with early adoption
permitted. The guidance may be applied retrospectively or
prospectively for new or materially modified arrangements. We
believe the adoption of this guidance will not have a
significant impact on our results of operations and financial
position.
In October 2009, the FASB issued guidance that modifies the
scope of the software revenue recognition guidance to exclude
(a) non-software components of tangible products and
(b) software components of tangible products that are sold,
licensed or leased with tangible products when the software
components and non-software components of the tangible product
function together to deliver the tangible products
essential functionality. This guidance will be effective for our
fiscal year 2011 with early adoption permitted. The guidance may
be applied retrospectively or prospectively for new or
materially modified arrangements. We believe the adoption of
this new guidance will not have a significant impact on our
results of operations and financial position.
|
|
3.
|
Acquisitions
and Investments
|
Acquisitions
During fiscal year 2008, we completed the acquisition of a
privately-held manufacturer of motion control encoders for
$29 million (net of cash acquired of $2 million) plus
$9 million repayment of existing debt. The purchase price
was allocated to the acquired net assets based on estimates of
fair values as follows: total assets of $51 million,
including intangible assets of $11 million, goodwill of
$27 million, and total liabilities of $11 million
(which includes a $2 million loan secured by land and
building in Italy). The intangible assets are being amortized
over their useful lives ranging from 1 to 7 years.
In fiscal year 2008, we completed the acquisition of a
privately-held developer of low-power wireless devices for
$6 million. The purchase consideration of $6 million
was allocated to the acquired net assets based on estimated fair
values as follows: total assets of $7 million (primarily
goodwill), and total liabilities of $1 million. In
connection with the acquisition, we agreed to pay up to
$3 million in cash contingent upon the achievement of
certain development, product, or other milestones, and upon the
continued employment with the Company of certain employees of
the acquired entity. During each of the years ended
November 2, 2008 and November 1, 2009, we recognized
$1 million in compensation expense, related to the
continued employment of certain employees of the acquired
entities. We recognized less than $1 million cash
contingent payment to the founders of the acquired entity upon
the achievement of the first milestone as a purchase price
adjustment during the year ended November 2, 2008. During
the year ended November 1, 2009, we paid less than
$1 million in cash to shareholders of one of the acquired
entities, based on the achievement of certain defined
milestones, which was recorded to goodwill as additional
purchase consideration.
76
In fiscal year 2008, we acquired the Bulk Acoustic Wave Filter,
or BAW, business of Infineon Technologies AG for
$32 million in cash. The purchase price was allocated to
the acquired net assets based on estimated fair values as
follows: total assets of $33 million, including intangible
assets of $12 million and goodwill of $13 million, and
total liabilities of $1 million. The intangible assets are
being amortized over their useful lives ranging from 8 to
15 years. In addition, during the first quarter of fiscal
year 2009, we recorded less than $1 million of additional
transaction costs to goodwill related to the BAW acquisition.
During fiscal year 2009, we completed the acquisition of a
manufacturer of motion control encoders from a Japan-based
company for $7 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The
purchase price was allocated to the acquired net assets based on
estimates of fair values as follows: total assets of
$11 million, including intangible assets of
$4 million, goodwill of $1 million and total
liabilities of $4 million. The intangible assets are being
amortized over their useful lives ranging from 17 to
25 years.
During fiscal year 2010, we acquired certain assets and assumed
certain liabilities of a China-based company engaged in the
manufacturing of motion control encoder products for
$8 million in cash. We have adopted the new authoritative
guidance on business combinations during the first quarter of
fiscal year 2010, and the acquisition was accounted for in
accordance with this guidance. The purchase price was allocated
to the acquired net assets based on estimates of fair values as
follows: total assets of $11 million, including intangible
assets of $5 million, goodwill of $1 million, and
total liabilities of $3 million. The intangible assets are
being amortized over their useful lives ranging from 9 to
25 years.
The consolidated financial statements include the results of
operations of the acquired companies commencing on their
respective acquisition dates. Pro forma results of operations
for the acquisitions completed in the fiscal years ended
November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010 have not been presented because the
effects of the acquisitions, individually or in the aggregate,
were not material to our consolidated financial statements.
Investments
We record at cost non-marketable investments where we do not
have the ability to exercise significant influence or control
and periodically review them for impairment. During the fiscal
year 2008, we made an investment of $2 million in a
privately-held company. This investment is accounted for under
the cost method and is included on the balance sheet in other
long-term assets. This investment was impaired during the year
ended November 1, 2009.
During fiscal year 2010, we made another investment of
$2 million in a privately-held company. The investment is
accounted for under the cost method and is included on the
balance sheet in other long-term assets.
|
|
4.
|
Balance
Sheet Components
|
Inventory
Inventory consists of the following (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total inventory
|
|
$
|
162
|
|
|
$
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010, we recorded
write-downs to inventories of $15 million, associated with
reduced demand assumptions, compared to write-downs to
inventories of $23 million recorded during the fiscal year
ended November 1, 2009.
77
Other
Current Assets
Other current assets consist of the following (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Prepayments
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Non-U.S.
transaction tax receivable
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other current assets
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(294
|
)
|
|
|
(359
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
264
|
|
|
$
|
281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $74 million, $81 million and
$80 million, for the years ended November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, respectively.
At November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, machinery
and equipment included $41 million and $50 million of
software costs, respectively, and accumulated amortization
included $29 million and $36 million, respectively.
At November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, we had
$11 million and $14 million of gross carrying amount
of assets under capital leases, respectively, and accumulated
amortization of $6 million and $8 million,
respectively.
At November 1, 2009, property, plant and equipment held for
sale with the gross carrying amount of $1 million and
accumulated depreciation of less than $1 million were
included in property, plant and equipment. At October 31,
2010, no property, plant and equipment was held for sale.
Other
Current Liabilities
Other current liabilities consist of the following (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Income and other taxes payable
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Supplier liabilities
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warranty
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
5.
|
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
|
Goodwill
The following table summarizes changes in goodwill (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of November 2, 2008
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
2009 acquisitions (Note 3. Acquisitions and
Investments)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of November 1, 2009
|
|
|
171
|
|
2010 acquisitions (Note 3. Acquisitions and
Investments)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
Assets
Amortizable purchased intangibles consist of the following (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net Book Value
|
|
|
As of November 1, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased technology
|
|
$
|
727
|
|
|
$
|
(231
|
)
|
|
$
|
496
|
|
Customer and distributor relationships
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
150
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
979
|
|
|
$
|
(332
|
)
|
|
$
|
647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of October 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased technology
|
|
$
|
727
|
|
|
$
|
(290
|
)
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
Customer and distributor relationships
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
134
|
|
Other
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
985
|
|
|
$
|
(412
|
)
|
|
$
|
573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents the amortization of purchased
intangible assets (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
85
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended November 2, 2008, we recorded
$11 million and $12 million of intangible assets with
weighted average amortization period of 7 years and
12 years, respectively, in connection with acquisitions in
2008. During the same period, we also acquired $6 million
of intangible assets from a third-party with weighted-average
amortization period of 18 years. During the fiscal year
ended November 1, 2009, we recorded $4 million in
intangible assets with weighted average amortization period of
19 years in conjunction with an acquisition. During the
same period, we also acquired $1 million of intangible
assets from a third-party with weighted average amortization
period of 17 years. During the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2010, we recorded $5 million of intangible
assets with weighted average amortization period of
11 years in conjunction with an acquisition completed
during fiscal year 2010. See Note 3. Acquisitions and
Investments.
79
Based on the amount of intangible assets subject to amortization
at October 31, 2010, the expected amortization expense for
each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows
(in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
2012
|
|
|
77
|
|
2013
|
|
|
77
|
|
2014
|
|
|
77
|
|
2015
|
|
|
76
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average amortization periods remaining by
intangible asset category at October 31, 2010 were as
follows (in years):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased technology
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Customer and distributor relationships
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Retirement
Plans and Post-Retirement Benefits
|
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans. We have defined benefit plans in
Taiwan, Korea, Japan, Germany, Italy and France.
401(k) Defined Contribution Plan. Our
U.S. eligible employees participate in the Avago
Technologies U.S. Inc. 401(k) Plan, or the 401(k) Plan.
Enrollment in the 401(k) Plan is automatic for employees who
meet eligibility requirements unless they decline participation.
Under the 401(k) Plan, we provide matching contributions to
employees up to a maximum of 4% of an employees annual
eligible compensation. The maximum contribution to the 401(k)
Plan is 50% of an employees annual eligible compensation,
subject to regulatory and plan limitations. The 401(k) Plan
expense is included in the corporate employee overhead rate
allocation.
U.S. Deferred Compensation Plan. We also
have a deferred compensation plan, which allows highly
compensated employees (as defined by IRS regulations) to defer
greater percentages of compensation than would otherwise be
permitted under the salary deferral 401(k) plan and IRS
regulations. The deferred compensation plan is a non-qualified
plan of deferred compensation maintained in a rabbi trust.
Participants can direct the investment of their deferred
compensation plan accounts in the same investment funds offered
by the 401(k) plan.
U.S. Post-Retirement Medical Benefit
Plans. A portion of our U.S. employees who
meet retirement eligibility requirements as of their termination
dates may receive post-retirement medical benefits under our
retiree medical account program. Under our retiree medical
account program, eligible retirees are allocated a spending
account of either $40,000 or $55,000, depending on the
retirees age at January 1, 2005, from which the
retiree can receive reimbursement for premiums paid for medical
coverage to age 65. Certain U.S. employees who were
age 50 or over on January 1, 2005 may be eligible
for our traditional retiree medical plan upon meeting certain
eligibility requirements and certain service criteria. Once
participating in the traditional retiree medical plan, retirees
are provided with access to both pre-65 medical coverage and
supplemental Medicare coverage with medical premiums based on
the type of coverage chosen and service criteria. Retirees in
this group are also given the option to choose the $55,000
retiree medical account program instead of the traditional
retiree medical plan.
Non-U.S Retirement Benefit Plans. In addition
to the defined benefit plan for certain employees in Taiwan,
Korea, Japan, France, Italy and Germany, other eligible
employees outside of the U.S. receive retirement benefits
under various defined contribution retirement plans. Eligibility
is generally determined based on the terms of our plans and
local statutory requirements.
80
The net pension plan costs of our non-U.S defined benefit plans
for the years ended November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009
and October 31, 2010 were $3 million, $2 million
and $3 million, respectively. The net pension plan costs
for the year ended November 1, 2009 is net of
$1 million of curtailment gain, related to our
restructuring activities. See Note 10. Restructuring
Charges. The net pension plan costs of our post-retirement
medical plan for the years ended November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010 were
$1 million each.
For the year ended November 2, 2008, we recognized
$3 million in accumulated other comprehensive income (net
of tax of $1 million), related to our non U.S. defined
benefit plans, which consists of unrealized net actuarial gains,
of which we recognized less than $1 million as components
of net periodic benefit costs over fiscal year ended
November 1, 2009. We also recognized $2 million in
accumulated other comprehensive income (net of tax of
$1 million) for the year ended November 2, 2008,
related to our U.S. post-retirement benefit plans, which
consists of unrealized net actuarial gains, of which we
recognized $1 million as components of net periodic benefit
costs over fiscal year 2009. During the year ended
November 1, 2009, we recognized $6 million of
unrealized net actuarial losses in accumulated other
comprehensive income (net of tax of $1 million), related to
our U.S. post-retirement benefit plans. During the year
ended October 31, 2010, we recognized $1 million of
unrealized net actuarial losses in accumulated other
comprehensive loss (net of tax of $1 million), related to
our U.S. post-retirement medical plans. Of the unrealized
prior service cost included in accumulated other comprehensive
loss, related to our U.S. post-retirement medical plans, we
expect to recognize less than $1 million in fiscal year
2011. For the year ended October 31, 2010, we recognized
$6 million of unrealized net actuarial losses in
accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of tax of
$1 million), related to our non U.S. defined benefit
plans. Of the unrealized net actuarial losses included in
accumulated other comprehensive loss, related to our non
U.S. defined benefit plans, we expect to recognize less
than $1 million in fiscal year 2011. Other long-term assets
include deferred tax assets relating to pension liabilities and
post-retirement medical benefit plan liabilities.
Funded Status. The funded status of the
U.S. post-retirement medical benefit plans and
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans was as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans
|
|
|
U.S. Post Retirement Medical Plans
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value beginning of period
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments from plan assets
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets end of period
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation beginning of period
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Curtailment gain
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation end of period
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net accrued costs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets less than benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25
|
)
|
Unrecognized net actuarial loss and prior service cost
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets were as
follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans
|
|
U.S. Post Retirement Medical Plans
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) net of taxes
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
As of November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, the
amounts of the obligations for our
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans were as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Aggregate projected benefit obligation (PBO)
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation (ABO)
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
We currently expect to make contributions of less than
$1 million and $1 million, respectively, to our
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans and U.S. post-retirement medical benefit
plans in fiscal year 2011. It is expected that as of
October 31, 2010 various benefit plans will make payments
over the next ten fiscal years as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
U.S. Post
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
Medical Plans
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2015
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2016-2020
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Our
non-U.S. defined
benefit pension plans weighted average asset allocations by
category were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Target
|
|
Actual
|
|
Target
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
96
|
%
|
|
|
96
|
%
|
Time deposits
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Policy. Plan assets of the funded
defined benefit pension plans are invested in funds held by
third-party fund managers or are deposited into
government-managed accounts in which we are not actively
involved with and have no control over investment strategy. The
plan assets held by third-parties consist primarily of fixed
income funds and cash. The fund manager monitors the funds
asset allocation within the guidelines established by the
plans Investment Committee. In line with plan investment
objectives and consultation with our management, the Investment
Committee set an allocation benchmark among equity, bond and
other assets based on the relative weighting of overall
international market indices. The overall investment objectives
of the plan are 1) the acquisition of suitable assets of
appropriate liquidity which will generate income and capital
growth to meet current and future plan benefits, 2) to
limit the risk of the assets failing to meet the long term
liabilities of the plan and 3) to minimize the long term
costs of the plan by maximizing the return on the assets.
Performance is regularly evaluated by the Investment Committee
and is based on actual returns achieved by the fund manager
relative to its benchmark.
82
Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets The
following table presents the fair value of plan assets by major
categories using the same three-level hierarchy described in
Note 8. Fair Value (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurement as of
|
|
|
|
October 31, 2010 Using
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Market for
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income assets consist primarily of funds that invest in
Euro-denominated government bonds. These government bonds are
valued at quoted prices reported in the active market.
Assumptions. The assumptions used to determine
the benefit obligations and expense for our defined benefit and
post-retirement benefit plans are presented in the table below.
The expected long-term return on assets below represents an
estimate of long-term returns on investment portfolios primarily
consisting of fixed income investments. We consider long-term
rates of return, which are weighted, based on the asset classes
(both historical and forecasted) in which we expect our pension
and post-retirement funds to be invested. Discount rates reflect
the current rate at which pension and post-retirement
obligations could be settled based on the measurement dates of
the plans, which is our fiscal year end for the defined benefit
and post retirement plans. The range of assumptions that are
used for
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans reflects the different economic environments
within various countries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumptions for Benefit Obligation
|
|
Assumptions for Expense
|
|
|
as of
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
November 2,
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
2.00%-6.50%
|
|
1.50%-5.00%
|
|
2.25%-5.25%
|
|
2.25%-6.50%
|
|
2.00%-6.50%
|
Average increase in compensation levels
|
|
2.50%-5.00%
|
|
2.50%-5.00%
|
|
3.00%-5.00%
|
|
2.50%-5.00%
|
|
2.50%-5.00%
|
Expected long-term return on assets
|
|
1.50%-5.25%
|
|
1.50%-4.00%
|
|
2.75%-5.60%
|
|
3.00%-5.25%
|
|
1.50%-5.25%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumptions for Benefit Obligation
|
|
Assumptions for Expense
|
|
|
as of
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
November 2,
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
U.S. Post-Retirement Medical Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
8.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
Current medical cost trend rate
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
Ultimate medical cost trend rate
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
4.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Medical cost trend rate decreases to ultimate trend rate in year
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
|
2025
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
2019
|
|
83
Changes in the assumed healthcare trend rates could have a
significant effect on the amounts reported for the
post-retirement medical plans. A one percentage point change in
the assumed health care cost trend rates for the year ended
October 31, 2010 would have the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1% Increase
|
|
1% Decrease
|
|
Effect on U.S. Post-Retirement benefit obligation (in millions)
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
Percentage effect on U.S. Post-Retirement benefit obligation
|
|
|
9.4
|
%
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)%
|
A one percentage point increase or decrease in our healthcare
cost trend rates would have increased or decreased the service
and interest cost components of the net periodic benefit cost by
less than $1 million.
|
|
7.
|
Senior
Credit Facility and Borrowings
|
Our senior credit facility and borrowings as of November 1,
2009 and October 31, 2010 consist of the following (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101/8% senior
notes due 2013
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Senior floating rate notes due 2013
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
117/8% senior
subordinated notes due 2015
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
Less: Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior
Credit Facility
In connection with the SPG Acquisition, we entered into a senior
credit agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions. The
senior secured credit facilities initially consisted of
(i) a seven-year $725 million term loan facility and
(ii) a six-year, $250 million revolving credit
facility for general corporate purposes. As of October 31,
2006, the term loan facility had been permanently repaid in full
and may not be redrawn. The revolving credit facility was
increased to $375 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal
year 2007. During fiscal year 2008, our revolving credit
facility was impacted by the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers
Holdings Inc., or Lehman. As a result of the bankruptcy, we
could no longer utilize Lehmans credit commitment of
$60 million, thus reducing total availability under our
revolving credit facility to $315 million. In July 2009,
Lehman assigned $35 million of its credit commitment to
Barclays Bank PLC, which resulted in total availability under
our revolving credit facility increasing to $350 million.
The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity
available for letters of credit and for borrowings on
same-day or
one-day
notice referred to as swingline loans and is available to us and
certain of our subsidiaries in U.S. dollars and other
currencies. As of November 1, 2009, we had no borrowings
outstanding under the revolving credit facility, although we had
$17 million of letters of credits outstanding under the
facility. We drew $475 million under our term loan facility
to finance a portion of the SPG Acquisition. On January 26,
2006, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw
portion of our term loan facility to retire all of our
redeemable convertible preference shares. We used the net
proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business and Printer ASICs
Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan
facility. Costs of approximately $19 million incurred in
relation to the term loan facility were initially capitalized as
debt issuance costs, amortized over the expected term as
additional interest expense and unamortized costs were written
off in conjunction with the repayment of the term loan facility.
Interest Rate and Fees: Borrowings under the
senior credit agreement bear interest at a rate equal to an
applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base
rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the
United States prime rate and (2) the federal funds rate
plus 0.5% (or an equivalent base rate for loans originating
outside the United States, to the extent available) or
(b) a LIBOR rate (or the equivalent thereof in the relevant
jurisdiction)
84
determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in
the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant
to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. At
November 1, 2009, the lenders base rate was 3.25% and
the one-month LIBOR rate was 0.24%. The applicable margin for
borrowings under the revolving credit facility is 0.75% with
respect to base rate borrowings and 1.75% with respect to LIBOR
borrowings. At October 31, 2010, the lenders base
rate was 3.25% and the one-month LIBOR rate was 0.25%.
We are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the
revolving credit facility with respect to any unutilized
commitments thereunder. At November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010, the commitment fee on the revolving
credit facility was 0.375% per annum. We must also pay customary
letter of credit fees. The commitment fee is expensed as
additional interest expense.
Maturity: Principal amounts outstanding under
the revolving credit facility are due and payable in full on
December 1, 2011. As of November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010, we had no borrowings outstanding under
the revolving credit facility, although we had $17 million
and $11 million, respectively, of letters of credit
outstanding under the facility, which reduce the amount
available on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis.
Certain Covenants and Events of Default: The
senior credit agreement contains a number of covenants that,
among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our
and our subsidiaries ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt or issue shares;
|
|
|
|
create liens on assets;
|
|
|
|
enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
|
|
|
|
engage in mergers or consolidations;
|
|
|
|
transfer or sell assets;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends and distributions, repurchase our capital stock or
make other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
make investments, loans or advances;
|
|
|
|
make capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
repay subordinated indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
make certain acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
amend material agreements governing our subordinated
indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
change our lines of business; and
|
|
|
|
change the status of our direct wholly owned subsidiary, Avago
Technologies Holdings Pte. Ltd., as a passive holding company.
|
All obligations under the senior credit facility, and the
guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially
all of our assets and that of each guarantor subsidiary, subject
to certain exceptions.
In addition, the senior credit agreement requires us to maintain
senior secured leverage ratios not exceeding levels set forth in
the senior credit agreement. The senior credit agreement also
contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of
default, including a cross-default triggered by certain events
of default under our other material debt instruments.
Senior
Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes
In connection with the SPG Acquisition, we completed a private
placement of $1,000 million principal amount of unsecured
debt consisting of (i) $500 million principal amount
of 10
1/8% senior
notes due December 1, 2013, or senior fixed rate notes,
(ii) $250 million principal amount of senior floating
rate notes due June 1, 2013, or senior floating rate notes
and, together with the senior fixed rate notes, the senior
notes, and (iii) $250 million principal amount of 11
7/8% senior
subordinated notes due December 1, 2015, or senior
subordinated notes. The senior notes and the senior subordinated
notes are collectively referred to as our outstanding notes. We
received proceeds of
85
$966 million, net of $34 million of related
transaction expenses. Such transaction expenses are deferred as
debt issuance costs and are being amortized over the life of the
loans as incremental interest expense.
Interest is payable on the senior fixed rate notes and the
senior subordinated notes on a semi-annual basis at a fixed rate
of 10.125% and 11.875%, respectively, per annum. Interest is
payable on the senior floating rate notes on a quarterly basis
at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 5.5%. The rate for the
senior floating rate notes was 5.85% at November 2, 2009.
We were permitted to redeem all or any part of the senior fixed
rate notes at any time prior to December 1, 2009 at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
notes redeemed plus a defined premium and accrued but unpaid
interest through the redemption date. We were permitted to
redeem the senior floating rate notes on or after
December 1, 2007 and the senior fixed rate notes on or
after December 1, 2009 at fixed redemption prices set forth
in the indenture governing the senior notes plus accrued but
unpaid interest through the redemption date. We repurchased or
redeemed all of our remaining outstanding senior notes during
fiscal years 2009 and 2010. See Debt Repayments
below for additional information.
We were permitted to redeem all or any part of the senior
subordinated notes (i) at any time prior to
December 1, 2010 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the notes redeemed plus a defined premium
and accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date, and
(ii) on or after December 1, 2010 at fixed redemption
prices set forth in the indenture governing the senior
subordinated notes plus accrued but unpaid interest through the
redemption date. We redeemed all of the remaining outstanding
senior subordinated notes on December 1, 2010. See
Note 18. Subsequent Events, for additional
information.
The senior notes were unsecured and effectively subordinated to
all of our existing and future secured debt (including
obligations under our senior credit agreement), to the extent of
the value of the assets securing such debt. The senior
subordinated notes were unsecured and subordinated to all of our
existing and future senior indebtedness, including our senior
credit agreement and the senior notes.
Certain of our subsidiaries guaranteed the obligations under the
senior credit agreement, and previously guaranteed the
obligations under the senior notes on a senior unsecured basis,
and the obligations under the senior subordinated notes on a
senior subordinated unsecured basis.
The indentures governing our outstanding notes limited our and
our subsidiaries ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness and issue disqualified stock or
preferred shares;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make other distributions on, redeem or
repurchase our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
make investments, acquisitions, loans or advances;
|
|
|
|
incur or create liens;
|
|
|
|
transfer or sell certain assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in sale and lease back transactions;
|
|
|
|
declare dividends or make other payments to us;
|
|
|
|
guarantee indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; and
|
|
|
|
consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our
assets.
|
Subject to certain exceptions, the indentures governing our
outstanding notes permitted us and our restricted subsidiaries
to incur additional indebtedness, including secured
indebtedness. In addition, the indentures contained customary
events of default provisions, including a cross-default
provision triggered by certain events of default under our
senior credit agreement.
86
Debt
Repayments
During fiscal year 2008, we redeemed $200 million in
principal amount of the senior floating rate notes. We redeemed
the senior floating rate notes at 2% premium of the principal
amount, plus accrued interest, resulting in a loss on
extinguishment of debt of $10 million, which consisted of
the $4 million premium and a $6 million write-off of
debt issuance costs and other related expenses.
During fiscal year 2009, we repurchased $85 million in
principal amount of senior fixed rate notes, $17 million in
principal amount of senior subordinated notes and
$4 million in principal amount of senior floating rate
notes as part of an early tender offer, resulting in a loss on
extinguishment of debt of $9 million, consisting of
$6 million in premium and a write-off of $3 million
debt issuance costs and other related expenses. We also
repurchased $3 million in principal amount of senior
subordinated notes from the open market, resulting in a gain on
extinguishment of debt of $1 million.
During fiscal year 2010, we redeemed $318 million in
principal amount of senior fixed rate notes and $46 million
in principal amount of the senior floating rate notes. We
redeemed the senior fixed rate notes and senior floating rate
notes at 5.063% premium of the principal amount and no premium,
respectively, plus accrued interest, resulting in a loss on
extinguishment of debt of $24 million, which consisted of
$16 million premium and an $8 million write-off of
debt issuance costs and other related expenses.
Debt
Issuance Costs
Unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the notes and
the secured senior credit facility were $16 million and
$6 million at November 1, 2009 and October 31,
2010, respectively, and are included in other current assets and
other long-term assets on the balance sheet. For the fiscal year
2010, we reclassified $5 million unamortized debt issuance
costs related to the senior subordinated notes from long-term to
short-term assets associated with the irrevocable announcement
to redeem our remaining $230 million aggregate principal
outstanding of senior subordinated notes. Refer to Note 18.
Subsequent Events, for more information.
Amortization of debt issuance costs is classified as interest
expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
Fair
Value Measurements
We adopted ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures, or ASC 820, at the beginning of fiscal year
2009. The adoption of ASC 820 did not impact our results of
operations and financial position. ASC 820 is effective for
nonfinancial assets and liabilities in financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008,
which is our fiscal year 2010.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
A three level hierarchy is applied to prioritize the inputs to
valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy
gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1
measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs
(Level 3 measurements).
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under the guidance
for fair value measurements are described below:
Level 1 Level 1 inputs are quoted prices
(unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access
at the measurement date. Our Level 1 assets include money
market funds, time deposits and investment funds
deferred compensation plan assets. We measure money market funds
and investment funds at quoted market price as they are traded
in an active market with sufficient volume and frequency of
transactions. Time deposits are highly liquid with maturities of
ninety days or less. Due to their short-term maturities, we have
determined that the fair value of time deposits should be at
face value.
Level 2 Level 2 inputs are inputs other
than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are
observable for the asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified
(contractual) term, a
87
Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full
term of the asset or liability. We did not have any Level 2
assets or liability activities during the year ended
October 31, 2010.
Level 3 Level 3 inputs are unobservable
inputs for the asset or liability in which there is little, if
any market activity for the asset or liability at the
measurement date. Level 3 assets and liabilities include
cost method investments, goodwill, amortizable intangible
assets, and property, plant and equipment, which are measured at
fair value using a discounted cash flow approach when they are
impaired. We did not have any Level 3 asset or liability
activities during the year ended October 31, 2010.
Assets
Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The table below sets forth by level our financial assets that
were accounted for at fair value as of October 31, 2010.
The table does not include cash on hand and also does not
include assets that are measured at historical cost or any basis
other than fair value (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Using Quoted
|
|
|
|
Portion of
|
|
|
Prices in Active
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Market for
|
|
|
|
Value Measured at
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
(Level 1) as of
|
|
|
Money Market Funds(1)
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
Time deposits(1)
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
Investment Funds Deferred Compensation Plan Assets(2)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets measured at fair value
|
|
$
|
420
|
|
|
$
|
420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Included in cash and cash equivalents in our consolidated
balance sheet |
|
(2) |
|
Included in other current assets in our consolidated balance
sheet |
During the year ended October 31, 2010, there were no
material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair
value instruments.
Assets
Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
There were no non-financial assets or liabilities measured at
fair value as of October 31, 2010.
Fair
Value of Other Financial Instruments
The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair
values of financial instruments as of November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1, 2009
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Fair
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Value
|
|
Value
|
|
Value
|
|
Value
|
|
Variable rate debt
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Fixed rate debt
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, to the
extent the underlying liability will be settled in cash,
approximate carrying values because of the short-term nature of
these instruments. The fair value of our long-term and current
portion of long-term debt is based on quoted market rates. See
Note 7. Senior Credit Facility and Borrowings.
In August 2009, we completed the initial public offering, or
IPO, of our ordinary shares in which we sold
21,500,000 shares and our existing shareholders and certain
employees sold 28,180,000 shares (including
88
6,480,000 shares sold in connection with the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option in
full) at a public offering price of $15.00 per share. The net
proceeds of the IPO to us were $296 million after deducting
the underwriters discounts and commission and offering
expenses. We used a portion of the net proceeds to pay to
affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts and Co., or KKR, and
Silver Lake Partners, or Silver Lake, and together with KKR, the
Sponsors, $54 million in connection with the termination of
our advisory agreement pursuant to its terms (with one-half
payable to each equity sponsor). During the fourth fiscal
quarter of 2009, we also used $106 million of the net
proceeds from our IPO to repay a portion of our long-term
indebtedness.
On January 27, 2010, our registration statement filed with
the SEC in connection with the public offering and sale by
certain shareholders of the Company of an aggregate of
25,000,000 of the Companys ordinary shares, or the January
Offering, was declared effective. The January Offering closed on
February 2, 2010, and 25,000,000 shares were sold to
the public at a price per share of $17.41 including a $0.41 per
share discount to the underwriters. We did not receive any
proceeds from the sale of shares sold in the January Offering
other than proceeds from options exercised by certain
shareholders in connection with the sale of shares by them in
the January Offering. On February 23, 2010, the
underwriters exercised their option in full to purchase from
certain selling shareholders up to an additional 3,750,000
ordinary shares to cover over-allotments, which transaction
closed on February 26, 2010.
On August 6, 2010, we filed a shelf registration statement
on
Form S-3
with the SEC, through which we may sell from time to time any
combination of ordinary shares, debt securities, warrants,
rights, purchase contracts and units, in one or more offerings.
On August 13, 2010 certain of our shareholders offered and
sold 14,905,000 of our ordinary shares in a registered public
offering (the August Offering). The August Offering
closed on August 18, 2010. We did not receive any proceeds
from the sale of shares sold in the August Offering other than
proceeds from options exercised by certain shareholders in
connection with the sale of shares by them in the August
Offering.
Ordinary
and Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares
During fiscal year 2008, we repurchased a total of 471,000
ordinary shares from terminated employees for $4 million
cash and issued 28,509 ordinary shares for less than
$1 million. During fiscal year 2009, in connection with our
IPO, we issued 21,500,000 ordinary shares for $300 million,
net of $19 million in underwriters discounts and
commissions and $4 million in offering costs. We also
repurchased 807,800 ordinary shares from terminated employees
for $6 million cash.
At November 2, 2008, 3,056,029 ordinary shares issued to
employees, respectively, are considered temporary equity under
the provisions of SEC Accounting Series Release
No. 268, Presentation in Financial Statements of
Redeemable Preferred Stocks, due to having a
contingent cash-settlement feature upon the death or disability
of the shareholder for a period of five years from the issuance
of such shares. As such, approximately $12 million
recognized in ordinary shares should be considered temporary
equity of the Company at November 2, 2008. By operation of
Singapore law, as a result of the completion of our IPO we are
no longer permitted to repurchase our shares in selective
off-market transactions and therefore the contingent
cash-settlement feature upon the death or disability of a
shareholder has ceased to apply; as such, no ordinary shares are
considered to be temporary equity at November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010.
Share
Option Plans
Effective December 1, 2005, we adopted two equity-based
compensation plans, the Equity Incentive Plan for Executive
Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries, or the
Executive Plan, and the Equity Incentive Plan for Senior
Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and
Subsidiaries, or the Senior Management Plan and, together with
the Executive Plan, the Equity Incentive Plans, which have been
amended, to authorize the grant of options and share purchase
rights covering up to 30 million ordinary shares.
Under the Executive Plan, options generally vest at a rate of
20% per year based on the passage of time, and the passage of
time and attaining certain performance criteria, in each case
subject to continued employment. Those options subject to
vesting based on the passage of time may accelerate by one year
upon certain terminations of employment. Under the Senior
Management Plan, options generally vest at a rate of 20% per
year based on the passage of time and continued employment.
89
Under the Equity Incentive Plans, awards generally expire ten
years following the date of grant unless granted to a
non-employee, in which case the awards generally expire five
years following the date of grant and are granted at a price
equal to the fair market value. Since our IPO, we no longer make
any further grants under the Equity Incentive Plans.
In July 2009, our board of directors adopted, and our
shareholders approved, the Avago Technologies Limited 2009
Equity Incentive Award Plan, or the 2009 Plan, to authorize the
grant of options, share appreciation rights, restricted share
units, dividend equivalents, performance awards, and other
share-based awards. 20 million ordinary shares are
initially reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan, subject to
annual increases starting in calendar year 2012. The 2009 Plan
became effective upon closing of our IPO in August 2009. Under
the 2009 Plan, options generally expire ten years following the
date of grant and options generally vest over a four year period
from the date of grant. Any share options cancelled under the
Equity Incentive Plan become available for issuance under the
2009 Plan.
Starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010, the
Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the
grant of less than 100,000 restricted share units, or RSUs, to
certain senior members of management. RSUs are restricted shares
that are granted with the exercise price equal to zero and are
converted to shares immediately upon vesting. These RSU awards
are time based and expected to vest over four years. The fair
value of the RSU awards is based on the closing market price of
our common stock on the date of award. Compensation expense
associated with these RSU awards was not material to fiscal year
2010 results.
A summary of option and restricted share award activity related
to our equity incentive plans follows (in millions, except years
and per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Available for
|
|
Number
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
per Share
|
|
(in years)
|
|
Value
|
|
Outstanding as of October 31, 2007
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
6.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
10.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of November 2, 2008
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
7.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares authorized under 2009 Plan
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
12.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
4.86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of November 1, 2009
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
8.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
19.52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
10.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of October 31, 2010
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
$
|
11.50
|
|
|
|
7.41
|
|
|
$
|
307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested as of October 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
7.37
|
|
|
|
5.99
|
|
|
$
|
129
|
|
Vested and expected to vest as of October 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
$
|
11.19
|
|
|
|
7.29
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
90
The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding
and exercisable awards as of October 31, 2010 (in millions,
except years and per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Awards Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Number
|
|
Exercise Price
|
Exercise Prices
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Life (in years)
|
|
per Share
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
per Share
|
|
$0.00-5.00
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5.07
|
|
|
$
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
4.93
|
|
5.01-10.00
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8.00
|
|
|
$
|
9.02
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
8.28
|
|
10.01-15.00
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7.48
|
|
|
$
|
11.69
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
10.94
|
|
15.01-20.00
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
9.10
|
|
|
$
|
17.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.02
|
|
20.01-25.00
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
9.74
|
|
|
$
|
20.45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
7.41
|
|
|
$
|
11.50
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
7.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
Share Purchase Plan
In September 2010, we implemented the Avago Employee Share
Purchase Plan, as amended and restated in June 2010, or ESPP.
The ESPP provides eligible employees with the opportunity to
acquire an ownership interest in the Company through periodic
payroll deductions and at a discounted purchase price, based on
a six-month look-back period. The ESPP is structured as a
qualified employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. However, the ESPP is not
intended to be a qualified pension, profit sharing or stock
bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 and is not subject to the provisions of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The ESPP will
terminate on July 27, 2019 unless sooner terminated. The
first offering period started in the fourth quarter of fiscal
year 2010 and ends in the second quarter of fiscal year 2011,
therefore, no shares had been issued under the ESPP as at
October 31, 2010. All 8 million shares authorized to
be issued under the ESPP remain available for issuance as of
October 31, 2010. We recorded less than $1 million of
compensation expense related to the ESPP during the fiscal year
2010.
Share-Based
Compensation
For share-based awards granted after November 1, 2006, we
recognize compensation expense based on the estimated grant date
fair value method required under the authoritative guidance
using Black-Scholes valuation model with a straight-line
amortization method. Since the authoritative guidance requires
that share-based compensation expense be based on awards that
are ultimately expected to vest, estimated share-based
compensation for such awards has been reduced for estimated
forfeitures. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rates can have
a significant effect on share-based compensation expense since
the effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the
forfeiture estimate is changed. For outstanding share-based
awards granted before November 1, 2006 and not modified
thereafter, we continue to account for any portion of such
awards under the originally applied accounting principles. As a
result, performance-based awards granted before November 1,
2006 were subject to variable accounting until such options are
vested, forfeited, modified or cancelled. Variable accounting
requires us to value the variable options at the end of each
accounting period based upon the then current fair value of the
underlying ordinary shares. Accordingly, our share-based
compensation was subject to significant fluctuation based on
changes in the fair value of our ordinary shares.
On August 28, 2008, our Compensation Committee approved a
change in the financial performance vesting targets applicable
to options to purchase 3.8 million ordinary shares
outstanding under our equity incentive plans, including
2.7 million options originally granted prior to the
adoption of the authoritative guidance, impacting
43 employees. This change was accounted for as a
modification under the authoritative guidance. As a result of
this modification, all variable accounting on outstanding
employee options ceased, and instead, pursuant to the
authoritative guidance, we began recognizing unamortized
intrinsic value of these modified options over the remaining
service period.
91
On July 20, 2009, our Compensation Committee approved a
change in the vesting schedules associated with
performance-based options to purchase 2.3 million ordinary
shares outstanding under our equity incentive plans. The
Compensation Committee approved the amendment of
performance-based options held by certain of our executive
officers to provide that such options will no longer vest based
on the attainment of performance targets but instead such
options shall vest two years following the first date such
portion could have vested had the performance goals for such
portion been achieved, subject to the named executive
officers continued service with us through such vesting
date. The performance-based options held by other employees were
amended to provide that any portion of such options that fail to
vest based upon the attainment of a performance goal shall vest
on the date two years following the first date such portion
could have vested had such performance goal been attained,
subject to the employees continued service with us through
such vesting date. The Compensation Committee made these changes
to performance-based options in light of our then current
financial projections, which were lower than when the
performance goals for such options were last determined, the
uncertainty present in the then prevailing global economy and
the importance of retaining key employees to continue in our
employment following our IPO. This change has been accounted for
as a modification under the authoritative guidance and as a
result we expected to record approximately $19 million in
additional share-based compensation expense, net of estimated
forfeitures, over the remaining weighted average service period
of 4 years.
The impact on our results for both employee and non-employee
share-based compensation for the years ended November 2,
2008, November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010 was as
follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total share-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average assumptions utilized for our Black-Scholes
valuation model for options and ESPP rights granted during the
years ended November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
ESPP
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Volatility
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
52
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we had not
declared any cash dividends as of the respective option grant
dates. Expected volatility is based on the combination of
historical volatility of guideline publicly traded companies
over the period commensurate with the expected life of the
options and the implied volatility of guideline publicly traded
companies from traded options with a term of 180 days or
greater measured over the last three months. The risk-free
interest rate is derived from the average U.S. Treasury
Strips rate during the period, which approximates the rate in
effect at the time of grant. For all options granted after
August 2, 2009 and a portion of options granted before
August 2, 2009, our computation of expected term was based
on other data, such as the data of peer companies and
company-specific attributes that we believe could affect
employees exercise behavior. For the majority of options
granted prior to August 2, 2009, we used the simplified
method specified by the SECs Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107 to determine the expected term of
stock options.
Based on the above assumptions, the weighted-average fair values
of the options granted under the share option plans for the
years ended November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010 was $5.08, $5.34 and $8.17, respectively.
92
Based on our historical experience of pre-vesting option
cancellations, for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010 we have
assumed an annualized forfeiture rate of 15%, 12% and 8%,
respectively, for our options. We will record additional expense
if actual forfeitures are lower than we estimated, and will
record a recovery of prior expense if actual forfeitures are
higher than we estimated.
Total compensation cost of options granted but not yet vested as
of October 31, 2010 was $86 million, which is expected
to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average service
period of 3 years.
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, we recorded
$2 million as share-based compensation expense in
connection with the employee separation agreement entered into
with our former Chief Operating Officer. See Note 10.
Restructuring Charges.
|
|
10.
|
Restructuring
Charges
|
From time to time, the Company has initiated a series of
restructuring activities intended to realign the Companys
global capacity and infrastructure with demand by its customers
so as to optimize the operational efficiency, which activities
include reducing excess workforce and capacity, and
consolidating and relocating certain facilities to lower-cost
regions.
The restructuring costs include employee severance, costs
related to leased facilities and other costs associated with the
early termination of certain contractual agreements due to
facility closures.
In January 2009, we committed to a restructuring plan intended
to realign our cost structure with the then prevailing
macroeconomic business conditions. The plan eliminated
approximately 230 positions or 6% of our global workforce and
was substantially completed in the second quarter of fiscal year
2009. In the third quarter of fiscal year 2009, we announced a
further reduction in our worldwide workforce of up to
200 employees. This plan was completed in the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2009. These employment terminations
occurred in various geographies and functions worldwide. In
connection with these plans, we recorded $26 million in
one-time employee termination costs during the year ended
November 1, 2009. As of October 31, 2010, this charge
had been paid in full.
In January 2009, we committed to a plan to outsource certain
manufacturing facilities in Germany. During the year ended
November 1, 2009, we recorded $5 million of one-time
employee termination costs and $1 million related to asset
abandonment and other exit costs and approximately
$1 million related to excess lease costs in connection with
this plan. As of October 31, 2010, the one-time employee
termination costs and. the excess lease costs had been paid in
full.
During fiscal year 2009, we recorded and paid $1 million of
one-time employee termination costs and recognized
$2 million as share-based compensation expense in
connection with the departure of our former Chief Operating
Officer in January 2009.
As part of our efforts to realign our cost structure, we
incurred approximately $3 million of one-time employee
termination costs and $1 million of excess lease costs
during fiscal year 2010.
93
The significant activity within and components of the
restructuring charges during the years ended November 1,
2009 and October 31, 2010 are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Abandonment
|
|
|
Excess
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Lease
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrued restructuring as of November 2, 2008
included in other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Charges to cost of products sold
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Charges to operating expenses
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Non-cash portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued restructuring as of November 1, 2009
included in other current liabilities
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Charges to cost of products sold
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Charges to operating expenses
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued restructuring as of October 31, 2010
included in other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consequent to the incorporation of Avago in Singapore, domestic
operations reflect the results of operations based in Singapore.
Components
of Income Before Taxes from Continuing Operations
For financial reporting purposes, Income (loss) from
continuing operations before income taxes included the
following components (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Domestic income (loss)
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
(92
|
)
|
|
$
|
323
|
|
Foreign income
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
(36
|
)
|
|
$
|
406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components
of Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes
We have obtained several tax incentives from the Singapore
Economic Development Board, an agency of the Government of
Singapore, which provide that certain classes of income we earn
in Singapore are subject to tax holidays or reduced rates of
Singapore income tax. Each such tax incentive is separate and
distinct from the others, and may be granted, withheld,
extended, modified, truncated, complied with or terminated
independently without any effect on the other incentives. In
order to retain these tax benefits in Singapore, we must meet
certain operating conditions specific to each incentive relating
to, among other things, maintenance of a treasury function, a
corporate headquarters function, specified intellectual property
activities and specified manufacturing activities in Singapore.
Some of these operating conditions are subject to phase-in
periods through 2015. The Singapore tax incentives are presently
scheduled to expire at various dates generally between 2014 and
2025, subject in certain cases to potential extensions. For the
fiscal years ended November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009
and October 31, 2010, the effect of all these tax
incentives, in the aggregate, was to reduce the overall
provision for income taxes and reduce net loss or increase net
income from what it otherwise would have been in such year by
$24 million, $17 million and $63 million,
respectively, and increase diluted net income per share for the
fiscal year ended November 2, 2008 by
94
$0.11 per share, and reduce diluted net loss per share for the
fiscal year ended November 1, 2009 by $0.08, and increase
diluted net income per share for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2010 by $0.26, respectively. The tax incentives
that we have negotiated in other jurisdictions are also subject
to our compliance with various operating and other conditions.
Significant components of the provision for (benefit from)
income taxes from continuing operations are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We recorded an income tax benefit totaling $9 million for
the year ended October 31, 2010 compared to an income tax
expense of $8 million for the year ended November 1,
2009. The decrease is primarily attributable to the release of
$29 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowances,
mainly associated with the Company irrevocably calling our
senior subordinated notes for redemption in October 2010,
partially offset by a write-off of $6 million deferred tax
assets resulting from the grant of a new tax incentive in
Malaysia, and an increase in overall tax provision due to
increase in worldwide income.
We continuously monitor the circumstances impacting the expected
realization of our deferred tax assets. In the fourth quarter of
the fiscal year of 2010, we adjusted our valuation allowance
against the deferred tax assets in certain jurisdictions to
properly reflect the net deferred tax assets that are more
likely than not to be realized in the future. As a result, the
adjustment reduced our valuation allowance and we recorded an
income tax benefit of $29 million. For additional
information about the income tax valuation allowance, please see
the notes in Summary of Deferred Income Taxes below.
In February, 2010, the Malaysian government granted us a tax
holiday on our qualifying Malaysian income, which is effective
for ten years beginning with our fiscal year 2009. As a result
of receiving this tax incentive, we wrote down deferred tax
assets of $6 million during the quarter ended May 2,
2010 that we previously recorded in this jurisdiction.
95
Rate
Reconciliation
A reconciliation of the expected statutory tax rate (computed at
the Companys Singapore then prevailing statutory tax rate
of 18% or 17%) to the actual tax rate on income from continuing
operations is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Expected statutory tax rate
|
|
|
18.0
|
%
|
|
|
(17.0
|
)%
|
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
Foreign income taxed at different rates
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
Advisory agreement termination fee & selling
shareholder expenses
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
27.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Tax Holidays and Concessions
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
|
(12.8
|
)%
|
Other, net
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Valuation Allowance
|
|
|
(15.0
|
)%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual tax rate on income from continuing operations
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
23.6
|
%
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summary
of Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their basis for
income tax purposes and the tax effects of net operating losses
and tax credit carryforwards. The significant components of
deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities included on the
balance sheets were as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Trade accounts
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Share options
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Net operating loss carryovers and credit carryovers
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Other deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred income tax assets
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
Other deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign earnings not permanently reinvested
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax asset
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We continuously monitor the circumstances impacting the expected
realization of our deferred tax assets. In the fourth quarter of
the fiscal year of 2010, we adjusted our valuation allowance
against the deferred tax assets in certain jurisdictions to
properly reflect the net deferred tax assets that are more
likely than not to be realized in the future. As a result, the
adjustment reduced our valuation allowance by $29 million.
We reduced the valuation allowance after determining that
certain deferred tax assets in those jurisdictions are more
likely than not to be realizable due to expectations of future
taxable income, carryforward periods, and other available
evidence.
96
The above net deferred income tax asset has been reflected in
the accompanying balance sheets as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Other current asset
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
Other current liability
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current income tax asset
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term asset
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
Other long-term liability
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net long-term income tax asset
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of October 31, 2010, we had Singapore net operating loss
carryforwards of $15 million, U.S. net operating loss
carryforwards of $46 million, and other foreign net
operating loss carryforwards of $8 million. The Singapore
net operating losses have no limitation on utilization.
U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards, if not
utilized, will begin to expire in fiscal year 2027. The other
foreign net operating losses expire in various fiscal years
beginning 2015.
The US Tax Reform Act of 1986 limits the use of net operating
loss and tax credit carryforwards in the case of an
ownership change of a corporation or separate return
loss year limitations. Any ownership changes, as defined, may
restrict utilization of carryforwards.
As of October 31, 2010, we had unrecognized deferred tax
assets of approximately $1 million attributable to excess
tax deductions related to stock options, the benefit of which
will be credited to equity when realized.
We consider all operating income of foreign subsidiaries not to
be permanently reinvested outside Singapore. We have provided
$2 million for foreign taxes that may result from future
remittances of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries,
the cumulative amount of which is estimated to be
$131 million and $119 million as of November 1,
2009 and October 31, 2010, respectively.
Uncertain
Tax Positions
The gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by $3 million
during fiscal year 2010, resulting in gross unrecognized tax
benefit of $27 million as of October 31, 2010.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax
benefits within the provision for income taxes line in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued
interest and penalties are included within the other long-term
liabilities line in the consolidated balance sheet. As of
November 2, 2008, November 1, 2009 and
October 31, 2010, the combined amount of cumulative accrued
interest and penalties was approximately $3 million,
$4 million and $5 million, respectively.
97
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of gross
unrecognized tax benefits is summarized as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities and
related remeasurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during
prior periods
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during
prior periods
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during
current period
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A portion of our unrecognized tax benefits will affect our
effective tax rate if they are recognized upon favorable
resolution of the uncertain tax positions. As of
October 31, 2010, approximately $27 million of the
unrecognized tax benefits would affect our effective tax rate.
As of November 1, 2009, approximately $24 million of
the unrecognized tax benefits would affect our effective tax
rate.
Although the timing of the resolution
and/or
closure on audits is highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible
that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could
significantly change in the next 12 months. However, given
the number of years remaining subject to examination, we are
unable to estimate the range of possible adjustments to the
balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits.
We are subject to examination by the tax authorities with
respect to the periods subsequent to December 2005. We are not
under Singapore income tax examination at this time. The Company
is subject to Singapore income tax examinations for all years
from the year ended October 31, 2006. The Company is also
subject to examinations in major foreign jurisdictions,
including the United States, for all years from the year ended
October 31, 2006.
Interest expense of $86 million, $77 million and
$34 million for the years ended November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, respectively,
consisted primarily of (i) interest expense of
$82 million, $73 million and $32 million,
respectively, with respect to the senior notes, senior
subordinated notes, and previously outstanding debt under the
senior secured credit facilities, all issued or incurred in
connection with the SPG Acquisition, including commitment fees
for expired credit facilities; and (ii) amortization of
debt issuance costs of $4 million, $4 million and
$2 million, respectively.
|
|
13.
|
Other
Income (Expense), net
|
Other income (expense), net includes interest income, currency
gains (losses) on balance sheet remeasurement and other
miscellaneous items. The following table presents the detail of
other income (expense), net (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Other income
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other expense
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
14.
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
Printer
ASICs Business
In fiscal year 2006, we sold our Printer ASICs Business to
Marvell Technology Group Ltd. for net proceeds of
$245 million in cash plus potential earn-out payments of up
to $35 million. We received $25 million as an earn-out
payment in fiscal year 2008 from Marvell and recorded these
amounts as gains on discontinued operations.
Image
Sensor Operations
In November 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell
our Image Sensor operations to Micron Technology, Inc. for
$53 million. Our agreement with Micron also provides for up
to $17 million in additional earn-out payments by Micron to
us upon the achievement of certain milestones. During fiscal
year 2008, we received an earn-out payment of $6 million
from Micron.
Infra-red
Operations
In October 2007, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell
our Infra-red operations to Lite-On Technology Corporation for
$19 million in cash, $2 million payable upon receipt
of local regulatory approvals, and the right to receive
guaranteed cost reductions or rebates of $10 million based
on our future purchases of non infra-red products from Lite-On
(which we recorded as an asset based on the estimated fair
values of the future cost reductions or rebates). During the
quarter ended August 3, 2008, we formally notified Lite-On
that the first phase of planned cost reductions had not been
achieved and requested that they issue a rebate of
$4.9 million. Under the agreement, we also agreed to a
minimum purchase commitment of non infra-red products over the
next three years. This transaction closed in January 2008 and we
recorded a gain of $3 million in the first quarter, which
was reported within income from and gain on discontinued
operations in the consolidated statement of operations. The
transaction was subject to certain post closing adjustments in
accordance with the agreement. During fiscal year 2008, we
entered into settlement discussions with Lite-On regarding the
remaining sales price receivable and the cost reductions and
based on those discussions, determined that certain amounts due
would likely not be received. As such, we recorded an overall
loss from disposal of Infra-red operations of $5 million
during fiscal year 2008. During fiscal year 2009, we received
the remaining $2 million receivable from Lite-On in
accordance with the finalized settlement agreement.
The following table summarizes the results of operations of the
Infra-red operations, included in discontinued operations in our
consolidated statements of operations for the year ended
November 2, 2008 (in millions). There was no impact to the
results of operations during the years ended November 1,
2009 and October 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Costs, expenses and other income, net
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Loss on sale of operation
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from and loss on discontinued operations, net of
taxes
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASC 280 Segment Reporting, or ASC 280,
establishes standards for the way public business enterprises
report information about operating segments in annual
consolidated financial statements and requires that those
enterprises report selected information about operating segments
in interim financial reports. ASC 280 also establishes
standards for related disclosures about products and services,
geographic areas and major customers. We have concluded that we
have one reportable segment based on the following factors:
sales of semiconductors represents our only material source of
revenue; substantially all products offered incorporate analog
functionality and are manufactured under similar manufacturing
processes; we use an integrated approach in developing our
products in that discrete technologies developed are frequently
integrated across many of our products; we use a common order
fulfillment process and similar distribution approach for our
products; and broad distributor
99
networks are typically utilized while large accounts are
serviced by a direct sales force. The Chief Executive Officer
has been identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker as
defined by ASC 280.
The following table presents net revenue and long-lived asset
information based on geographic region. Net revenue is based on
the geographic location of the distributors or OEMs who
purchased the Companys products, which may differ from the
geographic location of the end customers. Long-lived assets
include property, plant and equipment and are based on the
physical location of the assets (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
China
|
|
$
|
365
|
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
|
$
|
662
|
|
United States
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Korea
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
Rest of the World
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,699
|
|
|
$
|
1,484
|
|
|
$
|
2,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Long-lived assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
132
|
|
|
$
|
147
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Rest of the World
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
264
|
|
|
$
|
281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Kohlberg
Kravis Roberts & Co., or KKR, and Silver Lake
Partners, or Silver Lake
As of October 31, 2010, KKR and Silver Lake together, the
Sponsors, through their investments in Bali Investments
S.àr.l., indirectly own approximately 48% of our shares. We
previously entered into an advisory agreement with affiliates of
the Sponsors, for ongoing consulting and management advisory
services. Pursuant to the advisory agreement, we also recorded
less than $1 million of advisory fees payable to each of
KKR and Silver Lake during the year ended November 2, 2009
in connection with a qualifying acquisition. The advisory
agreement was terminated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2009, in connection with our Initial Public Offering, or IPO. As
a result, we recorded $54 million related to the
termination of the advisory agreement with the Sponsors. We also
recorded $4 million in selling shareholder expenses, in
connection with the IPO, on behalf of the Sponsors and other
selling shareholders.
Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement dated
as of February 3, 2006 among Avago Technologies and
participants in our investor group and certain other persons,
two representatives of each Sponsor serve on our board of
directors. We granted each member of our board of directors,
including these individuals, an option to purchase 50,000
ordinary shares, with an exercise price equal to the fair market
value on the date of the grant as determined by our board of
directors, a term of 5 years and vesting at a rate of 20%
per year. In addition, we pay these individuals $50,000 per year
for service on our board of directors, quarterly in arrears and
prorated for any partial quarter and an additional $10,000 per
year for service on any
sub-committees
of our board of directors.
100
Capstone
Consulting
Capstone Consulting, or Capstone, an affiliate of KKR was
granted options to purchase 800,000 ordinary shares with an
exercise price of $5.00 per share on February 3, 2006.
These options were no longer subject to variable accounting as
700,000 of the option shares vested by the end of the first
quarter of fiscal year 2010 and performance targets related to
the remaining 100,000 option shares were not met and these
100,000 options shares did not vest.
Bali
Investments S.àr.l, Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd. and
Geyser Investment Pte. Ltd.
In connection with the January Offering, selling shareholders
Bali Investments S.àr.l, Geyser Investments Pte. Ltd. and
Seletar Investment Pte. Ltd. agreed to reimburse the Company for
two-thirds of the expenses of the January Offering.
Flextronics
Mr. James A. Davidson, a director, also serves as a
director of Flextronics International Ltd., or Flextronics. In
the ordinary course of business, we sell certain of our products
to Flextronics.
Hewlett-Packard
Company
Mr. John R. Joyce, a director until March 26, 2010,
also serves as a director of Hewlett-Packard Company. In the
ordinary course of business, we sell certain of our products to
Hewlett-Packard Company. We also use Hewlett-Packard Company as
a service provider for information technology services.
PMC
Sierra, Inc.
Mr. James Diller, a director and the chairman of our board
of directors, also serves on the board of directors of PMC
Sierra, Inc., or PMC Sierra, as vice-chairman. In the ordinary
course of business, we sell certain of our products to PMC
Sierra.
Unisteel
Technology Limited
Funds affiliated with KKR own substantially all the outstanding
shares of in Unisteel Technology Limited or Unisteel. During
fiscal year 2010, we purchased certain materials from Unisteel,
in the ordinary course of business.
101
Transactions and balances with our related parties were as
follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
November 2,
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Net revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flextronics
|
|
$
|
155
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
Hewlett-Packard
Company1
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
PMC Sierra
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KKR & Silver Lake (Advisory fees)
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
KKR & Silver Lake (Termination of Advisory agreement)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
KKR & Silver Lake (Selling shareholder expenses
associated with the IPO)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
KKR & Silver Lake (Advisory fees in connection with
the IPO)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hewlett-Packard
Company1
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Capstone (Share-based compensation)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
Unisteel Technology Limited
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flextronics
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
Hewlett-Packard
Company1
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Payables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KKR
|
|
$
|
|
*
|
|
$
|
|
*
|
Silver Lake
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
Hewlett-Packard
Company1
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
Unisteel Technology Limited
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents amounts less than $0.5 million. |
|
1 |
|
Amounts represent net revenue and operating expense
transactions with Hewlett-Packard Company through the six months
ended May 2, 2010, after which Hewlett-Packard ceased to be
a related party. |
|
|
17.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Commitments
Operating Lease Commitments. We lease certain
real property and equipment from third parties under
non-cancelable operating leases. Our future minimum lease
payments under these leases at October 31, 2010 were
$9 million for 2011, $7 million each for 2012 to 2015,
and $3 million thereafter.
Rent expense was $13 million $12 million and
$12 million for the years ended November 2, 2008,
November 1, 2009 and October 31, 2010, respectively.
102
Capital Lease Commitments. We lease a portion
of our equipment from unrelated third parties under
non-cancelable capital leases. Our future minimum lease payments
under these leases at October 31, 2010 were $3 million
for 2011, $1 million each for 2012 to 2014, and less than
$1 million each for 2015 and thereafter.
Purchase Commitments. At October 31,
2010, we had unconditional purchase obligations of
$56 million for fiscal year 2011 and none thereafter. These
unconditional purchase obligations include agreements to
purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally
binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including
fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or
variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the
transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are
cancelable without penalty.
Other Contractual Commitments. We entered into
several agreements related to IT, human resources and financial
infrastructure outsourcing and other services agreements. At
October 31, 2010, our commitments under these agreements
were $24 million for 2011, $13 million for 2012, and
$10 million for 2013, $3 million for 2014,
$1 million for 2015 and less than $1 million
thereafter.
Debt. At October 31, 2010, we had debt
obligations of $230 million which were redeemed on
December 1, 2010. Estimated future interest expense and
redemption premium payments related to debt obligations at
October 31, 2010 were $18 million for 2011 and none
thereafter. Estimated future interest expense payments include
interest payments on our outstanding notes, commitment fees, and
letter of credit fees. See Note 7. Senior Credit
Facility and Borrowings. and Note 18.
Subsequent Events.
Contingencies
From time to time, we are involved in litigation that we believe
is of the type common to companies engaged in our line of
business, including commercial disputes and employment issues.
As of the date of this filing, we are not involved in any
pending legal proceedings that we believe would likely have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows. However, certain pending disputes
involve claims by third parties that our activities infringe
their patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual
property rights. These claims generally involve the demand by a
third-party that we cease the manufacture, use or sale of the
allegedly infringing products, processes or technologies
and/or pay
substantial damages or royalties for past, present and future
use of the allegedly infringing intellectual property. For
example, on July 23, 2009, TriQuint Semiconductor, Inc.
filed a complaint against us and certain of our subsidiaries in
the U.S. District Court, District of Arizona seeking
declaratory judgment that four of our patents relating to RF
filter technology used in our wireless products are invalid and,
if valid, that TriQuints products do not infringe any of
those patents. TriQuint has subsequently withdrew those claims
with respect to three of those four patents. In addition,
TriQuint claims that certain of our wireless products infringe
three of its patents. TriQuint is seeking damages in an
unspecified amount, treble damages for alleged willful
infringement, attorneys fees and injunctive relief. We filed our
answer and initial counterclaim on September 17, 2009,
denying infringement, asserting the invalidity of
TriQuints patents and asserting infringement by TriQuint
of ten Avago patents and filed additional counterclaims on
March 25, 2010 for the misappropriation of Avago trade
secrets. On October 16, 2009, TriQuint filed its answer to
our initial counterclaim, denying infringement and filed an
antitrust counterclaim and counterclaims for declaratory
judgment of non infringement and invalidity. While the court
dismissed TriQuints antitrust counterclaims on procedural
grounds on March 16, 2010, TriQuint has since filed a
motion to file an amended pleading for its anti-trust claims,
which was granted on August 3, 2010. We intend to defend
this lawsuit vigorously, and future actions may include the
assertion by us of additional claims or counterclaims against
TriQuint related to our intellectual property portfolio.
In addition, on February 8, 2010, PixArt Imaging Inc. filed
an action against us in the U.S District Court, Northern
District of California seeking a determination of whether PixArt
is licensed to use our portfolio of patents for optical finger
navigation products pursuant to an existing cross-license
agreement between us and PixArt, which license is limited to
optical mouse and optical mouse trackball products. We did not
license to PixArt our patents for optical finger navigation
products. We intend to defend this action vigorously and to seek
to have the scope of the cross-license agreement properly
construed by the court as excluding such products. We also filed
a counterclaim against PixArt on March 31, 2010, asserting
that PixArt has breached the terms of the cross-license
agreement between the parties. We are seeking a determination
that PixArt is not licensed to use our portfolio of patents for
103
optical finger navigation products, damages in an unspecified
amount, termination for breach, or rescission, of the license
agreement and attorneys fees.
On March 15, 2010 we filed a patent infringement action
against ST Microelectronics NV in the Eastern District of Texas
for infringement of four of our patents related to optical
navigation devices. We amended the complaint on July 6,
2010 adding infringement of a fifth optical navigation related
patent to the action. We are seeking injunctive relief, damages
in an unspecified amount, treble damages for willful
infringement and attorneys fees. In response, ST
Microelectronics filed a patent infringement action against us
in the Northern District of Texas alleging that our sales of
certain optical navigation devices infringed two ST
Microelectronics patents. ST Microelectronics is seeking
injunctive relief and damages in an unspecified amount. ST
Microelectronics filed a second suit against us on
November 5, 2010 in the Northern District of California
alleging certain anticompetitive actions by us in the optical
navigation sensor market. ST Microelectronics is seeking
injunctive and compensatory relief under the Sherman Act and the
Clayton Act and Attorneys fees. We have not yet filed our
response. We intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously, and
future actions may include the assertion by us of additional
claims or counterclaims against ST Microelectronics related to
our intellectual property portfolio.
Claims that our products or processes infringe or misappropriate
any third-party intellectual property rights (including claims
arising through our contractual indemnification of our
customers) often involve highly complex, technical issues, the
outcome of which is inherently uncertain. Moreover, from time to
time we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property
rights. Regardless of the merit or resolution of any such
litigation, complex intellectual property litigation is
generally costly and diverts the efforts and attention of our
management and technical personnel.
Warranty
Commencing in fiscal year 2008, we notified certain customers of
a product quality issue and began taking additional steps to
correct the quality issue and work with affected customers to
determine potential costs covered by our warranty obligations.
We maintain insurance coverage for product liability and have
been working with our insurance carriers to determine the extent
of covered losses in this situation. Based on settlements with
customers to date, the status of discussions with other affected
customers and discussions with our insurance carriers, we
recorded a charge of $2 million during fiscal year 2009 to
cover costs relating to this quality issue in excess of expected
insurance coverage. We continue to have discussions with
affected customers and presently believe that amounts we have
recorded in our financial statements along with expected
insurance coverage proceeds will be adequate to resolve these
claims, although this assessment is subject to change based on
the ultimate resolution of this matter with customers and the
insurance carriers. In addition, if the timing of settlement of
claims with customers and the timing of determination of
insurance recoveries do not occur in the same reporting periods,
there could be material increases in charges to statement of
operations in a future period and decreases in a subsequent
period once insurance recoveries are deemed probable of
realization.
During fiscal year 2009 we identified another product quality
issue with a particular component, took steps to correct the
quality issue and notified our customers. Though the expected
failure rate of the product was not 100%, based on our quality
tests, we have offered to replace all such components used or
still held by our customers. We recorded charges of
$6 million during fiscal year 2009 related to this product
quality issue, based on the progress of discussions with our
customers and our evaluation of the best estimate of our
exposure related to this matter, which covered costs to scrap
inventory of such components held by us and costs associated
with providing replacement parts to customers. During fiscal
year 2010, we recorded additional charges of $11 million to
cover customer claims for reimbursements of costs incurred by
such customers related to this product quality issue. During the
fiscal year 2010, we reached final settlement agreements with
certain customers on this product quality issue. The final
settlement amounts approximate the estimated accrued warranty
obligations for those customers. In addition, we made
$2 million of cash settlement payments in connection with
these agreements during fiscal year 2010, resulting in a
$2 million decrease in the warranty accrual for this
product quality issue during the same period. We presently
believe that amounts we have recorded in our financial
statements will be adequate to resolve any warranty obligations
related to this issue, although this assessment is subject to
change based on the ultimate resolution of this matter with
remaining customers. We continue to have discussions with
affected customers on the matter and
104
although we have made our best estimate of the expected warranty
obligation based on available information, we could record
further charges in future periods based on the ultimate
resolution of this matter with such customers.
Indemnifications
to Hewlett-Packard and Agilent
Agilent Technologies, Inc. has given multiple indemnities to
Hewlett-Packard Company in connection with its activities prior
to its spin-off from Hewlett-Packard Company in June 1999 for
the businesses that constituted Agilent prior to the spin-off.
As the successor to the SPG business of Agilent, we may acquire
responsibility for indemnifications related to assigned
intellectual property agreements. Additionally, when we
completed the SPG Acquisition in December 2005, we provided
indemnities to Agilent with regard to Agilents conduct of
the SPG business prior the SPG Acquisition. In our opinion, the
fair value of these indemnifications is not material.
Other
Indemnifications
As is customary in our industry and as provided for in local law
in the United States and other jurisdictions, many of our
standard contracts provide remedies to our customers and others
with whom we enter into contracts, such as defense, settlement,
or payment of judgment for intellectual property claims related
to the use of our products. From time to time, we indemnify
customers, as well as our suppliers, contractors, lessors,
lessees, companies that purchase our businesses or assets and
others with whom we enter into contracts, against combinations
of loss, expense, or liability arising from various triggering
events related to the sale and the use of our products, the use
of their goods and services, the use of facilities and state of
our owned facilities, the state of the assets and businesses
that we sell and other matters covered by such contracts,
usually up to a specified maximum amount. In addition, from time
to time we also provide protection to these parties against
claims related to undiscovered liabilities, additional product
liability or environmental obligations. In our experience,
claims made under such indemnifications are rare and the
associated estimated fair value of the liability is not material.
On December 1, 2010, our subsidiaries, Avago Technologies
Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. and Avago
Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc. redeemed the
remaining $230 million aggregate principal amount
outstanding of senior subordinated notes due at a redemption
price of 105.938% of their principal amount, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon up to, but not including, the redemption
date. We paid an aggregate of $258 million in respect of
the redemption of the senior subordinated, including accrued and
unpaid interest to but not including the redemption date
resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt of
$19 million, which consisted of $14 million premium
and a $5 million write-off of debt issuance costs and other
related expenses.
We declared our first interim cash dividend of $0.07 per
ordinary share to holders of record at the close of business
(5:00 p.m.), Eastern Time, on December 15, 2010 with
such dividend to be paid on December 30, 2010.
We filed a prospectus supplement, dated December 6, 2010,
with the SEC relating to sale of 25,000,000 of our ordinary
shares by certain of our shareholders in a registered public
offering, or the December Offering. This transaction closed on
December 10, 2010. We did not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares sold in the December Offering.
105
Supplementary
Financial Data Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
February 1,
|
|
|
May 3,
|
|
|
August 2,
|
|
|
November 1,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
May 2,
|
|
|
August 1,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
368
|
|
|
$
|
325
|
|
|
$
|
363
|
|
|
$
|
428
|
|
|
$
|
456
|
|
|
$
|
515
|
|
|
$
|
550
|
|
|
$
|
572
|
|
Cost of products sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of products sold
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
Research and Development
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advisory agreement termination fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling shareholder expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
(31
|
)
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
123
|
|
|
$
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
0.51
|
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
|
Shares used in per share calculations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
106
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Charged/
|
|
Charges
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
Credited to
|
|
Utilized/
|
|
End of
|
|
|
of Period
|
|
Net Loss
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
Period
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended November 2, 2008
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
124
|
|
|
$
|
(125
|
)
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
Year ended November 1, 2009
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
13
|
|
Year ended October 31, 2010
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
16
|
|
Income tax valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended November 2, 2008
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
(25
|
)
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
Year ended November 1, 2009
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
32
|
|
Year ended October 31, 2010
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Accounts receivable allowances include allowance for doubtful
accounts, sales returns and distributor credits. |
107
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness
of Avagos disclosure controls and procedures as of
October 31, 2010. The term disclosure controls and
procedures, as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a
company that are designed to ensure that information required to
be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or
submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
SECs rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures
include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to
ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in
the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is
accumulated and communicated to the companys management,
including its principal executive and principal financial
officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives
and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating
the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and
procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls
and procedures as of October 31, 2010, our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such
date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at
the reasonable assurance level.
Managements
Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting for the
Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or
under the supervision of, the companys principal executive
and principal financial officers and effected by the
companys board of directors, management and other
personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles and includes those
policies and procedures that:
|
|
|
|
|
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company;
|
|
|
|
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and
|
|
|
|
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
|
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods
are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2010. In
making this assessment, the companys management used the
criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, our
management concluded that, as of October 31, 2010, our
internal control over financial reporting is effective based on
those criteria.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of October 31, 2010 has been audited
by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in
Part II, Item 8. of this
Form 10-K.
108
Changes
in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.
No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended
October 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
On December 13, 2010, we received notification from the
Industrial Abritration Court of Singapore that the court, on
December 8, 2010, approved our Collective Agreement, dated
October 28, 2010, between Avago Technologies Manufacturing
(Singapore) Pte Ltd (and its Singapore affiliates) and the
United Workers of Electronic and Electrical Industries. This
collective bargaining agreement applies to approximately 400 of
our 1,000 employees in Singapore, none of whom are in
management or supervisory positions, and is effective from
July 1, 2010 until its expiration on June 30, 2013.
PART III.
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
The information regarding our directors, executive officers and
compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, set
forth in the sections entitled Proposal 1
Election of Directors, Executive Officers,
Corporate Governance and Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance, in our
definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual General Meeting
of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of
the end of our 2010 fiscal year pursuant to General
Instruction G(3) to
Form 10-K
is hereby incorporated by reference in this section.
We have adopted a written Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
that applies to all of our employees and directors, including
our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar
functions and have posted it in the Investors
Governance section of our website, which is located at
www.avagotech.com. We intend to satisfy any disclosure
requirement under Item 5.05 of
Form 8-K
regarding any amendments to, or waivers from, our Code of Ethics
and Business Conduct by posting such information on our website
at the internet address and location above.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information regarding executive compensation required by
this Item 11 set forth in the sections entitled
Director Compensation, Compensation Discussion
and Analysis, Executive Compensation,
Compensation Committee Report and Corporate
Governance Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation in our definitive Proxy Statement for our
2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the
SEC within 120 days of the end of our 2010 fiscal year
pursuant to General Instruction G(3) to
Form 10-K
is hereby incorporated by reference in this section. However,
the Compensation Committee Report included in such definitive
Proxy Statement shall not be deemed filed with the
SEC for the purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or
otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall
it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing made by us
with the SEC, regardless of any general incorporation language
in such filing.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
The information regarding security ownership of certain
beneficial owners and management and related shareholder matters
required by this Item 12 set forth in the section entitled
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors
and Executive Officers and Executive
Compensation Equity Compensation Plan
Information in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011
Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC
within 120 days of the end of our 2010 fiscal year pursuant
to General Instruction G(3) to
Form 10-K
is hereby incorporated by reference in this section.
109
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
The information regarding certain relationships, related
transactions and director independence required by this
Item 13 set forth in the sections entitled Corporate
Governance and Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions in our definitive Proxy Statement for our
2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the
SEC within 120 days of the end of our 2010 fiscal year
pursuant to General Instruction G(3) to
Form 10-K
is hereby incorporated by reference in this section.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information regarding principal accounting fees and services
required by this Item 14 set forth in the proposal relating
to the re-appointment of our independent registered public
accounting firm in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011
Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the
Commission within 120 days of the end of our 2010 fiscal
year pursuant to General Instruction G(3) to
Form 10-K
is hereby incorporated by reference in this section.
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS,
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a) The following are filed as part of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K:
1. Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements are included in
Item 8 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31,
2010 and November 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
October 31, 2010, November 1, 2009 and
November 2, 2008
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity and
Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended October 31,
2010, November 1, 2009 and November 2, 2008
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
October 31, 2010, November 1, 2009 and
November 2, 2008
|
2. Financial Statement Schedules
The financial statement schedule required by Item 15(a)
(Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts) is
included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Schedules not filed have been omitted because they are not
applicable, are not required or the information required to be
set forth therein is included in the financial statements or
notes thereto.
3. Exhibits
The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately
preceding the exhibits are filed with or incorporated by
reference in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
110
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED
Name: Hock E. Tan
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Date: December 15, 2010
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby
authorizes and appoints Hock E. Tan, Douglas R. Bettinger and
Patricia H. McCall, and each of them, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without
the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute
in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in
each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments
to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming
all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or
their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant in the capacities indicated and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Hock
E. Tan
Hock
E. Tan
|
|
President and Chief Executive
Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Douglas
R. Bettinger
Douglas
R. Bettinger
|
|
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
Diller
James
Diller
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Adam
H. Clammer
Adam
H. Clammer
|
|
Director
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
A. Davidson
James
A. Davidson
|
|
Director
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenneth
Y. Hao
Kenneth
Y. Hao
|
|
Director
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ David
M. Kerko
David
M. Kerko
|
|
Director
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Justine
Lien
Justine
Lien
|
|
Director
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Donald
Macleod
Donald
Macleod
|
|
Director
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Bock
Seng Tan
Bock
Seng Tan
|
|
Director
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
112
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
2
|
.1#
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 14, 2005, between
Agilent Technologies, Inc. and Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd.
|
|
Agilent Technologies, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K
(Commission File No. 001-15405)
|
|
Aug. 15, 2005
|
|
|
|
2
|
.2#
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
November 30, 2005, between Agilent Technologies, Inc. and
Avago Technologies Limited.
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 21, 2009
|
|
|
|
2
|
.3#
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
December 29, 2006, between Agilent Technologies, Inc. and
Avago Technologies Limited.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
2
|
.4#
|
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated November 17, 2006, by
and among Avago Technologies Limited, Avago Technologies Imaging
Holding (Labuan) Corporation, Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.)
Inc., other sellers and Micron Technology, Inc.
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 21, 2009
|
|
|
|
2
|
.5#
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2007, by and
among Avago Technologies Limited, Avago Technologies General IP
(Singapore) Pte. Ltd., other sellers and Lite-On Technology
Corporation (Lite-On Asset Purchase Agreement).
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 21, 2009
|
|
|
|
2
|
.6#
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Lite-On Asset Purchase Agreement and
Non-Competition Agreement, dated January 8, 2008.
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 21, 2009
|
|
|
|
2
|
.7
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Lite-On Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
January 21, 2009.
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
2
|
.8#
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 25, 2008, by and among
Avago Technologies GmbH, Avago Technologies International Sales
Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Wireless IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.,
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and Infineon Technologies
AG.
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 21, 2009
|
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Memorandum and Articles of Association.
|
|
Avago Technologies Limited Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
001-34428).
|
|
Aug. 14, 2009
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of Specimen Share Certificate for Registrants
Ordinary Shares.
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement, dated
August 11, 2009, among Avago Technologies Limited, Silver
Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Technology
Investors II Cayman, L.P., Integral Capital Partners VII,
L.P., KKR Millennium Fund (Overseas), Limited Partnership, KKR
European Fund, Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund II,
Limited Partnership, KKR Partners (International), Limited
Partnership, Capstone Equity Investors LLC, Avago Investment
Partners, Limited Partnership, Bali Investments S.àr.l.,
Seletar Investments Pte Ltd, Geyser Investment Pte. Ltd. and
certain other Persons
|
|
Avago Technologies Limited Current Report on Form 8-K
(Commission File No. 001-34428).
|
|
Aug. 14, 2009
|
|
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 2005,
among Avago Technologies Limited, Silver Lake Partners II
Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman,
L.P., Integral Capital Partners VII, L.P., KKR Millennium Fund
(Overseas), Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund, Limited
Partnership, KKR European Fund II, Limited Partnership, KKR
Partners (International), Limited Partnership, Capstone Equity
Investors LLC, Avago Investment Partners, Limited Partnership,
Bali Investments S.àr.l., Seletar Investments Pte Ltd,
Geyser Investment Pte. Ltd. and certain other Persons
(Registration Rights Agreement).
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Registration Statement on
Form F-4 (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Sep. 29, 2006
|
|
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated
August 21, 2008.
|
|
Avago Technologies Limited Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Aug. 21, 2008
|
|
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Share Option Agreement, dated February 3, 2006, between
Avago Technologies Limited and Capstone Equity Investors LLC.
|
|
Avago Technologies Limited Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Aug. 21, 2008
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Sublease Agreement, dated June 5, 2009, between Agilent
Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Avago Technologies
Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., relating to Avagos
facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Lease No. I/33183P issued by Singapore Housing and
Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land
and structures comprised in Lot 1935X of Mukim 19, dated
September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease
I/49501Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to
Avagos facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Registration Statement on
Form F-4 (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Nov. 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Lease No. I/31607P issued by Singapore Housing and
Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land
and structures comprised in Lot 1937C of Mukim 19, dated
September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease
I/49499Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to
Avagos facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Registration Statement on
Form F-4 (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Nov. 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Lease No. I/33182P issued by Singapore Housing and
Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land
and structures comprised in Lot 2134N of Mukim 19, dated
September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease
I/49500Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to
Avagos facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Registration Statement on
Form F-4 (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Nov. 15, 2006
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Lease No. I/33160P issued by Singapore Housing and
Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land
and structures comprised in Lot 1975P of Mukim 19, dated
September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease
I/49502Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to
Avagos facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Registration Statement on
Form F-4 (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Nov. 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Tenancy Agreement, dated October 24, 2005, between Agilent
Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies
(Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating
to Avagos facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone,
11900 Penang, Malaysia.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Supplemental Agreement to Tenancy Agreement, dated
December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia)
Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a
Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avagos facility at
Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Subdivision and Use Agreement, dated December 1, 2005,
between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago
Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn.
Bhd.), relating to Avagos facility at Bayan Lepas Free
Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated December 1, 2005,
between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago
Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn.
Bhd.), relating to Avagos facility at Bayan Lepas Free
Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent
Technologies, Inc. and Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., relating to
Avagos facility at 350 West Trimble Road,
San Jose, California 95131.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
First Amendment to Lease Agreement (Building 90) and
Service Level Agreement, dated January 10, 2007,
between Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. and Lumileds Lighting B.V.
relating to Avagos facilities at 350 West Trimble
Road, San Jose, California 95131.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago
Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Finance
S.àr.l., Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a
Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.)
Manufacturing Inc. and Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., as
borrowers, Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd., each lender
from time to time parties thereto, Citicorp International
Limited (Hong Kong), as Asian Administrative Agent, Citicorp
North America, Inc., as
Tranche B-1
Term Loan Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent,
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint
Lead Bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger,
Joint Lead Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and Credit Suisse,
as Documentation Agent (Credit Agreement).
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated
December 23, 2005.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Amendment No. 2, Consent and Waiver under Credit Agreement,
dated April 16, 2006.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated October 8,
2007.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated July 1,
2010.
|
|
Avago Technology Limited Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission
File No. 001-34428)
|
|
Jul. 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
10
|
.17+
|
|
2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.18+
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago
Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries (Amended and Restated
Effective as of February 25, 2008).
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Amendment No. 1 to Annual
Report on Form 20-F/A (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Feb. 27, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.19+
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago
Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries (Amended and Restated
Effective as of February 25, 2008).
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Amendment No. 1 to Annual
Report on Form 20-F/A (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Feb. 27, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.20+
|
|
Form of Management Shareholders Agreement.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.21+
|
|
Form of MSA Termination Agreement
|
|
Avago Technology Limited Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission
File No. 001-34428)
|
|
Sept. 24, 2010
|
|
|
|
10
|
.22+
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended
and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of
Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for U.S. employees.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.23+
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Equity
Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies
Limited and Subsidiaries for employees in Singapore.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.24+
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Equity
Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies
Limited and Subsidiaries for U.S. employees granted rollover
options.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
10
|
.25+
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended
and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management
Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for
U.S. non-employee directors.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.26+
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended
and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management
Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for
non-employee directors in Singapore.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Registration Statement on
Form F-4 (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Sep. 29, 2006
|
|
|
|
10
|
.27+
|
|
Amended and Restated Offer Letter Agreement, dated July 17,
2009, between Avago Technologies Limited and Hock E. Tan.
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 21, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.28+
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 17,
2009, between Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. and Bryan Ingram.
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 21, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.29+
|
|
Offer Letter Agreement, dated March 20, 2007, between Avago
Technologies and Patricia H. McCall.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Amendment No. 1 to Annual
Report on Form 20-F/A (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Feb. 27, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.30+
|
|
Offer Letter Agreement, dated July 4, 2008, between Avago
Technologies and Douglas R. Bettinger.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Current Report on Form 6-K
(Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Jul. 16, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.31+
|
|
Form of indemnification agreement between Avago and each of its
directors.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Amendment No. 1 to Annual
Report on Form 20-F/A (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Feb. 27, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.32+
|
|
Form of indemnification agreement between Avago and each of its
officers.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Amendment No. 1 to Annual
Report on Form 20-F/A (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Feb. 27, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Ft. Collins Supply Agreement, dated October 28, 2005
between Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing, Inc.
and Palau Acquisition Corporation.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Amendment No. 1 to Annual
Report on Form 20-F/A (Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Jun. 16, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Statement of Work, dated January 27, 2006, between KKR
Capstone and Avago Technologies.
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Oct. 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Distribution Agreement, dated March 26, 2008, between Avago
Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited and Arrow
Electronics, Inc.
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 21, 2009
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
10
|
.36+
|
|
Severance Benefits Agreement, dated December 3, 2008,
between Avago Technologies Limited and Patricia H. McCall.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Current Report on Form 6-K
(Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Mar. 5, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.37+
|
|
Offer Letter Agreement, dated December 5, 2008, between
Avago Technologies Limited and B.C. Ooi.
|
|
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. Current Report on Form 6-K
(Commission File No. 333-137664)
|
|
Mar. 5, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.38+
|
|
Deferred Compensation Plan.
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 2, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.40+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement Under Avago Technologies Limited 2009
Equity Incentive Award Plan.
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to Avago Technologies Limited Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.41+
|
|
Form of Notice and Restricted Share Unit Agreement Under Avago
Technologies Limited 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
10
|
.42+
|
|
Form of Amendment to the Equity Incentive Plan for Senior
Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and
Subsidiaries.
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Commission File No. 333-153127)
|
|
Jul. 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
10
|
.43+
|
|
Termination and Agreement, dated January 21, 2010, among
Avago Technologies Limited, Bali Investments S.àr.l and
Dick M. Chang
|
|
Avago Technologies Limited Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Commission File No. 333-164368)
|
|
Jan. 25, 2010
|
|
|
|
10
|
.44+
|
|
Avago Performance Bonus Plan, effective November 1, 2009.
|
|
Avago Technologies Limited Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
(Commission File No. 001-34428)
|
|
Jun. 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
10
|
.45+
|
|
Employee Share Purchase Plan (amended and restated effective as
of June 2, 2010).
|
|
Avago Technologies Limited Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
(Commission File No. 001-34428)
|
|
Jun. 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
10
|
.46
|
|
Collective Agreement, dated October 28, 2010, between Avago
Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte Ltd (and its Singapore
affiliates) and United Workers of Electronic &
Electrical Industries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
12
|
.1
|
|
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (see signature page to this
Form 10-K).
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Referenced Herein
|
|
Filed
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
Form
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
Herewith
|
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
Rule 13a-14
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
Rule 13a-14
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
+ |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
|
# |
|
Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of
Regulation S-K.
Avago Technologies hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally
copies of any omitted schedules upon request by the SEC. |
|
|
|
Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately
with the SEC. |
121
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
DATED THIS DAY OF 2009
BETWEEN
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE PTE LTD
(LANDLORD)
AND
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MANUFACTURING (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD
(TENANT)
*******************************************
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
*******************************************
SUBLEASE SUMMARY
|
|
|
Sublease Date: |
|
,2009 |
|
Landlord:
|
|
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE PTE LTD, a Singapore company |
|
|
|
Tenant:
|
|
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MANUFACTURING (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD (including its
subsidiary and affiliated companies), a Singapore company |
|
|
|
Contact (Landlord):
|
|
Agilent Technologies Singapore Pte Ltd |
|
|
No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923 |
|
|
|
Contact (Tenant):
|
|
Avago Technologies Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., |
|
|
No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923 |
|
|
|
Premises:
|
|
Those certain premises (deemed to contain 117,289.59 net lettable
square feet or 10,896.46 net lettable square meters of floor area)
located on 1st, 2nd, 3rd and basement floors of the Building (as
defined herein) located at No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923, as
more particularly described on the site map appended hereto as Exhibit A-1 (the Site Man) |
|
|
|
Project:
|
|
That certain real estate project consisting of the Building (as defined
herein), the Common Area (as defined herein) and other ancillary
improvements of which the Premises are a part. |
|
|
|
Sublease Term:
|
|
The period of time commencing on the Commencement Date (as defined
herein) and ending at midnight on the Expiration Date (as defined
herein), unless sooner terminated or later extended as provided in the
Sublease Agreement. |
|
|
|
Commencement Date
|
|
1 December 2010 |
|
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
30 November 2015 |
|
|
|
Option Term
|
|
2 options to renew, each for a further period of 5 years at the then
prevailing market rent. |
|
|
|
Monthly Base Rent:
|
|
The agreed sum payable by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Sublease
Agreement is as follows :
|
|
|
1 December 2010 to 30 November 2012 : the sum of S$120,808.28
calculated at the rate of S$1.03 per square foot per month
1 December 2012 to 30 November 2013 : the sum of S$140,747.51
calculated at the rate of S$1.20 per square foot per month
1 December 2013 to 30 November 2015 : the sum of S$158,340.95
calculated at the rate of S$1.35 per square foot per month |
|
|
|
Permitted Use:
|
|
The manufacture of semiconductor products and components and office use
relating thereto (the Business Use)], in any case in accordance with
applicable Laws and Private Restrictions; and no other use. |
|
|
|
Tenants Contribution
|
|
The sum of S$52,780.32 per month calculated at the rate of S$0.45 per
square foot per month. |
1
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
|
|
To Landlord |
(Section 17.9) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agilent Technologies Singapore Pte Ltd |
|
|
No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923 |
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
|
|
To Tenant |
(Section 17.9) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Avago Technologies Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte Ltd |
|
|
No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923 |
The provisions of the Sublease Agreement identified above in parentheses are those provisions
making reference to the above-described Sublease Agreement terms. Each reference in the Sublease
Agreement shall incorporate the applicable Sublease Agreement terms. In the event of any conflict
between this Sublease Summary and the Sublease Agreement, the Sublease Agreement shall control.
2
THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this Sublease Agreement or Agreement), dated as of , is
made by and between AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE PTE LTD, a company organized under the laws of
Singapore and having its registered address at No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923
(Landlord), and AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MANUFACTURING (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD., a company
organized under the laws of Singapore and having its registered address at 8 Cross Street, #11-00
PWC Building, Singapore 048424 together with its subsidiary and affiliated companies, successors
and assignees, (Tenant) (each of Landlord and Tenant being a Party and
collectively, the Parties).
RECITALS
WHEREAS
A. |
|
The Housing and Development Board (HDB) is the lessor under the Head Leases (Head
Leases), which is more particularly defined in Clause 1.14 herein, and the Landlord is the lessee
under the Head Leases of a large development project (the Project), as more particularly described in the
Head Leases. |
|
B. |
|
Upon the request of the Tenant, the Landlord has agreed to grant to the Tenant a sublease of
the Premises (which is more particularly defined in the Sublease Summary) subject to the written
approval of HDB and all relevant authorities. The Premises is part of the Project. |
|
C. |
|
Both the Landlord has agreed to let to the Tenant and Tenant has agreed to rent from the
Landlord, the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. |
AGREEMENT
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
Any term that is given a special meaning by this Section or by any other provision of this Sublease
Agreement (including the exhibits attached hereto) shall have such meaning when used in this
Sublease Agreement or any addendum or amendment hereto.
1.1 |
|
Additional Rent is defined in Section 3.2. |
|
1.2 |
|
Agreed Interest Rate means that interest rate determined as of the time it is to be
applied that is equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) plus the base lending rate of DBS
Bank Ltd as published closest prior to the date when due, or (ii) the maximum interest rate
permitted by law. |
|
1.3 |
|
Building means the entire building comprised of two components commonly referred to
as Phase I and Phase II and located at No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore. |
|
1.4 |
|
Building Parking Areas shall mean those portions of the Common Areas consisting of
all surface and basement parking stalls located on the Project. |
|
1.5 |
|
Commencement Date has the meaning set forth in the Sublease Summary. |
|
1.6 |
|
Common Area means all areas and facilities within the Project that are not
designated by Landlord for the exclusive use of Tenant or Landlord or any other tenant or
other occupant of the Project, including without limitation, all entrances, hallways,
bathrooms, stairways, elevators, breakrooms and lobbies within the Buildings, as well as the
Building Parking Areas, loading docks, access and perimeter roads, pedestrian sidewalks, trash
enclosures, and the cafeteria. |
|
1.7 |
|
Consents has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.4. |
3
1.8 |
|
Environmental Condition means the Release of any Hazardous Substance caused or
permitted by Tenant or Tenants Agents in, over, on, under, through, from, or about the
Premises or Project. A Release shall not, however, have been permitted by Tenant or Tenants
Agents solely because Tenant or Tenants Agents are aware that Preexisting Hazardous
Substances exist or are migrating passively in, over, on, under, through, from, or about the
Premises or Project. |
|
1.9 |
|
Environmental Laws means all Laws relating to, or imposing standards regarding, the
protection of clean-up of the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface
water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), any Hazardous Substances Activity, the
preservation or protection of waterways, groundwater, drinking water, air, wildlife, plants or
other natural resources, or the exposure of any individual to Hazardous Substances, including
without limitation Protection of the health and safety of employees. |
|
1.10 |
|
Event of Default has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1. |
|
1.11 |
|
Expiration Date has the meaning set forth in the Sublease Summary, or the date upon
which this Sublease Agreement is sooner terminated or later extended pursuant to its terms. |
|
1.12 |
|
Hazardous Substances means any substance or material listed, defined, or regulated
by any Environmental Law, including without limitation: (i) any chemical, substance, material,
medical waste or other waste, living organism, or combination thereof which is or may be
hazardous to the environment or human or animal health or safety due to its radioactivity,
ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, explosivity, toxicity, carcinogenicity, mutagenicity,
phytotoxicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects;
(ii) petroleum hydrocarbons, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, radon,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), methane; and (iii) anything which now or in the future may
be defined, listed, or regulated as hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, extremely
hazardous wastes, hazardous materials, toxic substances, or pollutants by any
Environmental Law. |
|
1.13 |
|
Hazardous Substances Activity means the transportation, transfer,
recycling, storage, use, disposal, arranging for disposal, treatment, manufacture, removal,
remediation, release, exposure of others to, sale, or distribution of Hazardous Substances or
any product or waste containing Hazardous Substances, or product manufactured with ozone
depleting substances, including, without limitation, any required labeling, payment of waste
fees or charges (including so-called e-waste fees) and compliance with any product take-back
or product content requirements. |
|
1.14 |
|
HDB means the Housing and Development Board, the lessor under the Head Lease. |
|
1.15 |
|
Head Lease means, collectively, the following leases: |
|
(i) |
|
Lease No.I/33183P issued by HDB to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land
and structure(s) comprised in Lot 1935X of Mukim 19, which Lease was transferred to Landlord
as Transferee/Lessee vide Transfer I/36944P registered on 6 December 2000, and includes the
Variation of Lease I/49501Q registered 15 January 2002. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Lease No.I/31607P issued by HDB to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and
structure(s) comprised in Lot 1937C of Mukim 19, which Lease was transferred to Landlord
as Transferee/Lessee vide Transfer I/36944P registered on 6 December 2000, and includes the
Variation of Lease I/49499Q registered 16 January 2002. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Lease No.I/33182P issued by HDB to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and
structure(s) comprised in Lot 2134N of Mukim 19, which Lease was transferred to Landlord
as Transferee/Lessee vide Transfer I/36944P registered on 6 December 2000, and includes the
Variation of Lease I/49500Q registered 15 January 2002. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Lease No.I/33160P issued by HDB to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and
structure(s) comprised in Lot 1975P of Mukim 19, which Lease was transferred to
Landlord as Transferee/Lessee vide Transfer I/36944P registered on 6 December 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49502Q registered 16 January 2002. |
4
1.16 |
|
HVAC has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1. |
|
1.17 |
|
Improvements means all improvements, additions, alterations, removal and fixtures
installed in the Premises after the Commencement Date by Tenant or at Tenants request and
expense that are not Trade Fixtures, and shall include without limitation works relating to
internal partitions, floors and ceilings within, the Premises, electrical wiring, conduits,
light fittings and fixtures, electrical wiring, conduits, light fittings and fixtures, fire
protection devices, all plumbing and gas installations, pipes, apparatus, fittings and
fixtures; and all mechanical and electrical engineering works. |
|
1.18 |
|
Landlord has the meaning set forth is the introductory paragraph. |
|
1.19 |
|
Landlords Agents means the agents, employees and assigns (and their respective
agents and employees) of Landlord. |
|
1.20 |
|
Landlord Services is defined in Section 8.1. |
|
1.21 |
|
Law means any present or future judicial decision, statute, constitution,
ordinance, resolution, regulation, role, administrative order, Permit, standard, directive, notice, guideline, or
other requirement of any local, state, federal, or other government agency or authority, including
the HDB (including quasi-official entities such as a board of fire examiners, public utility of
special district) having jurisdiction over the Parties to this Sublease Agreement at or the Project or any
Permitted Use, including, as may be applicable, the HDH, Pollution Control Department (National Environment
Agency) and Urban Redevelopment Authority. |
|
1.22 |
|
Monthly Base Rent has the meaning set forth in the Sublease Summary. |
|
1.23 |
|
Option Term has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2. |
|
1.24 |
|
Permitted Use has the meaning set forth in the Sublease Summary. |
|
1.25 |
|
Preexisting Hazardous Substances means Hazardous Substances, if any,
existing in, on, under or about the Premises, Building or Project on or before the
Commencement Date in violation of applicable Environmental Laws. |
|
1.26 |
|
Premises has the meaning set forth in the Sublease Summary. |
|
1.27 |
|
Private Restrictions means all recorded covenants, conditions and
restrictions, private agreements, reciprocal easement agreements and any other recorded
instruments (herein encumbrances) affecting the use of
the Premises as of the date hereof, including without limitation the terms and conditions of the Head Lease and any other
conditions imposed by HDB in relation to the Premises or the Building, and all encumbrances so
recorded after the date hereof which do not materially interfere with Tenants then existing
use of the Premises or, alternatively, which were approved by Tenant, which approval shall not
be reasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that in no event shall
any Private Restriction prevent, limit or restrict Tenant from utilizing the Premises for the
Business Use. |
|
1.28 |
|
Project has the meaning set forth in the Sublease Summary. |
|
1.29 |
|
Release means any accidental or intentional spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, migrating, dumping or disposing in, over, on,
under, through, or about the air, land, surface water, ground water, or the environment (including
without limitation the abandonment or discarding of receptacles containing any Hazardous Substances),
unless and to the extent permitted or authorized by a governmental agency. |
|
1.30 |
|
Rent is defined in Section 3.3. |
|
1.31 |
|
Rules and Regulations is defined in Section 4.3. |
5
1.32 |
|
Security Deposit Amount is the amount equivalent to three (3) months of the Monthly
Base Rent and Tenants Contribution to be dealt with pursuant to Section 3.5, which amount
shall be paid in bank guarantee or letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. |
|
1.33 |
|
Service Failure is defined in Section 7.3. |
|
1.34 |
|
Singapore Dollar means the legal currency of Singapore and indicated herein as S$ before a dollar amount. |
|
1.35 |
|
Site Map has the meaning set forth in the Sublease Summary. |
|
1.36 |
|
Sublease Agreement or Agreement means this
printed agreement, and all exhibits attached hereto, as the same may be amended in accordance
with the Sublease Agreement from time to time; all of which are attached hereto and
incorporated herein by this reference. |
|
1.37 |
|
Sublease Term shall be for a period of time commencing on the
Commencement Date and ending at midnight on the Expiration Date unless sooner terminated as
provided herein or later extended pursuant to the terms of this Sublease. |
|
1.38 |
|
Tenant has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph. |
|
1.39 |
|
Tenants Agents means the agents, employees and assigns (and their
respective agents and employees) of Tenant. |
|
1.40 |
|
Tenants Contribution has the meaning set forth in the Sublease Summary. |
|
1.41 |
|
Tenants Minimum Liability Insurance Coverage means a minimum limit of One
Million Dollars (S$1,000,000.00) per occurrence. |
|
1.42 |
|
Trade Fixtures means (i) Tenants inventory, furniture, and business
equipment, and (ii) anything affixed to the Premises for purposes of trade, manufacture,
ornament or domestic use which is owned by Tenant as of the Commencement Date or thereafter
acquired by Tenant at its own expense (or by another party on its behalf) and which can be
removed without material injury to the Premises. Such affixed items which are an integral part
of the Premises shall not constitute Trade Fixtures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of
Tenants signs shall be deemed Trade Fixtures, in each case regardless of how affixed to the
Premises or Common Area. |
|
1.43 |
|
Transfer has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.1 |
|
1.44 |
|
Transferee has the meaning set forth in Section 15.2. |
SECTION 2
LETTING
2.1 |
|
Letting. Subject to Section 17.21 hereof, Landlord hereby lets to Tenant, and Tenant
rents from Landlord, for the Sublease Term upon the terms and conditions of this Sublease
Agreement together with the Special Conditions attached hereto, the Premises for Tenants own
use in the conduct of Tenants business together with the non-exclusive right to use (which
includes the permitted use by Tenants Agents, customers and invitees of) the Common Area,
including, without limitation, subject to Section 4.6 hereof, the Building Parking Areas.
Landlord reserves for its exclusive use all areas in the Project other than the Common Areas
and the Premises, as well as the exterior walls, the roof and the area beneath and above the
Premises, and Landlord reserves the right to install, maintain, use, and replace ducts, wires,
conduits and pipes leading through the Premises; provided, however, that in
its exercise of such rights, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference
with Tenants access to and use of the Premises. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant
shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Premises in their then existing condition as
of the Commencement Date, AS-IS, WITH ALL FAULTS. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that,
except for the representations set forth in Section 17.17 hereof, Landlord has made no
representations or warranties to Tenant, |
6
|
|
express or implied, with respect to the Premises, whatsoever, including, without limitation,
any representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for Tenants intended
use. |
2.2 |
|
Option to Extend Sublease Term. Tenant shall have the option to extend the Sublease
Term for a term as specified in the Sublease Summary (Option Term) at the then prevailing market rate
and on such terms and conditions as may be imposed by HDB in granting its approval for such
extension, by submitting to Landlord a written request for such extension not less than six (6) months
before the expiry of the then-Sublease Term, provided that there shall not at the time of such request
exist any Event of Default hereunder. Tenants option to extend the Sublease Term under this Section
2.2 is subject to all necessary approvals having been obtained and remaining in force, including
but not limited to such approvals as may be required under HDBs Terms of Approval for Subletting.
If HDB approves any extension of the Sublease Term for a period shorter than the Option Term, then
such extension of the Sublease Term shall be reduced to such shorter term as may be approved by
HDB from time to time. Landlord shall take all steps including applying for all necessary
approvals, to enable the Sublease Term to be extended in accordance with this Section 2.2 (and, for the
avoidance of doubt, as contemplated in Section 1.11 hereof). Landlord shall bear all costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord in connection with any extension of the Sublease Term, including without limitation
legal costs and the costs of obtaining any necessary approvals. For the avoidance of any doubt,
the Parties hereby confirm that it is their intention that if the Sublease Term or any Option Term as
approved by HDB is less than five (5) years or if HDBs approval for any extension of the Sublease Term
or Option Term is for a period less than five (5) years, Tenant shall have the option to extend the
Sublease Term and subsequent terms such that the aggregate period comprising (x) the Sublease Term; (y)
Option Terms; and/or (z) extended term(s) of the sublease of the Premises granted to Tenant with
effect from the Commencement Date shall not be less than fifteen (15) years. Landlord shall use good
faith, best endeavors to secure such approvals (including from the HDB) as necessary to ensure that the
intention of the Parties may be realized; provided, however, that the foregoing covenant shall not
require Landlord to pay any amounts in connection with obtaining such approvals, other than filing
or similar fees which have been allocated among the Parties pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary hereinabove, and in addition to the renewal options set forth
herein, Landlord and Tenant agree that in accordance with market practice, in connection with any discussions
regarding renewal or extension of the Sublease Term, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith
regarding the reduction of the floor area of which the Premises shall be comprised in any such
extended term. |
|
|
|
The expression prevailing market rent for the purpose of this Section 2 .2 means the
market rent (inclusive of Tenants Contribution) determined as being at the time of such
determination, the prevailing market rent for the Premises. The Parties shall endeavour to
agree on the prevailing market rent. If the Parties have not reached an agreement on the
prevailing market rent by two (2) months before the expiry of the initial Sublease Term or
any Option Term, as applicable, Landlord and Tenant shall within two (2) weeks thereof each
appoint a reputable licensed valuer (and in the absence of appointment by either Party
within the said two (2) week period, the Party who has appointed its licensed valuer may
appoint the second licensed valuer) to determine the prevailing market rent and the average
of the two (2) valuations shall be accepted by the Parties as the prevailing market rent for
the Premises. Each Party shall bear the costs and expenses of and in connection with the
appointment of its own licensed valuer but if two (2) licensed valuers are appointed by one
(1) Party pursuant to the above provisions, then the costs and expenses of and in connection
with the appointment of the two (2) licensed valuers shall be borne by Landlord and Tenant
in equal shares. The licensed valuers shall act as experts and not as arbitrators and their
determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Parties. |
2.3 |
|
Compliance with the Head Lease and Laws. This Sublease Agreement, including the
Sublease Term and Tenants option to extend under Section 2.2, is subject always to the terms of the Head
Lease executed between HDB and Landlord and any applicable Laws. If HDB approves this Sublease
Agreement for a period shorter than the Sublease Term, then the Sublease Term shall be
reduced to such shorter term as approved by HDB from time to time without prejudice to Tenants rights
to obtain the benefit of this Agreement for the entire Sublease and Option Terms as provided in
Section 2.2 above. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall: (a) observe and
perform all the terms and covenants set out in the Head Lease executed between HDB and Landlord and on
the part of Landlord to be observed and performed, in so far as the same are applicable to the
Premises (except for the obligation to pay rent and service charge); (b) comply with all terms and conditions
imposed by HDB on granting its approval to this Sublease Agreement in so far as they relate to the
Premises (including HDBs Terms of Approval of Subletting); and (c) comply with any additional
obligations |
7
|
|
with which Landlord may be liable to comply with by any direction or requirement of HDB in
so far as they relate to the Premises. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between
the terms of this Sublease Agreement and the terms of the Head Lease executed between HDB
and Landlord, the latter shall prevail. Landlord warrants and represents that a true and
complete copy of each of the Head Lease executed between HDB and Landlord, HDBs Terms of
Approval for Subletting and (if any) the additional obligations to be complied with by
Landlord, are attached hereto as Exhibit D. In the event the terms of the Head Lease
are amended, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such amendments within reasonable time of
knowledge of the same. |
2.4 |
|
Termination of Head Lease. |
|
(a) |
|
The Parties acknowledge that, under HDBs Terms of Approval of Subletting, HDB
may revoke its subletting approval for this Sublease Agreement upon giving Landlord
three (3) months written notice without being liable for any inconvenience, loss
damages, compensation, costs or expenses whatsoever. |
|
(b) |
|
If HDB gives Landlord notice to revoke its subletting approval for this
Sublease Agreement pursuant to the aforesaid, or the Head Lease is terminated for
whatever reason then on the expiry of such notice or on such termination (as the case
may be), this Sublease Agreement will terminate immediately provided that Landlord
immediately notifies Tenant of such notice from HDB or such termination of the Head
Lease upon knowledge of the same. The termination will not affect the rights of either
Party against the other Party for any previous default of that other Party of the
provisions of this Sublease Agreement. Landlord will not be liable for any
inconvenience, loss, damage, cost expense or compensation in connection with the
termination of this Sublease Agreement pursuant to this Section 2.4, unless such
termination arises as a result of either a default under the Head Lease by Landlord or
any other willful act or omission of Landlord. |
SECTION 3
RENT & AIR-CONDITIONING CHARGES
3.1 |
|
Monthly Base Rent. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing on the first
day of each month throughout the Sublease Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord without offset,
deduction or prior notice except as otherwise provided hereunder, the Monthly Base Rent, as
base rent for the Premises. Landlord shall at all times inform HDB of any changes in the
Monthly Base Rent charged. In the event of any changes, HDB reserves the right to revise the
applicable subletting fee, which is subject to applicable goods and services tax. The Monthly
Base Rent shall be adjusted to the then prevailing market rent during the Sublease Term upon
the expiry of the year as specified in the Sublease Summary. The expression prevailing market
rent for the purpose of this Section 3.1 shall have the same meaning as Section 2.2 herein. |
3.2 |
|
Additional Rent. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the
Sublease Term, subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, Tenant shall pay the following as
additional rent (the Additional Rent): (i) Tenants Contribution and (ii) any other
charges due to the Landlord pursuant to this Sublease Agreement. |
3.3 |
|
Payment of Rent and Air-Conditioning Charges. All Monthly Base Rent and Tenants
Contribution (collectively, the Rent) and Air-Conditioning Charges shall be paid in advance
on the first day of each calendar month during the Sublease Term. All amounts due hereunder
shall be paid in the lawful currency of Singapore, without any abatement, deduction or offset
whatsoever or without any prior demand therefor (except, in any case, as otherwise expressly
provided herein). Rent and Air-Conditioning Charges shall be paid directly to Landlord at the
primary Landlord notice address set forth on the Sublease Summary, or such other address as
may be designated in writing by Landlord upon 30 days prior written notice to Tenant in
accordance with Section 17.9. Tenants obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent shall be prorated
for any partial month based on a thirty (30) day month. As used herein, the word month shall
mean a period beginning on the first (1st) day of a calendar month and ending on the last day
of that calendar month. |
8
3.4 |
|
Late Charge and Interest on Rent and Air-Conditioning Charges in Default. Tenant
acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant of any monthly installment of Monthly Base Rent, any
Additional Rent or Air-Conditioning Charges will cause Landlord to incur certain costs and expenses
not contemplated under this Sublease Agreement, the exact amount of which are extremely difficult
or impractical to fix. Such costs and expenses will include, without limitation, administration and
collection costs and processing and accounting expenses. Therefore, if any such Monthly Base Rent,
Tenants Contribution or Additional Rent is not received by Landlord from Tenant within five (5)
days after the delinquent amount became due, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge
equal to S$4,000; provided, however, that the aforementioned late charge will not
apply to the first late payment, if any, during the period commencing on the Commencement Date and
ending on the first anniversary thereof. Landlord and Tenant agree that this late charge represents
a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and is fair compensation to Landlord for its loss
suffered by Tenants failure to make timely payment. In no event shall this provision for a late
charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or extension of time within which to pay any
rent or prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenants
failure to pay any rent due under this Sublease Agreement in a timely fashion, including the right
to terminate this Sublease Agreement. If any amount due hereunder is not paid on or before the
fourteenth (14th) day following the due date, then, without prejudice to any of Landlords other
rights and remedies and in addition to such late charge, Tenant shall pay to Landlord interest on
the delinquent amount at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date such amount became due until paid. |
|
3.5.1 |
|
Tenant shall, as soon as commercially practicable hereafter but in no event
later than the Commencement Date pay to and maintain with Landlord the Security Deposit Amount: |
|
(a) |
|
as security for compliance by Tenant of all the provisions in
this Sublease Agreement; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
to secure or indemnify Landlord against; |
|
(i) |
|
any loss or damage from any default by Tenant
under the Sublease Agreement; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
any other claim by Landlord at any time
against Tenant in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with the Premises. |
|
3.5.2 |
|
Without prejudice to any of Landlords rights or remedies, if any default by
Tenant under this Sublease Agreement occurs, Landlord is entitled (but not obliged) to
apply the whole or part of the Security Deposit Amount in or towards making good any
loss or damage sustained by Landlord as a result of that default and any expense
incurred by Landlord in making good the loss or damage, in any manner as may be
prescribed by Landlord. |
|
|
3.5.3 |
|
Tenant must pay to Landlord within seven (7) days of the demand being made (a)
an amount equal to the amount applied by Landlord under Section 3.5.2 above, as
replacement of the part or whole of the Security Deposit Amount applied, (b) any
shortfall in the Security Deposit Amount in the event of a change in the Monthly Base
Rent and/or Tenants Contribution. |
|
|
3.5.4 |
|
Landlord must repay to Tenant, the Security Deposit Amount, without interest
and after proper deductions by Landlord, within one (1) month after the end of the
Sublease Term or termination of this Sublease if Tenant has then paid all sums owing
and performed all other obligations under this Sublease Agreement to the satisfaction
of Landlord. |
|
|
3.5.5 |
|
Tenant must not set-off any part of the Security Deposit Amount against any
Rent or other sums owing to Landlord. |
|
|
3.5.6 |
|
The rights of Landlord under this Section 3.5 are in addition to and will not
affect the other rights of Landlord under this Sublease Agreement. |
9
3.6 |
|
Air-Conditioning Charges. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing
throughout the Sublease Term, Tenant shall pay the Landlord the Air-conditioning Charges for
the supply of air-conditioning to the Premises, such costs to be calculated by the Landlord
and notified to the Tenant in writing. Landlord reserves the right to adjust such
Air-Conditioning Charges from time to time. Landlords decision to adjust the
Air-Conditioning Charges either upwards or downwards shall be based on factors including but
not limited to the prevailing market rates and the price of crude oil which affects the price
of Landlords power contract with the electricity supplier. |
SECTION 4
USE OF PREMISES
4.1 |
|
Limitation on Type. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use and
for no other purpose. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done or omit to do anything
in or about the Premises that will (i) cause structural injury to the Premises or Project,
(ii) cause damage to any part of the Premises or Project, or (iii) violate, or cause Landlord
to be in violation of, any Laws or Private Restrictions. Tenant shall not operate any
equipment within the Premises that will (iv) injure, vibrate or shake the Premises or Project,
(v) interfere with, impose additional load on or overload existing electrical systems or other
mechanical equipment servicing the Premises or Project, (vi) impair the efficient operation of
the sprinkler system or the heating, ventilating or air conditioning (HVAC)
equipment within or servicing the Premises or Project, or (vii) damage, overload, or corrode
the plumbing or sanitary sewer system. Tenant shall not attach, hang or suspend anything from
the ceiling, roof, walls or columns of the Premises or set any load on the floor in excess of
the load limits for which such items are designed nor operate hard wheel forklifts within the
Premises. Tenants use of the Premises shall not (viii) create a fire or health hazard, (ix)
damage the Premises, or (x) violate any Environmental Laws. Tenant shall keep the Premises in
a neat, clean, attractive and orderly condition, free of any objectionable noises, odors, dust
or nuisances. |
4.2 |
|
Compliance with Laws and Private Restrictions. Tenants lease of the Premises shall
be subject to (i) all Laws, (ii) all Private Restrictions, and (iii) to the extent same do not
increase Tenants obligations or reduce its rights under this Agreement or otherwise conflict
with this Agreement, the Rules and Regulations from time to time promulgated by Landlord
pursuant to Section 4.3, governing the use of the Premises. Tenant shall not use or permit any
person to use the Premises in any manner which violates any Laws or Private Restrictions.
Tenant shall abide by and promptly observe and comply with all Laws and Private Restrictions.
Without prejudice to the above, Tenant shall: (i) comply with all requirements under any
present or future Act of Parliament, order, by-law or regulation as to the use or occupation
of the Premises; (ii) execute with all due diligence all works to the Premises for which
Tenant is liable in accordance with this Section 4 and of which Landlord has given written
notice to Tenant, and if Tenant shall fail to do so after adequate notice and opportunity to
undertake same, Tenant shall permit Landlord to enter the Premises to carry out such works and
to pay to Landlord on demand the expense of so doing (including surveyors and other
professional advisers fees) together with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date
of expenditure until payment by Tenant to Landlord; and (iii) not allow the Premises to enter,
remain or be used as a place in which any person is employed in contravention of Section
57(1)(e) of the Immigration Act (Cap. 133), Section 5 of the Employment of Foreign Manpower
Act (Cap. 91A) and any other similar Law in force at the moment. |
4.3 |
|
Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations
attached to this Sublease Agreement as Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part
hereof (the Rules and Regulations). Subject to the limitation in Section 4.2 above,
Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to make, add to, amend, cancel
or suspend such Rules and Regulations in respect of the Building as in the judgment of
Landlord may from time to time be required for the management, safety, care or cleanliness of
the Building or for the preservation of good order therein or for the convenience of tenants
or for the use of the common areas of the Building, including without limitation, the hours of
access and fees, if any, payable by the users therefor, for the use of the facilities (if any)
in the Building provided by Landlord and all such Rules and Regulations shall bind Tenant upon
delivery of a copy thereof to Tenant upon (and from the date on which notice in writing
thereof is given to Tenant by Landlord); provided, however, that Landlord
shall not be liable to Tenant in any way for violation of the Rules and Regulations by any
person including other tenants of the Building or the employees, independent contractors,
agents, visitors, invitees or licensees of any such persons. If |
10
|
|
there shall be any inconsistency between the provisions of this Sublease Agreement and the
provisions of such Rules and Regulations then the provisions of this Sublease Agreement
shall prevail. Landlord shall not be responsible for, or subject to any liability as a
result of, the violation by Tenant or any other person of any such Rules and Regulations.
Landlord shall use best endeavors to uniformly enforce the Rules and Regulations. |
4.4 |
|
Insurance Requirements. Tenant shall not use or permit any person to use the Premises
in any manner whereby any policy of insurance on including or in any way relating to the
Premises taken out by Landlord may become void or voidable or whereby the rate of premium
thereon or on the remainder of the Building may be increased. |
|
4.5 |
|
External Areas and Outer Doors. No materials, supplies, tanks or containers,
equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials, inoperable vehicles or
articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain outside of the Premises
except by the loading docks and related holding areas. Landlord shall so far as practicable
keep the outer doors of the Building open so as to provide Tenant and Tenants employees,
independent contractors, agents and permitted occupiers uninterrupted access subject always to
the closure of the outer doors of the Building at such time as Landlord in its own discretion
shall think fit. Landlord may in the case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other
circumstances rendering such action advisable in landlords opinion, prevent access to the
Building during the continuance of the same and for so long and in such manner as Landlord
deems necessary including the closure of all doors and entrances of the Building. |
|
4.6 |
|
Parking and Loading Docks. Tenant is allocated and shall have the right to use a
number of parking stalls in the Building Parking Area determined based on a ratio of 1 stall
per each 110 square meters of lettable space then-leased by Tenant hereunder for its use and
the use of Tenants Agents, customers and invitees throughout the Sublease Term, Option Terms
and any other extension term of this lease. Tenant shall not at any time use more parking
stalls than the number so allocated to Tenant or park its vehicles or the vehicles of others
in any portion of the Project outside of the Building Parking Areas. Tenant shall not have the
exclusive right to use any specific parking stall but Landlord shall provide Tenant access to
all Building Parking Areas including the basement parking area. Landlord reserves the right,
after having given Tenant reasonable written notice, to have any vehicles owned by Tenant or
Tenants Agents utilizing parking spaces in excess of the parking spaces allowed for Tenants
use or in any portion of the Project outside of the Building Parking Areas, to be towed away
at Tenants cost. All trucks and delivery vehicles shall be (i) parked at the rear of the
Building, (ii) loaded and unloaded in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with the
businesses of Landlord or other occupants of the Project, and (iii) permitted to remain on the
Project only so long as is reasonably necessary to complete loading and unloading. In the
event Landlord elects or is required by any Law to limit or control parking in the Project,
whether by validation of parking tickets or any other method of assessment, Tenant agrees, at
no expense or inconvenience to Tenant or Tenants Agents, to participate in such validation or
assessment program under such reasonable rules and regulations as are from time to time
established by Landlord. |
|
4.7 |
|
Fire Prevention. Tenant shall co-operate with Landlord to establish a fire-safe
environment for all users of the Building. For this purpose, Tenant shall: (i) participate in
all fire drills; (ii) attend fire safety awareness talks; (iii) practice the use of fire
extinguishers; and (iv) participate in any other activities deemed necessary by Landlord or as
directed by the authorities from time to time. |
|
4.8 |
|
Weights and Stresses. Tenant shall obtain the prior written consent of Landlord
before bringing upon the Premises any heavy machinery or other plant, equipment or goods with
an imposed load in excess of 4 KN/m2 (or such other weight as may be prescribed by Landlord as
being applicable to the Premises). Landlord may direct the routing, installation and location
of all such machinery, plant, equipment and goods and Tenant shall comply with all such
directions. Landlord shall in all cases retain and have the power to prescribe the weight and
proper position of all iron or steel safes and other heavy machinery and equipment, articles
or goods whatsoever in the Premises and any or all damage caused to the Building or any part
thereof by Tenant or anyone on its behalf by taking in or moving out any safe, items of
machinery and equipment, furniture, goods or other articles or during the time such are in the
Building, shall be made good by Tenant. If Tenant shall not within seven (7) days of
Landlords notice, proceed diligently to repair or make good the damage, Landlord may repair
or make good the same and the expenses of Landlord together with interest at the Agreed
Interest Rate from date of expenditure until payment by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid by
Tenant on demand and such |
11
|
|
monies shall be recoverable as if they were rent in arrears. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary hereinabove, Landlord acknowledges and covenants that the location and load of any such
machinery, plant, equipment and goods as of the date of this Agreement is in compliance with the
aforesaid requirements. |
|
4.9 |
|
Upkeep of the Premises. Tenant shall: (i) keep the Premise free of pests, rodents,
vermin and insects; (ii) keep the windows of the Premises closed at all times and not to erect or
install any sign, device, furnishing, ornament or object which is visible from the street or from
any other building and which, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, is incongruous or unsightly
and will detract from the general appearance of the Building; (iii) ensure that the decor and
design of the exterior of the Premises are in accordance with plans and specifications previously
submitted to and approved by Landlord, and not to make any changes to such external parts without
the prior written consent of Landlord; (iv) ensure that all doors of the Premises are safely and
properly locked and secured when the Premises are not occupied; (v) not cover or obstruct or permit
to be covered or obstructed in any manner or by any other article or thing (other than window
blinds approved by Landlord), the windows, sky-lights or ventilating shafts or air inlets or
outlets which reflect or admit light or enable air to flow into or out of the Premises or any part
of the Building; (vi) not employ in or about the Premises any cleaner other than a cleaning
contractor approved by Landlord to carry out the cleaning work for the Premises and Tenant shall
not have any claim against Landlord for any act, omission or negligence of such cleaner in or about
the performance or purported performance of his duties; and (vii) ensure that all sweepings,
rubbish, refuse, waste paper or other similar substances are properly disposed of in accordance
with the guidelines, rules and regulations prescribed by Landlord from time to time and not to
throw, place or allow to fall or cause or permit to be thrown or placed any sweepings, rubbish,
refuse, waste paper or other similar substances in the lift shafts, water-closets or other
conveniences in the Building and Tenant shall on demand pay to Landlord the costs of repairing any
damage to such lift shafts, water-closets or other conveniences arising therefrom. |
|
4.10 |
|
Nuisance and Other Restrictions. Tenant shall not: (i) use the Premises for any
noxious, noisy or offensive trade or business nor for any illegal or immoral act or purpose; (ii)
hold in or on the Demised Premises any public entertainment; (iii) permit any vocal or instrumental
music in the Premises so that it can be heard outside the Premises; (iv) permit pets of any kind to
be kept on the Premises; (v) do in or upon or permit to be done in or upon the Premises anything
which may be or may become or cause a nuisance, annoyance, disturbance, inconvenience or damage to
Landlord or its other tenants of the Building or to the owners, tenants and occupiers of adjoining
and neighboring properties; (vi) allow any person to sleep in the Premises nor to use the Premises
for residential purposes; (vii) permit or cause to be permitted other than in designated areas the
placing or parking of bicycles, motor cycles or scooters, trolleys and other wheeled vehicles
and/or the stocking or storage or littering of goods or things in the
common parts of the Building, the corridors, passageways, pavements and the car-parking areas, and
Tenant shall keep all such internal and external parts of the Building clear and free of all
obstruction at all times; provided that motorcycles shall continue to be permitted to be parked on
the surface parking areas and in the basement parking area and bicycles may be parked on corners
not obstructing any traffic; (viii) place or take into the passenger lifts any baggage, furniture,
parcels, sacks, bags, heavy articles or other goods or other merchandise save only such light
articles as briefcases, attaché cases and handbags and to use only the service lift prescribed by
Landlord for the transportation of furniture, goods and other heavy equipment; (ix) permit or allow
food trays and tiffin carriers to be brought into or carried in any passenger lift and Tenant shall
ensure that such items are conveyed in the service lift only; (x) permit or allow the contractors,
workmen or cleaners (with or without equipment and tools) engaged by Tenant to use the passenger
lifts of the Building and to ensure that they use only the service lift prescribed by Landlord;
(xi) solicit business, display or distribute advertising material in the carparks or other common
areas of the Building; (xii) ensure that Tenant and Tenants Agents shall use the utility areas,
water closets and toilet facilities in the common parts of the Building in such a manner that (a)
such utility areas, water closets and toilet facilities will not be left by Tenant and Tenants
servants, agents independent contractors and permitted occupiers in an unhygienic condition nor
left in an untidy or dirty state or condition, (b) the pipes, drains, basins and sinks in such
utility areas, water closets and toilet facilities are clean and unblocked and (c) does not result
in excessive and unreasonable water consumption in the utility areas, water closets and toilet
facilities; (xiii) permit trade vehicles while being used for delivery and pick up of merchandise
to or from the Premises to be driven parked or stopped at any place or time within the Building
except within the loading dock of the Building and except at such other place or places and at such
time or times as Landlord may specifically allow and Tenant shall prohibit its employees service
suppliers and |
12
|
|
others over whom Tenant may have control from parking delivery vehicles during loading or unloading
in any place other than the specifically approved loading dock and such other specifically approved
places as aforesaid, and from obstructing in any manner howsoever the entrances exits and driveways
in and to the common parking areas and also the pedestrian footways in or to the common parts of
the Building; or (xiv) carry out or permit unauthorized smoking in the Premises and the lobbies,
corridors, staircases, lifts, hoists, lavatories and other parts in common use in the Building, and
Tenant shall in accordance with the Smoking (Prohibition in Certain Places) Act (Cap. 310) appoint
a manager who may adopt any means to bring to Tenants Agents attention to such prohibition. |
|
4.11 |
|
Use and Name of Building. Landlord shall have the right at all times to change the
name or number by which the Building is known, which Landlord shall give ample notice to the
Tenant, stating the reason of such change. Nothwithstanding this, Landlord may consider Tenants
feedback to the change of name or number, if any. So long as Tenant occupies at least 50% of the
Building, Landlord shall not lease, license, sublease or otherwise permit occupancy in the Building
by any entity or person whose primary business is the Business Use, unless the parties otherwise
agree. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building as part of its trade or business name, other
than as its address and place of business. Tenant shall not use a name, trade mark or service mark
which includes the name of the Building or any derivative name sounding similar thereto for any
purpose whatsoever. |
|
4.12 |
|
Signs. Tenant shall not place or display on the exterior of the Premises or on the
windows or inside the Premises so as to be visible from the exterior of the Premises any name,
writing, notice, sign, illuminated sign, display of lights, placard, poster, sticker or
advertisement other than (i) the name of Tenant sign written on the entrance doors of the Premises
in a style and manner previously approved in writing by Landlord, (ii) the name of Tenant displayed
in such indicator board in the Building as Landlord may designate from time to time, and (iii)
exterior monument signage at the Project as may otherwise be agreed to between Landlord and Tenant.
All such approved signs shall strictly conform to all Laws and Private Restrictions and shall be
installed at the expense of Tenant. If any name, writing, notice, sign, placard, poster, sticker or
advertisement shall be placed or displayed in breach of these provisions, Tenant hereby agrees to
permit Landlord to enter the Premises and to remove such name, writing, notice, sign, placard,
poster, sticker or advertisement and to pay to Landlord on demand the expense of so doing. If
Landlord so elects, Tenant shall, at the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease
Agreement, remove all signs installed by it and repair any damage caused by such removal. Tenant
shall at all times maintain such signs in good condition and repair. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
subject to Tenant shall have the right to install three (3) external signs as follows: two (2) to
be located at the entrances to the Project as located on the Site Map and one (1) on the façade of
the Building, in each instance next to (and of comparable size and prominence) as the existing
Agilent signs. Tenant shall maintain such signs at its own cost and expenses. |
|
4.13 |
|
Landlords Right to Deal with Adjoining Property. Landlord may deal as it may think
fit with other property belonging to Landlord adjoining or nearby the Project and to erect or
suffer to be erected on such property in compliance with Law any buildings whatsoever whether or
not such buildings shall affect or diminish the light or air which may now or at any time be
enjoyed by Tenant in respect of the Premises. Landlord shall have the right at all times without
obtaining any consent from or making any arrangement with Tenant to alter, reconstruct or modify in
any way whatsoever or change the use of the parts of the Building (including all fixtures,
fittings, machinery and apparatus therein and thereto), which are defined to be common property
under the Land Titles (Strata) Act or if the Building is not subdivided and registered under the
Land Titles (Strata) Act, those parts of the Building which would reasonably be deemed to be common
property if the Building had been subdivided and registered under that Act, so long as proper means
of access to and egress from the Premises are afforded and essential services are maintained at all
times. Nothing contained in this Sublease Agreement shall confer on Tenant any right to enforce any
covenant or agreement relating to other parts of the Building demised by Landlord to others, or
limit or affect the right of Landlord in respect of any such other premises to deal with the same
and impose and vary such terms and conditions in respect thereof in any manner as Landlord may
think fit. Landlord and its workmen and agents shall be entitled, at any time after delivery of the
Premises to Tenant and prior to the issue of the Certificate of Statutory Completion, to make such
alterations or additions to the Premises as may be required by the competent authorities for
purpose of the issue of the Certificate of Statutory Completion and Tenant shall permit Landlord,
its workmen and agents access into the Premises at all reasonable times for that purpose. In the
event that the issue of the Certificate of Statutory Completion is rejected or otherwise withheld
or delayed as a result of any deviation, alteration, addition or installation carried out or caused
to be carried out by |
13
|
|
Tenant without the written consent of Landlord or as a result of any act, default or omission on
the part of Tenant, Landlord may by notice in writing require Tenant to rectify the same within a
period of seven (7) days and if Tenant does not comply with Landlords notice within the said
period of seven (7) days, Landlord and its workmen and agents shall be entitled to enter into the
Premises to make such necessary alterations or additions to the Premises as may be required by the
competent authorities, and to recover from Tenant the cost of such alterations or additions
together with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate thereon from and including the date the costs
were so incurred by Landlord until the date they are paid (such costs and interest to be
recoverable as if they were rent in arrears). |
SECTION 5
TRADE FIXTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS
5.1 |
|
Trade Fixtures. All Trade Fixtures shall remain Tenants property. |
|
5.2 |
|
Landlords Approval for Improvements. Tenant shall not construct any Improvements or
otherwise make any alterations or additions to the Premises or Project without Landlords prior
written approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and not until
Landlord shall have first approved the plans and specifications therefore. For purpose of seeking
Landlords approval herein, Tenant shall submit to Landlord all plans, layouts, designs, drawings,
specifications and details of proposed materials to be used for any proposed Improvements. Landlord
shall be entitled to require Tenant to engage an architect, engineer or other consultant(s) for the
purpose of considering the plans, specifications and materials relating to the proposed
Improvements and for the purpose of supervising all works carried out by Tenant, if necessary,
having regard to the Improvements. Tenant shall obtain the prior written approval of Landlord to
its appointment of the architect, engineer or other consultant(s) pursuant to this Section (such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). |
|
5.3 |
|
Carrying out of Improvements. All Improvements to the Premises shall only be carried
out (i) in the case of any mechanical and electrical engineering works by a specialist contractor
employed by Tenant subject to consent of Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed). All Improvements undertaken by Tenant shall be done in accordance with all Laws, and all
planning and other consents necessary or required pursuant to the provisions of any statute, rule,
order, regulation or by-law for any Improvement to the Premises or any part thereof, shall be
applied for and obtained by Tenant at its own cost and expense. Tenant shall not commence
construction of any Improvements until (i) all required governmental and regulatory approvals and
permits shall have been obtained and copies of same have been provided to Landlord, (ii) all
requirements regarding insurance imposed by this Sublease Agreement have been satisfied, (iii)
Tenant shall have given Landlord at prior written notice of its intention to
commence such construction, (iv) Tenant shall have notified Landlord by telephone of the
commencement of construction on the day it commences, and (v) if requested by Landlord in its
reasonable discretion, Tenant shall have obtained or caused its general contractor to obtain
contingent liability and broad form builders risk and/or such forms of insurance and/or completion
and performance bonds in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall carry out and
complete all Improvements to the Premises in accordance with plans, layouts, designs, drawings,
specifications and using materials approved by Landlord, in a good and workmanlike manner using new
materials of good quality, in accordance with all planning and other consents referred to above,
and in compliance with the reasonable requirements of appointment consultant(s). All Improvements
shall remain the property of Tenant during the Sublease Term, but shall not be damaged, altered, or
removed from the Premises. At the expiration or sooner termination of
the Sublease Term, all
Improvements shall be removed from the Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section
17.5. |
|
5.4 |
|
Alterations Required by Law. Tenant shall, at its own cost, make any alteration,
addition or change of any sort to the Premises that is required by
any Law because of (i) Tenants
particular use or change of use of the Premises, (ii) Tenants application for any permit or
governmental approval, or (iii) Tenants construction or installation of any Improvements or Trade
Fixtures. Any other alteration, addition or change required by Law that is not the responsibility
of Tenant pursuant to the foregoing shall be made by Landlord at Landlords own cost and expense. |
|
5.5 |
|
Prohibited Alterations. In no event shall Tenant make any Improvements to the Premises
or the Project which could affect the structural integrity or the exterior design of the Premises
or the Project, |
14
|
|
or paint or make any Improvements or exert any force or load on the curtain wall, its frame
structure and all its related parts or to place or affix any structures or articles or materials
thereon which would otherwise render the warranty granted in favor of Landlord in respect of such
wall and structure null and void. Tenant shall not erect, install or put up any exterior lighting,
shade, canopy, awning, shed or other structure, whether permanent or temporary, at or on, in front
of or elsewhere outside the Premises. |
SECTION 6
REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE
6.1 |
|
Tenants Obligation to Maintain. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.2 and
12.1, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for the following during the
Sublease Term: |
|
6.1.1 |
|
Tenant shall at all times repair and to keep in a clean and good state of tenantable repair
and condition (fair wear and tear and damage by Landlord excepted), the Premises and every part
thereof, through regular inspections and servicing, including without limitation the interior
thereof, the flooring, interior plaster or other surface material or rendering on walls and
ceilings, fixtures therein, all doors, windows, glass, locks, fastenings, installations and
fittings for light and power, any automatic fire extinguisher equipment in the Premises, all above
ground plumbing facilities (including all sinks, toilets, faucets and drains), and all ducts,
pipes, vents or other parts of the HVAC or plumbing system, all electrical facilities and all
equipment (including all lighting fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes, fans, vents, exhaust equipment and
systems), all improvements and additions to the Premises and all Landlords fixtures, fittings and
appurtenances of whatever nature affixed or fastened to the Premises, and without prejudice to the
generality of the foregoing, to replace at Tenants cost all broken or blown light bulbs, globes or
tubes installed upon the Premises and to make good to the satisfaction of Landlord any damage or
breakage caused to any part of the Premises or to Landlords fixtures and fittings therein by the
bringing in or removal of Tenants goods or effects or resulting from any action or omission of
Tenant or Tenants Agents. |
|
|
6.1.2 |
|
All repairs and replacements required of Tenant shall be promptly made with new materials of
like kind and quality. If the work affects the structural parts of the Premises or if the
estimated cost of any item of repair or replacement is in excess of the Twenty-Five Thousand
Dollars (S$25,000.00), then Tenant shall first obtain Landlords written approval of the scope
of the work, plans therefor, materials to be used, and the contractor. |
|
|
6.1.3 |
|
If any damage or injury is caused to Landlord or to any person whomsoever directly or
indirectly on account of the condition of any part of the interior of the Premises (including
flooring, walls, ceiling, doors, windows, curtain wall and its related parts including fluorocarbon
coating thereon and other fixtures), to be wholly responsible therefor and to indemnify Landlord
against all claims, demands, actions and legal proceedings whatsoever made upon Landlord by any
person in respect thereof. In the interpretation and application of the provisions of this
sub-clause, the decision of the surveyor or architect of Landlord shall be final and binding upon
Tenant (in the absence of manifest error). |
6.2 |
|
Landlords Obligation to Maintain Repair and Replace. Landlord shall repair and
maintain (i) all utility and other building systems serving the Premises to the point of entry into
the Premises, including without limitation the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other systems
serving the Premises, (ii) the roof and the other structural components of the Premises, including
but not limited to the footings, the foundation, the structural floor and the load bearing walls of
the Premises, (iii) the exterior skin of the Premises, and (iv) all underground utilities,
including sewer and water mains and other underground plumbing, serving the Premises, so that the
same are kept in good order and repair. Additionally, Landlord shall clean, provide janitorial
service (except with respect to the Premises which is Tenants cost and responsibility) for,
maintain in good order, condition and repair and replace when necessary the Building in which the
Premises are located and the Common Area and every part and system of, or serving, the foregoing
(including, without limitation, structural parts of the Building including without limitation
foundations, load bearing and exterior walls, sub-flooring, structural roof and roofing, windows
and frames, gutters, and downspouts on the building, sidewalks, curbs, parking lots, lamp and light
bulb replacement, electrical, lighting, plumbing and sewage systems and equipment and heating, |
15
|
|
ventilating, air-conditioning, elevators, emergency, fire protection, life safety, and support
systems servicing the Building), through regular inspections, servicing, repair and, as
commercially reasonably appropriate, replacement, each at a minimum in the same manner and to the
same schedule and specification as currently being performed prior to the Closing. Landlord may
engage contractors of its choice to perform the obligations required of it by this Section, and the
necessity of any expenditure to perform such obligations shall be at the sole discretion of
Landlord. |
|
6.3 |
|
Control of Common Area. Landlord shall at all times have exclusive control of the
Common Area. Landlord shall have the right, without the same constituting an actual or constructive
eviction and without entitling Tenant to any abatement of Rent, to: (i) close any part of the
Common Area to whatever extent required in the opinion of Landlords counsel to prevent a
dedication thereof or the accrual of any prescriptive rights therein; (ii) temporarily close the
Common Area to perform maintenance or for any other reason deemed sufficient by Landlord; (iii)
change the shape, size, location and extent of the Common Area; (iv) eliminate from or add to the
Project any land or improvement, including multi-deck parking structures; (v) make changes to the
Common Area including without limitation changes in the location of driveways, entrances,
passageways, doors and doorways, elevators, stairs, restrooms, exits, parking spaces, parking
areas, sidewalks or the direction of the flow of traffic and the site of the Common Area; (vi)
remove unauthorized persons from the Project; or (vii) change the name or address of the Premises
or Project. Tenant shall keep the Common Area clear of all obstructions created or permitted by
Tenant. In exercising any such rights regarding the Common Area, Landlord shall make a reasonable
effort to minimize any disruption to Tenants business. In the event Landlord elects to remodel or
construct improvements upon any part of the Common Area located outside of the Premises, Tenant
will cooperate with such remodeling or construction, including Tenants tolerating temporary
inconveniences in order to facilitate such remodeling or Construction. |
SECTION 7
UTILITIES
7.1 |
|
Utilities. Utility lines and facilities required by Tenant for Tenants Permitted Use
of the Premises are presently at the Premises, fully installed, assessed and operational, and
Landlord shall be responsible at all times for the maintenance and repair of all such utility lines
and facilities as provided in Section 6.2 hereof. The term Utility or Utilities as used in this
Section 7.1 shall include gas, electricity, water (including water for fire protection service),
sewer (both sanitary and storm), telephone and waste pickup. Tenant shall promptly pay all charges
including any taxes now or in the future imposed by SP Services Ltd. or other appropriate authority
in respect of the Utilities, and any other utilities, materials or services supplied and metered
separately to the Premises which shall be consumed or supplied on or to the Premises, or an
appropriate proportion thereof
attributable to the Premises, and pay all necessary hire charges for any equipment or appliances
supplied to Tenant by SP Services Ltd. or other appropriate authority. In the event of such
Utilities and other services not being supplied and metered separately to the Premises, to pay to
Landlord a proportionate part of the cost thereof, such cost to be calculated by Landlord and
notified to Tenant by a statement from Landlord in writing, such statement to be conclusive as to
the amount thereof (save for manifest error and Tenants right to audit pursuant to Section 8.5
below), and in the event of SP Services Ltd. or other equivalent authority responsible for the
supply of the Utilities and any other services supplied and used in the Building increasing the
charges therefor, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a proportionate part of the increased costs thereof,
such costs to be calculated by Landlord and notified to Tenant by a statement from Landlord in
writing, such statement to be conclusive as to the amount thereof (save for manifest error and
Tenants right to audit pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof). |
|
7.2 |
|
Electrical Meter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.1, Landlord
covenants that a separate meter for electricity for the Premises shall, at the sole expense of
Landlord, be (a) installed as soon as practicable following the date hereof and (b) maintained
during the Sublease Term. |
|
7.3 |
|
Compliance with Governmental Regulations. Landlord and Tenant shall comply with all
rules, regulations and requirements promulgated by the Government of the Republic of Singapore,
statutory bodies or any other national, state or local governmental agencies or utility suppliers
concerning the use of utility services, including any rationing, limitation or other control.
Landlord may voluntarily cooperate in a reasonable manner with the efforts of all governmental
agencies or utility suppliers in |
16
|
|
reducing energy or other resources consumption. Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this
Sublease Agreement nor to any abatement in rent by reason of such compliance or cooperation. Tenant
agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all reasonable rules,
regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe in order to maximize the efficient
operation of the HVAC system and all other utility systems. In the event of an interruption in or
failure or inability by Landlord to provide water, natural gas or electrical utility services to
the Premises (a Service Failure), unless such Service Failure is caused by any act or omission of
Landlord or Landlords Agents, such Service Failure shall not, regardless of its duration, impose
upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or
otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent (except as hereafter provided) or to terminate
this Sublease Agreement or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenants obligations under this
Sublease Agreement. |
SECTION 8
LANDLORD SERVICES ETC.
8.1 |
|
Landlord Services. Landlord shall provide to
Tenant the services set forth on Exhibit C
hereto (the Landlord Services). |
|
8.2 |
|
Air-conditioning Services. Landlord shall maintain operation of the Building Central
Plant to provide for HVAC when necessary for normal comfort in the Premises. The hours and
temperatures (within a customary comfort range for the location with a Permitted Use of this
nature) shall be subject to Tenants control through a building automation system serving the
Premises. Tenant shall pay the Air- conditioning Charges to Landlord in accordance with Sections
3.3 and 3.6 hereof. |
|
8.3 |
|
Increase in Tenants Contribution.
Effective at each of 1st of November 2013, 1st of
November 2015, 1st of November 2018, 1st of November 2020 and 1st of November 2023 (each a
Tenants Contribution Increase Date) (provided that the Sublease Term is still subsisting
at the relevant time), Landlord shall be entitled, by notice in writing to Tenant, to increase
Tenants Contribution if there is any increase in Landlords cost of providing services. Any
increase in Tenants Contribution shall be payable from the date specified in Landlords notice but
in each instance not earlier than the then applicable Tenants Contribution Increase Date. Such
notice shall, save for manifest error and subject to Tenants audit right, be conclusive and
binding on Tenant, both as to Tenants liability for such increase and the amount thereof. |
|
8.4 |
|
Audit Right. Landlord agrees to grant Tenant the right to review, inspect and contest
Landlords books and records relating to any Landlord Service, the Air-conditioning Charges or any
other charges or sums claimed by Landlord to be due and payable by Tenant hereunder, during regular
operating hours and at Tenants sole expense; provided,
however, that such right may not be
exercised more than two times (2x) during any twelve-month period. |
SECTION 9
PROPERTY TAXES
9.1 |
|
Property tax imposed or levied by the relevant government authority on the Premises or on the
Project (or any part thereof) and as may be apportioned by Landlord or attributable to the Premises
shall be paid as follows: |
|
9.1.1 |
|
Landlord shall for the duration of the Sublease Term pay property tax levied on or
attributable to the Premises but only to the extent that such payment by Landlord in respect of the
Premises shall not exceed property tax calculated (i) on the basis of an annual value equivalent to
the annual Rent payable under this Agreement (Base Annual
Valve) and (ii) at the property tax
rate applicable on first assessment of property tax. In the event that any additional property tax
levied by the relevant authority on or apportioned by Landlord as attributable to the Premises is
payable on account of (aa) the annual value assessed by the relevant government authority or
apportioned by Landlord as attributable to the Premises (whether on first assessment by the
relevant government authority or as increased from time to time whether retrospective or otherwise)
which is in excess of the Base Annual Value and/or |
17
|
|
|
(bb) an increase in the property tax rate above the rate applicable on first assessment, such
additional property tax shall be borne and paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand. |
|
9.1.2 |
|
In the event that the Premises are not separately assessed for property tax but the Project
is assessed as a whole or in parts, then for the purpose of Clause 9.1.1 above, Landlord shall
determine the apportionment of the annual value (as assessed by the relevant authority) and the
property tax which would be attributable to the Premises. Such apportionment shall be based on the
proportion which (i) the floor area of the Premises bears to (ii) the net lettable area of the
whole or the relevant part of the Project. Landlords determination of the apportionment shall be
accepted by Tenant as final and conclusive (save for manifest error) and Tenants right to audit. |
|
|
9.1.3 |
|
Tenants liability in respect of additional property tax referable to the Sublease Term,
pursuant to the provisions of Clause 9.1 shall not be affected by the expiry or earlier
determination of this Sublease Agreement. |
|
|
9.1.4 |
|
Objection to any assessment of annual value or imposition of additional property tax on the
Premises during the Sublease Term may be made by Landlord in its discretion and by Tenant if Tenant
deems fit and Landlord shall assist Tenant in making any objection to the relevant government
authority as may be required. |
SECTION 10
INSURANCE
10.1 |
|
Tenants Insurance. Tenant shall maintain insurance complying with all of the
following: |
|
10.1.1 |
|
Tenant shall procure, pay for and keep in full force and effect, the following (or have the
following procured, paid for and kept in force and effect by Avago for the benefit of Tenant): |
|
(a) |
|
Broad-form, general commercial liability insurance (or the equivalent insurance as written for
coverage in Singapore), including property damage, against liability for personal injury, bodily
injury, death and damage to property occurring in or about, or resulting from an occurrence in or
about, the Premises with combined single limit coverage of not less than the amount of Tenants
Minimum Liability Insurance Coverage, which insurance shall contain, fire legal endorsement
coverage and a contractual liability endorsement (if available for subleased premises occupied
for the Permitted Use in the area in which the Premises is located) insuring Tenants performance
of Tenants obligation to indemnify Landlord contained in Section 11.4, and with Landlord and such
other parties as Landlord shall designate named as an additional insured parties; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Fire and property damage insurance against loss caused by fire, extended coverage perils
including steam boiler insurance, sprinkler leakage, if applicable, vandalism, malicious mischief
and such other additional perils as now are or hereafter may be
included in a standard extended coverage endorsement from time to time in general use in Singapore;
and |
|
|
(c) |
|
Workers compensation and Employee liability coverage sufficient to comply with all local Laws; |
|
10.1.2 |
|
The broad-form general commercial liability insurance (or the equivalent insurance as
written for coverage in Singapore) that Tenant is required to carry under Section 10.1.1(a) shall
name Landlord and such other parties in interest as Landlord designates as additional insureds.
Additionally, all policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Section
10.1 shall (i) be primary insurance without the right of contribution from any other insurance
coverage of Landlord, (ii) be in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (iii) be carried with
insurance companies acceptable to Landlord, (iv) provide that such policy shall not be subject to
cancellation, reduction of coverage or lapse except after at least thirty (30) days prior written
notice to Landlord, (v) where permissible under Singapore law and if available |
18
|
|
|
and customary under Singaporean practice, contain a cross liability endorsement, and (vi) contain a
severability clause. |
|
|
10.1.3 |
|
A certificate of insurance reflecting that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant
pursuant to this Section 10.1 is in force, and reflecting the required additional insured provision
satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the time
Tenant or any of Tenants Agents enters the Premises and upon renewal of such policies, but not
less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. |
10.2 |
|
Release and Waiver of Subrogation. The Parties release each other, and their
respective Landlords Agents and Tenants Agents, from any liability for any property loss or
damage that is caused by or results from any risk insured or which could be insured against under
the types of insurance specified in Section 10.1 above;
provided, however, the foregoing provisions
shall not apply to the third party liability insurance described in Section 10.1 to the extent
prohibited by Law. To the extent permitted under Law, each Party shall secure a written waiver of
subrogation from its respective insurers under these respective policies. |
|
10.3 |
|
Landlords insurance. Landlord shall maintain such insurance with respect to the
Project as shall be deemed customary for the location of the Project for owners and landlords of
industrial manufacturing facilities in Singapore. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as
Agilent Technologies Singapore Pte Ltd (or its affiliate) is the Landlord hereunder and it
maintains the insurance coverage in place as of the Commencement Date, such coverage shall be
deemed to satisfy the covenant set forth in the preceding sentence of this Section 10.3. |
SECTION 11
ADDITIONAL LANDLORD OBLIGATIONS AND LIMITATION ON
LANDLORDS LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY
11.1 |
|
Landlord Obligations. In addition to Landlords covenants set forth elsewhere
throughout this Agreement, Landlord also covenants as follows: |
|
11.1.1 |
|
Landlord shall timely comply with, at Landlords cost and expense, all of the terms of the
Head Lease, and shall not intentionally undertake or intentionally fail to undertake any act which
gives rise to the termination of the Head Lease or the termination of this Sublease Agreement. |
|
|
11.1.2 |
|
Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Sublease Agreement, subletting and
administrative fees, if any (including any subletting fees or administrative fees levied or imposed
retrospectively) imposed by HDB or other competent authority in respect of the subletting of the
Premises by the Landlord to the Tenant for the Sublease Term pursuant to this Sublease Agreement
shall be borne by the Landlord. |
|
|
11.1.3 |
|
Landlord undertakes to exercise its option to renew the Head Lease in accordance with the
provisions of the Head Lease and to comply with all necessary terms and conditions of the Head
Lease in connection with the exercise of the option for renewal. |
|
|
11.1.4 |
|
Landlord warrants and represents that it has complied with all Law in relation to the
Project (including the Premises) and has obtained all necessary waivers, approvals, consents and
permissions (collectively the Consents) required for the use, operations and processes carried
out at the Project (including the Premises) as at the date hereof. The Landlord further undertakes
to comply with all Law and to do all things required to obtain, renew or extend the Consents.
Subject to Sections 10.2, 11.2 and 11.3 hereof, if the Landlord fails to obtain, renew or extend
the Consents and any change to the use of the Project is required as a result so as to comply with
any Law regarding land use ratio or quantum, such change shall not be effected on the Premises but
on the parts of the Project other than the Premises at the sole cost and expense of the Landlord.
Without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord also covenants that, if not already commenced, within
thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date, it shall commence, and thereafter shall diligently
pursue, the extension of any relevant Consent or the change of the legal designation of the
Project, as the case may be, such that the operation of |
19
|
|
|
the Project and Premises as operated as of the Commencement Date shall be in compliance with, and
without the need for any further waiver from, the legal requirements imposed by any relevant
authority (including the Urban Redevelopment Authority) with respect to the Project. |
11.2 |
|
Limitation on Landlords Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Sublease Agreement, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any of Tenants Agents for
any injury to Tenant or any of Tenants Agents, or damage to Tenants property, resulting from any
cause, including without limitation any (i) any interruption or failure of any HVAC or other
utility system or any Landlord Services by reason of necessary repair or maintenance of any
installations or apparatus or damage thereto or destruction thereof or by reason of mechanical or
other defect or breakdown or by reason of any circumstances beyond Landlords control; (ii) repairs
or improvements to the Premises by Landlord or any services provided by Landlord to Tenant
hereunder; (iii) limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction on the use of water or
electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any services or utility serving the Premises or the
Project; (iv) any act, omission, default, misconduct or negligence of any contractor appointed by
Tenant or any other of Tenants Agents; (v) any damage, injury or loss arising out of the leakage
or defect of the piping, wiring and sprinkler system in the Building and/or the structure of the
Building; (vi) any damage, injury or loss caused by other tenants or persons in the Building; (vii)
any damage, injury or loss arising from or in connection with the use of the Common Areas or the
Building Parking Area; (viii) vandalism or forcible entry by unauthorized persons; (ix) penetration
of water into or onto any portion of the Premises through roof leaks or otherwise. This Section
11.2 shall not limit Landlords obligations under Section 11.5 hereof which obligations however
remain subject to Section 11.3 hereof. In addition and notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement, in no event shall (a) Landlord be liable to Tenant or any of Tenants Agents under this
Agreement for any consequential (including without limitation any injury to Tenants business or
loss of income or profit therefrom), punitive or exemplary damages, or (b) Tenant be liable to
Landlord or any of Landlords Agents under this Agreement for any consequential (including without
limitation any injury to Landlords business or loss of income or profit therefrom), punitive or
exemplary damages. |
|
11.3 |
|
Limitation on Tenants Recourse. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this
Sublease Agreement, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Sublease Agreement is
limited to (a) Landlords equity interest in the Project up to a maximum in Singapore dollars
equivalent to US$500,000, provided that, until such time as (x) Landlord has obtained the permanent
(as such term is described below) extension of any relevant Consent with respect to the Project and
the Premises as operated as of the Commencement Date such that the Project and the Premises shall
be in compliance with, and without the need for any further waiver (other than as such may be
required due to the expiration of any permanent waiver) from, the legal requirements imposed by the
Urban Redevelopment Authority with respect to the Project, or (y) the legal zoning of the Project
is changed such that the operation of the Project and the Premises as operated as of the
Commencement Date shall be in compliance with, and without the need for any further waiver from,
the legal requirements imposed by the Urban Redevelopment
Authority or any other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the HDB) with respect
to the Project, the limitation of Landlords liability solely with respect to the foregoing shall
be limited to a maximum amount in Singapore dollars equivalent to US$2,000,000, and (b) to no other
assets of Landlord for satisfaction of any liability in respect of this Sublease Agreement, and no
personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of
Landlord or against Landlords stockholders, directors, principals, representatives, trustees or
partners on account of any of Landlords obligations or actions under this Sublease Agreement. For
the purposes of the preceding sentence, the term permanent shall be deemed to include any Consent
that is extended or granted for a period of no less than five (5) years from the Commencement Date.
In addition, in the event of conveyance of Landlords interest in the Project or the Premises,
then, subject to Section 15.2 hereof, from and after the date of such conveyance, Landlord shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to Landlords obligations to be performed under this
Sublease Agreement after the date of such conveyance. |
|
11.4 |
|
Indemnification of Landlord. To the fullest extent allowed by Law but subject to
Section 10.2 and 11.2 hereof, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord
and Landlords Agents from (i) all claims, demands, writs, summonses, actions, suits, proceedings,
judgments, orders, decrees, damages, costs, losses and expenses of any nature whatsoever which
Landlord may suffer or incur in connection with loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to
property arising from or out of any occurrences in, upon or at the Premises or the use of the
Premises or any part thereof by Tenant or |
20
|
|
by any of Tenants Agents (except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross
negligence of Landlord or Landlords Agents); (ii) all loss and damage to the Premises, the
Building and to all property therein caused directly or indirectly by Tenant or Tenants Agents and
in particular but without limiting the generality of the foregoing caused directly or indirectly by
the use or misuse, waste or abuse of water, gas or electricity or faulty fittings or fixtures;
(iii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenants Agents, wherever the same
may occur; or (iv) any breach of this Sublease Agreement by Tenant. The provisions of this Section
11.4 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease Agreement. |
|
11.5 |
|
Indemnification of Tenant. To the fullest extent allowed by Law but subject to
Sections 10.2, 11.2 and 11.3 hereof, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless
Tenant and Tenants Agents from all liability, penalties, losses, damages, costs, expenses, causes
of action, claims and/or judgments arising by reason of any death, bodily injury, personal injury
or property damage resulting from (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or
Landlords Agents, or (ii) any breach of this Sublease Agreement by Landlord. The provisions of
this Section 11.5 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease Agreement. |
|
11.6 |
|
Indemnity of HDB. Landlord shall indemnify and keep HDB indemnified from and against
all liabilities, claims and proceedings, costs and expenses whatsoever and howsoever arising out of
or in connection with this Sublease Agreement. |
|
11.7 |
|
Abatement |
|
11.7.1 |
|
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, including without limitation Sections 3, 8, 11.2
and 11.3 hereof, in the event Landlord fails to deliver any of the Landlord Services or Air-conditioning Services to be provided hereunder, Tenants Contribution or Air-Conditioning Charges,
as applicable, shall abate to the extent of and for the duration of such failure and Tenant shall
have the right to take any reasonable action for the purpose of securing such Landlord Services or
Air-conditioning services not being delivered and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any
reasonable costs, expenses and fees incurred by Tenant in procuring such services within fifteen
(15) business days of receipt of notice thereof from Tenant absent which Tenant shall have the
right to offset such amounts from the next installments of Rent payable by Tenant hereunder until
recompensed in full for such reasonable expenditures. |
|
|
11.7.2 |
|
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, including without limitation Sections 6.2, 7, 11.2
and 11.3 hereof, in the event of an interruption in the provision of utility service to the
Premises or the failure of Landlord to perform or cause to be performed its obligations set forth
in the first sentence of Section 6.2 hereof, any Rent payable hereunder shall abate to the extent
such failure impedes Tenants ability to use the Premises as it otherwise would be able in the
ordinary course of this Sublease Agreement until such interruption or failure of service or
performance is cured. |
SECTION 12
DAMAGE TO PREMISES
12.1 |
|
Untenantability. If the Premises or any part thereof shall at any time be damaged or
destroyed by fire or any other cause which is beyond the control of Landlord so as to render the
Premises unfit for occupation and use (except where such damage or destruction has been caused by,
or the policy or policies of insurance in relation to the Premises shall have been vitiated or
payment of the policy monies withheld in whole or in part in consequence of, some act or default of
Tenant or Tenants Agents), the Rent reserved by this Sublease Agreement or a fair and just
proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended
until the Premises shall again be rendered fit for occupation and use, and any dispute concerning
this clause shall be determined by a single arbitrator in accordance with the Arbitration Act,
Chapter 10 of Singapore. All insurance proceeds available from the fire and property damage
insurance carried by Landlord, if any, shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord. |
|
12.2 |
|
Landlords Right to Terminate. Landlord shall have the option to terminate this
Sublease Agreement in the event any of the following occurs, which option may be exercised only by
delivery to Tenant of a |
21
|
|
written notice of election to terminate within sixty (60) days after the date of such damage
or such later date as is reasonably necessary under the circumstances: |
|
12.2.1 |
|
Either the Premises or Project is damaged by any peril either (i) not covered by any
insurance carried by Landlord and the estimated cost to restore equals or exceeds One Hundred
Thousand Dollars (S$l00,000.00), or (ii) covered by valid and collectible insurance actually
carried by Landlord and in force at the time of such damage or destruction and the estimated cost
to restore equals or exceeds Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (S$250,000.00); |
|
|
12.2.2 |
|
Either the Premises or Project is damaged by any peril and (i) the amount of the insurance
proceeds that will be received by Landlord for repair or restoration of the Premises will not be
sufficient to pay for the cost of such repair or restoration, (ii) the Laws then in effect prevent
Landlord from repairing or restoring the Premises to substantially the same condition in which the
Premises were immediately prior to such damage, or (iii) the restoration of the Premises cannot be
substantially completed within 180 days after the date of such damage; or |
|
|
12.2.3 |
|
Either the Premises or Project is damaged by any peril and, because of the Laws then in
force, (i) may not be restored at reasonable cost to substantially the same condition in which it
was prior to such damage, or (ii) may not be used for the same use being made thereof before such
damage whether or not restored as required by this Section. |
SECTION 13
GOVERNMENT ACQUISITION
If at least a material portion of the Building or the Premises shall at any time be acquired by any
government authorities (including without limitation the Land Transport Authority) pursuant to and
in accordance with any prevailing Law (including without limitation the Land Transport Authority of
Singapore Act, Cap. l58A, the Rapid Transit System Act, Cap. 263A and the Street Works Act, Cap.
320A), Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant notifying Tenant of the acquisition and
terminating this Sublease Agreement without being liable to Tenant for damages, losses and expenses
and thereupon this Sublease Agreement shall terminate and Tenant shall (if still in occupation)
vacate the Premises, provided always that Tenant shall pay to Landlord all
such sums of money which it is obliged to pay under this Sublease Agreement in respect of or which
have accrued for the period up to or before the termination date and Landlord shall return the
Security Deposit Amount to Tenant (less such amounts as are to be lawfully deducted pursuant to the
provisions of this Sublease Agreement) free of interest and thereafter, this Sublease Agreement
shall absolutely cease and determine without affecting the rights of the Party against the other
Party for any previous default by either Party arising out of or in connection with this Sublease
Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall restrict the rights of Tenant (if any)
to claim against the government or the relevant government authority for any compensation, damages,
loss or expense in connection with its rights and interest as a tenant of the Premises. In the
event of a partial taking of the Premises and this Sublease remains in effect, the Monthly Base
Rent, Tenants Contribution and Air-conditioning Charges (and any other charges then-payable on a
lettable square foot basis) shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect the reduced square footage
of floor area of the remaining Premises.
SECTION 14
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
14.1 |
|
Events of Tenants Default. Tenant shall be in default of its obligations under this
Sublease Agreement if any of the following events occur (each, an Event of Default): |
|
14.1.1 |
|
Tenant shall have failed to pay any Rent and Air-Conditioning Charges when due and such
failure is not cured within five (5) days after delivery of written notice from Landlord specifying
such failure to pay; |
|
|
14.1.2 |
|
Tenant shall have failed to perform any term, covenant or condition of this Sublease
Agreement except those requiring the payment of Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent, and
Tenant shall not cure such default within fifteen (15) days after delivery of written notice from
Landlord specifying such failure to perform, or where such default is not capable of being |
22
|
|
|
cured within such 15-day period, Tenant shall have failed to commence such cure within such 15-day
period and thereafter using best efforts, diligently bring such cure to completion; |
|
|
14.1.3 |
|
The appointment of a receiver, receiver and manager, or provisional liquidator in respect of
Tenant of any of its property or assets; |
|
|
14.1.4 |
|
Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises or left the Premises substantially; or |
|
|
14.1.5 |
|
The occurrence of the following: (i) inability of Tenant to pay its debts as and when they
fall due; (ii) presentation of a winding up petition (except for the purpose of amalgamation or
reconstruction when solvent) for the winding up of Tenant; (iii) issuance of a notice of meeting of
members or shareholders for the passing of a resolution for winding up (except for the purpose of
amalgamation or reconstruction when solvent) of Tenant; (iv) presentation of a petition for the
judicial management of Tenant; and (v) making of a proposal by Tenant to its creditors for a
composition in satisfaction of its debts or a scheme of arrangement of its affairs. |
14.2 |
|
Landlords Remedies. In the event of any Event of Default by Tenant, to the extent
permitted by applicable Law, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other
rights and remedies provided by any Law or otherwise provided in this Agreement, to which Landlord
may resort cumulatively, or in the alternative: |
|
14.2.1 |
|
Landlord may keep this Sublease Agreement in effect and enforce by an action at law or in
equity all of its rights and remedies under this Sublease Agreement, including (i) the right to
recover the Rent and Air-Conditioning Charges as it becomes due by appropriate legal action, (ii)
the right to make payments required of Tenant or perform Tenants obligations and be reimbursed by
Tenant for the cost thereof with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid
by Landlord until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant, and (iii) the remedies of injunctive relief and
specific performance to compel Tenant to perform its obligations under this Sublease Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease Agreement, in the event of a breach of an
obligation by Tenant which results in a condition which (i) poses an imminent danger to safety of
persons or damage to property, then Landlord may without prior notice to Tenant enter the Premises
and take any action that is necessary to cure such breach (but with notice provided as soon as
commercially practicable thereafter) and be reimbursed by Tenant for the reasonable cost thereof
with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid by Landlord until Landlord
is reimbursed by Tenant,
or (ii) results in an unsightly condition visible from the exterior of the Premises, or a threat to
insurance coverage, then if Tenant does not cure such breach within 10 days after delivery to it of
written notice from Landlord identifying the breach, Landlord may cure the breach of Tenant and be
reimbursed by Tenant for the cost thereof with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate. |
|
|
14.2.2 |
|
Landlord may enter the Premises for the purposes of reletting the Premises or any part
thereof to third parties for Tenants account for any period, whether shorter or longer than the
remaining Sublease Term. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all commercially
reasonable costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises or any part thereof, including without
limitation brokers reasonable commissions and reasonable expenses of altering and preparing the
Premises for reletting. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Rent and Air-Conditioning Charges due
under this Sublease Agreement on the date the Rent and Air- Conditioning Charges is due, less the
rent and other sums Landlord received from any reletting. No act by Landlord allowed by this
subparagraph shall terminate this Sublease Agreement unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing
that Landlord elects to terminate this Sublease Agreement. Notwithstanding any reletting without
termination, Landlord may later elect to terminate this Sublease Agreement because of the default
by Tenant. |
|
|
14.2.3 |
|
Landlord may terminate this Sublease Agreement by giving Tenant: (a) written notice of
termination, in which event this Sublease Agreement shall terminate on the date set forth for
termination in such notice or (b) within thirty (30) days after Landlords notice to rectify such
breach it shall be lawful for Landlord at any time thereafter to re-enter upon the Premises (even
if Landlord had previously waived such right of re-entry) or any part thereof in the name |
23
|
|
|
of the whole and the tenancy shall hereby be terminated. Any termination under this Section 14.2.3
shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay sums then due Landlord or from any claim
against Tenant for damages or rent previously accrued or then accruing. In no event shall any one
or more of the following actions by Landlord, in the absence of a written election by Landlord to
terminate this Sublease Agreement, constitute a termination of this Sublease Agreement: (i)
appointment of a receiver or keeper in order to protect Landlords interest hereunder; (ii) consent
to any subletting of the Premises or assignment of this Sublease Agreement by Tenant, whether
pursuant to the provisions hereof or otherwise; or (iii) any other action by Landlord or Landlords
agents or employees intended to mitigate the adverse effects of any breach of this Sublease
Agreement by Tenant, including without limitation any action taken to maintain and preserve the
Premises or any action taken to relet the Premises or any portions thereof to the extent such
actions do not affect a termination of Tenants right to possession of the Premises. |
|
|
14.2.4 |
|
In the event Tenant breaches this Sublease Agreement and abandons the Premises, this
Sublease Agreement shall not terminate unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of its election
to so terminate this Sublease Agreement. No act by or on behalf of Landlord intended to mitigate
the adverse effect of such breach, including those described by Section 14.2.3, shall constitute a
termination of Tenants right to possession unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of
termination. Should Landlord not terminate this Sublease Agreement by giving Tenant written notice,
Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Sublease Agreement, including the right
to recover the Rent and Air-Conditioning Charges as it becomes due under the Sublease Agreement. |
|
|
14.2.5 |
|
In the event Landlord terminates this Sublease Agreement, to the extent permitted under
applicable Law, Landlord shall at its election be entitled, in addition to any other rights and
remedies available to Landlord in law or equity, to damages; provided, however, Landlord shall take
commercially reasonable measures to mitigate its loss. For purposes of computing damages, an
interest rate equal to the Agreed Interest Rate shall be used where permitted. To the extent
permitted under applicable Law, such damages shall include: |
|
(a) |
|
The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and Air-Conditioning
Charges for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the prevailing market rate (as
such phrase is used in Section 2.2 hereof) of the Premises, computed by discounting such amount at
the Agreed Interest Rate; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Such other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all costs directly incurred by Landlord
caused by Tenants failure to perform Tenants obligations under this Sublease Agreement, including
the following: (i) expenses for cleaning, repairing or restoring the Premises; (ii) brokers fees,
advertising costs and other expenses of reletting the Premises; (iii) expenses in retaking
possession of the Premises; and (iv) reasonable attorneys fees and court costs incurred by
Landlord in retaking possession of the Premises and in reletting the Premises or otherwise incurred
as a result of Tenants default. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Nothing in this Section 14.2 shall limit Landlords right to indemnification from Tenant as
provided in Section 11.4. Any notice given by Landlord in order to satisfy the requirements of
Section 14.1.1 or Section 14.1.2 above shall also satisfy the notice requirements of any Law
regarding eviction or unlawful detainer proceedings, provided that such notice is prepared and
served upon Tenant in accordance with all applicable requirements of such Law. |
14.3 |
|
Limitation on Exercise of Rights. At any time that an Event of Default by Tenant has
occurred and remains uncured, (i) it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to deny or withhold any
consent or approval requested of it by Tenant which Landlord would otherwise be obligated to give
(unless, by means of the act for which consent is being requested, such Event of Default would be
cured upon the granting of such consent); and (ii) Tenant may not exercise any right to terminate
this Sublease Agreement or other right granted to it by this Sublease Agreement which would
otherwise be available to it. |
24
14.4 |
|
Waiver. Knowledge or acquiescence by either Party of any breach by the other Party of
any of the covenants, conditions or obligations herein contained shall not operate or be deemed to
operate as a waiver of such covenants, conditions or obligations and any consent or waiver of the
innocent Party shall only be effective if given in writing. No consent or waiver expressed or
implied by either Party to or of any breach of any covenant, condition or obligation of the other
Party shall be construed as a consent or waiver to or of any other breach of the same or any other
covenant, condition or obligation and shall not prejudice in any way the rights, powers and
remedies of the innocent Party herein contained. Any acceptance by Landlord of Rent reserved by
this Sublease Agreement or any other sum payable under this Sublease Agreement shall not be deemed
to operate as a waiver by Landlord of any right to proceed against Tenant in respect of a breach by
Tenant of any of Tenants obligations hereunder. |
SECTION 15
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
15.1 |
|
By Tenant. The following provisions shall apply to any direct or indirect assignment,
subletting or other transfer by Tenant or any subtenant or assignee or other successor in interest
of the original Tenant (collectively referred to in this Section as Tenant): |
|
15.1.1 |
|
Tenant shall not do any of the following (collectively referred to herein as a
Transfer), whether voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of laws, without the prior
written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or denied: (i) sublet
all or any part of the Premises or allow it to be sublet, occupied or used by any person or entity
other than Tenant; (ii) assign its interest in this Sublease Agreement; (iii) transfer any right
appurtenant to this Sublease Agreement or the Premises; (iv) encumber the Sublease Agreement (or
otherwise use the Sublease Agreement as a security device) in any manner; or (v) terminate or
materially amend or modify an assignment, sublease or other transfer that has been previously
approved by Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant may, without the prior written
consent of Landlord but subject to the approval of HDB, assign this Sublease Agreement to one or
more direct or indirect subsidiaries of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Sublease
Agreement may be assigned by Tenant to any person, entity or organization that acquires all or
substantially all of the assets of Tenant, subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which
may not be unreasonably withheld and subject to the approval of HDB. For the avoidance of any
doubt, the merger of Tenant with any other entity or the transfer of any controlling or managing
ownership or beneficial interest in Tenant (as a consequence of a single transaction or a number of
multiple transactions) has, if required, been approved by HDB
shall not constitute a Transfer hereunder, provided that written notice of such transaction(s) is
provided to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days prior to consummation of such transaction(s).
Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs and attorneys fees incurred by Landlord
in connection with the processing and/or documentation of any requested Transfer whether or not
Landlords consent is granted. Any Transfer so approved by Landlord shall not be effective until
Tenant has paid all such costs and attorneys fees to Landlord and delivered to Landlord an
executed counterpart of the document evidencing the Transfer that (a) is in form approved by
Landlord, (b) contains the same terms and conditions as stated in Tenants notice given to Landlord
pursuant to Section 15.1.2 below, and (c) contains the agreement of the proposed Transferee to
assume all obligations of Tenant related to the Transfer arising after the effective date of such
Transfer. Any attempted Transfer without Landlords consent shall constitute a default by Tenant
and shall be voidable at Landlords option. Landlords consent to any one Transfer shall not
constitute a waiver of the provisions of Section 15.1 as to any subsequent Transfer nor a consent
to any subsequent Transfer. No Transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of
its personal and primary obligation to pay the rent and Air-Conditioning Charges and to perform all
of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of rent and
Air-Conditioning Charges by Landlord from any person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord
of any provision of this Sublease Agreement nor to be a consent to any Transfer. |
|
|
15.1.2 |
|
Tenant shall give Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any desired
Transfer and, upon the reasonable request of Landlord, the proposed terms of such Transfer (it
being |
25
|
|
|
understood that historical financial information regarding the proposed transferee will be deemed
reasonable). Landlord shall respond in writing to Tenants request for Landlords consent to a
Transfer within the later of (x) thirty (30) days of receipt of such request together with the
required accompanying documentation or (y) twenty (20) days after Landlords receipt of all
information which Landlord reasonably requests within ten (10) days after it receives Tenants
first notice regarding the Transfer in question. If Landlord fails to respond in writing within
said period, Landlord will be deemed to have consented to such Transfer. Tenant shall immediately
notify Landlord of any modification to the proposed terms of such Transfer. |
15.2 |
|
By Landlord. Landlord and its successors in interest shall have the right to transfer
their interest in the Premises or the Building at any time and to any person or entity, provided
(i) such person or entity agrees to assume and perform all obligations of Landlord hereunder, (ii)
Landlord obtains all consents required by applicable Law in connection therewith and complies with
the terms thereof, and (iii) Landlord transfers the Security Deposit Amount to such transferee. In
the event of any such transfer, Landlord originally named herein (and in the case of any subsequent
transfer, the transferor) from the date of such transfer, (i) shall be automatically relieved,
without any further act by any person or entity, of all liability for the performance of the
obligations of Landlord hereunder which may accrue after the date of such transfer, and (ii) shall
be relieved of all liability for the performance of the obligations of Landlord hereunder which
have accrued before the date of transfer. After the date of any such transfer, the term Landlord
as used herein shall mean the transferee of such interest in the Premises. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event that Landlord desires to assign, sell, encumber or otherwise transfer or
alienate any of its right, title and interest in and to the Head Lease, the Project, the Building
or any portion thereof, Landlord shall require any such assignee, purchaser or transferee (the
Transferee) of Landlords interest therein to execute (together with Landlord and the
Tenant) a novation deed/agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Tenant pursuant to
which (a) the Transferee shall assume Landlords obligations and rights under this agreement, and
(b) Landlord and any such Transferee, at their sole cost and expense, shall obtain any consents and
approvals required by applicable Law (including, without limitation, the HDB), and shall comply
with any and all conditions of the applicable authorities, as required by applicable Law to any
such transfer or conveyance. |
SECTION 16
WASTE DISPOSAL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
The provisions of this Section 16 are in addition to, and in no way limit or restrict, Tenants
obligations and Landlords rights as set forth elsewhere in this Sublease Agreement.
16.1 |
|
Compliance With Environmental Law; Cooperation; Sharing of Costs. |
|
16.1.1 |
|
Tenant, at its sole cost, shall comply with all Environmental Laws applicable to Tenants
occupancy, use, or activities at the Premises. |
|
|
16.1.2 |
|
Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Landlord in Landlords efforts to
comply with Environmental Laws. Unless otherwise explicitly set forth in this Sublease Agreement,
Tenant, at its sole cost, shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining all permits necessary
for Tenants occupancy, use, or activities on or about the Premises. |
16.2 |
|
Notifications. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with non-confidential
information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning environmental matters at the Premises or
the Project and shall give Landlord written notice of: (i) any investigation, inspection,
enforcement, remediation, or other regulatory action or order taken, issued or threatened in
connection with its occupancy, use or activities on or about the Premises or the Project; (ii) any
claims made or threatened by any third Party against either of them, or any report, notice or
complaint filed or threatened to be filed with any government agency, in connection with their
occupancy, use or activities on or about the Premises or the Project pursuant to any Environmental
Law; and (iii) all incidents or matters with respect to the Premises or the Project as to which
they are required to give notice to any governmental or quasi governmental entity pursuant to any
Environmental Law. |
26
|
16.3.1 |
|
Environmental Condition. In the event an Environmental Condition exists or occurs on
or about the Premises, Tenant (or Tenants contractor) shall promptly undertake and diligently
complete, at Tenants sole cost, and in compliance with this Sublease Agreement and Environmental
Laws, all investigative, corrective, and remedial measures required under Environmental Laws. Such
measures shall include without limitation removal and proper disposal of the Hazardous Substance
and restoration of all land, improvements and other affected areas whether on or off the Premises
or the Project. |
|
|
16.3.2 |
|
Preexisting Hazardous Substances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Sublease Agreement, Tenant shall not be liable for, and Landlord waives, releases, discharges,
indemnifies, protects and holds harmless Tenant from and against: (i) any obligation to clean up,
remediate or remove any Preexisting Hazardous Substances; (ii) all third party claims arising out
of or related to the Preexisting Hazardous Substances, including any losses, costs, damages,
expenses (including attorneys fees) or other liabilities incurred by Tenant in responding to such
third party claims; and (iii) any fines, penalties, sanctions, costs, reasonable attorneys fees,
expenses, damages, or charges imposed for any violations of any Environmental Laws arising out of,
or attributable to Preexisting Hazardous Substances, except to the extent that any Preexisting
Hazardous Substances are exacerbated by the activities of Tenant or any of Tenants Agents.
Preexisting Hazardous Substances shall not be exacerbated by the activities of Tenant or any of
Tenants Agents solely because Tenant or Tenants Agents are aware that Preexisting Hazardous
Substances exist or are migrating passively in, over, on, under; through, from, or about the
Premises or Property. |
16.4 |
|
Condition on Expiration or Termination. Prior to the expiration or termination of the
Sublease Agreement in accordance with this subsection, Tenant shall remove and properly dispose of
any Hazardous Substances that have come to be located on or about the Premises as a result of
Tenants occupancy, use and activities on or about the Premises or the Project, and Tenant shall
restore the Premises and other affected areas to the same or better condition, character and
quality as before Tenants occupancy, ordinary wear and tear excepted. At least one month before
expiration of the Sublease Term, Tenant at its sole cost shall retain a duly licensed environmental
consultant acceptable to Landlord to perform a Phase I environmental assessment (which shall, at a
minimum, comply with ASTM No. E 1527-97 or such other standards and contain such information as
Landlord may require) of the Premises. Based on that assessment, Tenant shall formulate a plan for
any further testing and for the removal and proper disposal of any Hazardous Substances on or about
the Premises that have come to be located on or about the Premises or the Project as a result of
Tenants occupancy, use or activities, and for the restoration of all land, improvements and other
affected areas in the same or better condition, character and quality as before Tenants occupancy,
ordinary wear and tear excepted. The plan shall be accompanied by a schedule for completing the
activities described in the plan before the end of the Sublease Term. Tenant shall submit the plan
to Landlord at least three months before expiration of the Sublease Term and, upon approval by
Landlord, Tenant, at its sole cost, shall implement the approved plan. The completion of the plan
shall be confirmed in writing by Tenants environmental consultant. If Tenant
fails to do any of the above, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to do so, in
accordance with Section 16.5. Tenant shall take all steps necessary to terminate, close or transfer
all environmental Permits held in Tenants name in accordance with all Environmental Laws, and
shall provide Landlord with satisfactory written evidence that each such termination, closure or
transfer has been completed. |
|
16.5 |
|
Landlords Rights. If Tenant fails to comply with any provision of this Section 16 or
elsewhere in this Sublease Agreement, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to
effect such compliance, in its sole discretion and without limiting any other remedy which may be
available to Landlord under this Sublease Agreement, at law or in equity. The cost thereof shall be
paid by Tenant to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after delivery of Landlords invoice, for any
amount reasonably incurred or expended by Landlord in connection with such performance (including
fees and costs incurred for the services of attorneys, consultants, and experts). |
|
16.6 |
|
No Shift of Liability. Landlords exercise or failure to exercise the rights granted
in this Section 16 shall not in any way shift responsibility for Hazardous Substances or compliance
with Environmental Laws from Tenant to Landlord, nor impose any liability on Landlord. |
27
16.7 |
|
Survival. The obligations of Tenant and Landlord under this Section 16 shall survive
expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease Agreement and any conveyance by Landlord of its
interest in the Premises, and shall continue in full force and effect. |
|
16.8 |
|
Commingled Waste Stream. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 16
or elsewhere in this Sublease, Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant shall continue to have the right
throughout the Sublease Term, as extended, to continue discharging trade effluent through the
Building final inspection chamber as being conducted in and from the Premises prior to the
Commencement Date. |
SECTION 17
GENERAL PROVISIONS
17.1 |
|
Landlords Right of Inspection and Entry. Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlords
Agents at all reasonable times as reasonably agreed to between the Parties to enter into, inspect
and view the Premises and examine their condition. If any breach of covenant, defects, disrepair or
unauthorized Improvements shall be found upon such inspection for which Tenant is liable then upon
notice by Landlord to Tenant, to execute all repairs, works, replacements or removals required
within one (1) month (or such other reasonable period as required by Landlord having regard to the
extent of repairs, works, replacements or removals that are required) after the receipt of such
notice, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord or its surveyor. In case of default by Tenant,
it shall be lawful for workmen or agents of Landlord to enter into the Premises and execute such
repairs, works, replacements or removals. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand all reasonable
expenses so incurred with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date of expenditure until
the date they are paid by Tenant to Landlord (such expenses and Interest to be recoverable as if
they were rent in arrears). |
|
17.2 |
|
Landlords Right of Repair. Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlords Agents at all
reasonable times as reasonably agreed to between the Parties during and after normal office hours
on weekdays and Saturdays, after giving to Tenant prior written notice (but at anytime in any case
which Landlord considers an emergency) to enter upon the Premises (i) to inspect, cleanse, repair,
remove, replace, alter or execute any works whatsoever to or in connection with all utility and
other building systems serving the Premises; (ii) to effect or carry out any maintenance, repairs,
alterations or additions or other works which Landlord may consider necessary or desirable to any
part of the Building or the water, electrical, air-conditioning, mechanical, ventilation and other
facilities and services of the Building; (iii) for the purpose of exercising any of the powers and
authorities of Landlord under this Sublease Agreement; (iv) to comply with an obligation of repair,
maintenance or renewal affecting the Premises or the Building; (v) to construct, alter, maintain,
repair or fix anything or additional thing serving the Building or the adjoining premises or
property of Landlord, and running through or on Premises; or (vi) in connection with the
development of the remainder of the Building or any adjoining or neighbouring land or premises,
including the right to build on or onto or in prolongation of any boundary wall of the Premises, in
each case without payment of compensation for any nuisance, annoyance, inconvenience or damage
caused to Tenant subject to Landlord (or other person so entering) exercising such right in a
reasonable manner. |
|
17.3 |
|
HDBs Right of Inspection. HDB, its employees and agents shall have the right at all
reasonable times to enter the Premises with or without workmen, tools and appliances to examine the
state and condition thereof and any breaches of covenants. |
|
17.4 |
|
Payments by Tenant. Without prejudice to any other provision of this Sublease
Agreement, Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord promptly as and when due without demand, deduction,
set-off, or counterclaim whatsoever all sums due and payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the
provisions of this Sublease Agreement, and covenants not to exercise or seek to exercise any right
or claim to withhold rent or any right or claim to legal or equitable set-off. |
|
17.5 |
|
Surrender of the Premises. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease
Agreement, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition,
ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty or compulsory acquisition or by Landlord and its
agents excepted, as existed at the Commencement Date, except Tenant
shall remove any or all of (i)
its personal property, (ii) Trade Fixtures, and (iii) Improvements (only if such removal was
required in writing by Landlord |
28
|
|
at the time Landlord gave its consent to such installation), and repair all damage to the Premises
caused by such removal. If such removal and other surrender obligations are not completed before
the expiration or termination of the Sublease Term, Landlord shall have the right (but no
obligation) to perform such obligations, and Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for all costs
(including removal and storage) incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, plus interest on all
such costs incurred at the Agreed Interest Rate. Landlord shall also have the right to retain or
dispose of all or any portion of Tenants personal property or Trade Fixtures if Tenant does not
pay all such costs and retrieve the property within fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord
(in which event title to all such property described in Landlords notice shall be transferred to
and vest in Landlord). Tenant waives all claims, demands and causes of action against Landlord for
any damage or loss to Tenant resulting from Landlords removal, storage, retention, or disposition
of any such property. Upon expiration or termination of this Sublease Agreement or of Tenants
possession, whichever is earliest, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises or any other
part of the Premises and shall deliver to Landlord all keys for or make known to Landlord the
combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises.
Tenants obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this
Sublease Agreement. |
|
17.6 |
|
Holding Over. If Tenant holds over the Premises or any part thereof after expiration of
the Sublease Term, such holding over shall be considered to be at sufferance only, at a Monthly
Base Rent and Tenants Contribution equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Base
Rent and Tenants Contribution in effect immediately prior to such holding over and shall otherwise
be on all the other terms and conditions of this Sublease Agreement. This paragraph shall not be
construed as Landlords permission for Tenant to hold over. Acceptance of rent by Landlord
following expiration or termination shall not constitute a renewal of this Sublease Agreement or
extension of the Sublease Term except as specifically set forth above. |
|
17.7 |
|
Notices to Let. Within six (6) months next before the expiration or earlier
determination of the Sublease Term, Tenant shall permit Landlord or its agents to fix upon the
Premises notices for reletting the Premises, and permit all persons authorized by Landlord or its
agents to view without interruption the Premises at reasonable hours in connection with any such
reletting. |
|
17.8 |
|
Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay, or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, inclement
weather, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, fuels or reasonable substitutes
therefor, governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, action or inaction, civil commotion,
fire or other acts of God, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of either Party to
perform shall excuse the performance by such Party, for a period equal to the period of any said
prevention, delay, or stoppage, of any obligation hereunder. |
|
17.9 |
|
Notices. Any notice required or desired to be given regarding this Sublease Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be personally served, or in lieu of personal services may be given by
registered post or by nationally recognized overnight courier at the addresses for the Parties set
forth in the Sublease Summary to this Sublease Agreement (or such other addresses as may be
specified by a Party hereto giving notice of same to the other Party in accordance with this
Section). Personally served notices
shall be deemed to have been given when received by the Party, if served by prepaid registered
post, such notice shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the seventh business day after such
post, certified and postage prepaid, addressed to the Party to be served at the address set forth
in the preceding sentence was posted, and (ii) in all other cases when actually received. |
|
17.10 |
|
Miscellaneous. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every
provision of this Sublease Agreement in which time of performance is a factor. This Sublease
Agreement shall, subject to Section 15 hereof, apply to and bind the respective heirs, successors,
executors, administrators and assigns of Landlord and Tenant. Nothing in this Sublease Agreement is
intended to confer personal liability upon the officers or shareholders of Tenant or Landlord. When
a Party is required to do something by this Sublease Agreement, it shall do so at its sole cost and
expense without right of reimbursement from the other Party unless specific provision is made
therefor. All measurements of net lettable area shall be made from the outside faces of exterior
walls and the centerline of joint partitions. Landlord makes no covenant or warranty as to the
exact square footage of any area. Where a Party is obligated not to perform any act, such Party is
also obligated to restrain any others within its control from performing said act, including
agents, invitees, contractors, subcontractors and employees. Neither Party shall not become or be
deemed a partner nor a joint venturer with the other Party by |
29
|
|
reason of the provisions of this Sublease Agreement. Any and all registration fees and
out-of-pocket expenses in relation to this Sublease Agreement shall be borne equally by Tenant and
Landlord. |
|
17.11 |
|
Legal Fees and Stamp Fees. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear their respective legal
costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Sublease
Agreement. All stamp duties on this Agreement shall be borne by both the Landlord and the Tenant on
an equal sharing basis. |
|
17.12 |
|
Consents and Approvals. Wherever the consent or approval of HDB (or any relevant
authority) is required for any matter, under this Sublease Agreement, and it is not specifically
provided in this Agreement or the Head Lease that Tenant shall seek the prior consent or approval
of HDB (or such relevant authority), Landlord shall obtain the necessary consent or approval of HDB
(or such relevant authority) at its own cost and expense and shall keep Tenant promptly informed of
its application for consent or approval of HDB and the outcome of such application. |
|
17.13 |
|
Termination by Exercise of Right. If this Sublease Agreement is terminated pursuant
to its terms by the proper exercise of a right to terminate specifically granted to Landlord or
Tenant by this Sublease Agreement, then this Sublease Agreement shall terminate thirty (30) days
after the date the right to terminate is properly exercised (unless another date is specified in
that part of the Sublease Agreement creating the right, in which event the date so specified for
termination shall prevail), the rent and all other charges due hereunder shall be prorated as of
the date of termination, and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights or
obligations under this Sublease Agreement except for those that have accrued prior to the date of
termination or those obligations which this Sublease Agreement specifically provides are to survive
termination. This Section 17.13 does not apply to a termination of this Sublease Agreement by
Landlord as a result of a default by Tenant. |
|
17.14 |
|
Governing Law. This Sublease Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance
with the laws of Singapore. In relation to any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with this Sublease Agreement (Proceedings), the Parties hereby irrevocably submit to
the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Singapore and waive any objection to Proceedings in
any such court on the grounds of venue or on the grounds that the Proceedings have been brought in
an inconvenient forum. Such submission shall not affect the right of any Party to take Proceedings
in any other jurisdiction nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any jurisdiction preclude any
Party from taking Proceedings in any other jurisdiction. |
|
17.15 |
|
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties Act (Cap. 53B). HDB shall be entitled to enforce
its rights under Section 17.3. Save as aforesaid, a person who is not a Party to this Sublease
Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act (Cap. 53B) to enforce or
enjoy the benefit of any term of this Sublease Agreement. |
|
17.16 |
|
Entire Agreement. This Sublease Agreement, together with the Exhibits, constitutes
the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof Each Party
acknowledges that there are no binding agreements or representations between the Parties except as
expressed or described herein or therein. No subsequent
change or addition to this Sublease Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the
Parties hereto. |
|
17.17 |
|
Landlords Representations and Warranties. |
|
17.17.1 |
|
Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant as follows: (i) Landlord is a corporation
duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Singapore and has full power and authority to
own and let the Premises; (ii) Landlord has full corporate power and authority to execute and
deliver this Sublease Agreement; (iii) the execution, delivery and performance by Landlord of this
Sublease Agreement have been duly authorized by all corporate actions on the part of Landlord that
are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Landlord of this Sublease
Agreement; and (iv) this Sublease Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Landlord and,
assuming due and valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by Tenant, is a valid and
binding obligation of Landlord, enforceable against Landlord in accordance with its terms except as
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and
other similar laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors rights generally. |
30
|
17.17.2 |
|
EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT, NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY OTHER PERSON OR
ENTITY ACTING ON BEHALF OF LANDLORD, MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR
WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. |
17.18 |
|
Tenants Representations and Warranties. |
|
17.18.1 |
|
Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a corporation
duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Singapore and has full power and authority to
carry on its business as heretofore conducted; (ii) Tenant has full corporate power and authority
to execute and deliver this Sublease Agreement; (iii) the execution, delivery and performance by
Tenant of this Sublease Agreement have been duly authorized by all corporate actions on the part of
Tenant that are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Tenant of this
Sublease Agreement ; and (iv) this Sublease Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
Tenant and, assuming due and valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by Landlord, is a
valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with its terms
except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
conveyance and other similar laws a general application affecting enforcement of creditors rights
generally. |
|
|
17.18.2 |
|
EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT, NEITHER TENANT NOR ANY OTHER PERSON OR
ENTITY ACTING ON BEHALF OF TENANT, MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR
WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. |
17.19 |
|
Goods and Services Tax. The Monthly Base Rent, Tenants Contribution and other sums
payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Sublease shall as between Landlord and Tenant, be
exclusive of any applicable goods and services tax, imposition, duty and levy, whatsoever
(collectively, the Taxes) which may be imposed or charged by any government, quasi-government,
statutory or tax authority (the Authorities). Tenant shall pay all such Taxes. |
|
17.20 |
|
Rules of Interpretation. |
|
17.20.1 |
|
Whenever the words include, includes or including are used in this Sublease Agreement
they shall be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation. |
|
|
17.20.2 |
|
The words hereof, hereto, herein and herewith and words of similar import shall,
unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Sublease Agreement as a whole and not to any
particular provision of this Sublease Agreement, and article,
section, paragraph and exhibit references are to the articles, sections, paragraphs and exhibits of
this Sublease Agreement unless otherwise specified. |
|
|
17.20.3 |
|
The meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the
singular and the plural forms of such term, and words denoting any gender shall include all
genders. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a
corresponding meaning. |
|
|
17.20.4 |
|
A reference to any Party to this Sublease Agreement or any other agreement or document
shall include such Partys successors and permitted assigns. |
|
|
17.20.5 |
|
A reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation shall include any
amendment to, and any modification or re-enactment thereof, any legislative provision substituted
therefore and all regulations and statutory instruments issued there under or pursuant thereto. |
|
|
17.20.6 |
|
The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Sublease
Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Sublease
Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of
proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions
of this Sublease Agreement. |
31
|
17.20.7 |
|
Headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of the provisions of
this Sublease Agreement. |
|
|
17.20.8 |
|
Any Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference and shall be considered
as part of this Sublease Agreement. |
|
|
17.20.9 |
|
The language in all parts of this Sublease Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a
whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant. |
|
|
l7.20.10 |
|
If any term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking of this Sublease
Agreement is or may become under any written Law, or is found by any court or administrative body
of competent jurisdiction to be, illegal, void, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable then: (i) such
term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking shall be ineffective to the extent
of such illegality, voidness, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability; (ii) the remaining
terms, conditions, stipulations, provisions, covenants or undertaking of this Sublease Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect; and (iii) the Parties shall use their respective best
endeavors to negotiate and agree a substitute term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or
undertaking which is valid and enforceable and achieves to the greatest extent possible the
economic, legal and commercial objectives of such illegal, void, invalid, prohibited or
unenforceable term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking. |
17.21 |
|
Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord shall ensure that Tenant has the right to quietly enjoy the
Premises and the rights granted under this Agreement, without hindrance, molestation or
interruption during the Sublease Term, subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease
Agreement. |
|
17.22 |
|
Landlord Insolvency. In the event that Landlord becomes insolvent or is being
wound-up or under receivership, it is the intention of the Parties that the receiver or the
liquidator shall manage Landlords property subject to this Agreement. |
|
17.23 |
|
Counterparts. The parties may execute this Agreement in multiple counterparts, each
of which constitutes an original as against the party that signed it, and all of which together
constitute one agreement. This Agreement is effective upon delivery of one executed counterpart
from each party to the other party. The signatures of all parties need not appear on the same
counterpart. The delivery of signed counterparts by facsimile or email transmission which includes
a copy of the sending partys signature(s) is as effective as signing and delivering the
counterpart in person. |
[Signature page follows]
32
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Sublease Agreement with the intent to be
legally bound thereby, to be effective as of the Effective Date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Landlord |
|
Tenant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE PTE
LTD, a Singapore company |
|
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MANAFACTURING (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD, a company organized under the laws of Singapore |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Rob Young
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Desmond Lim
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Rob Young
|
|
|
|
Name: Desmond Lim |
|
|
|
|
Title: General Manager
|
|
|
|
Title: VP & Global Treasurer |
|
|
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
(which is to be taken read and construed as an essential part of this Sublease Agreement)
1) CONTRACTION RIGHT
The Tenant shall, without having to pay any compensation to the Landlord, have rights to surrender
certain parts of the Premises not exceeding 20,000 square feet in area in total (hereinafter
referred to as the Vacated Area) prior to the termination or expiry of the term granted under the
Sub-Lease Agreement PROVIDED ALWAYS:
1) Except as provided below, such rights can only be exercised twice upon full completion of a
minimum of two (2) years from the commencement date of the Sublease Agreement;
2) Tenant shall serve a written notice of its intention to surrender the specific area to the
Landlord, of not less than nine (9) months prior to the Surrender Date (for avoidance of doubt, the
earliest Surrender Date shall be 1 December 2012 and this shall be effective till the Expiry Date);
3) In addition, Tenant may exercise such rights no more than two (2) times in the first two (2)
years. In the event the Tenant surrenders the Vacated Area within the first two (2) years of the
lease, the Tenant shall:
|
(i) |
|
Seek a replacement subtenant for the Vacated Area to take up the lease for the remaining term
or longer period. Such replacement subtenant shall be subject to the Landlords final approval,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the relevant authorities approvals; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Continue to pay Landlord Rent and Air-Conditioning Charges for the area surrendered until one (1) day before the rent commencement date of the replacement subtenant; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Compensate the Landlord for the difference in Rent, for the area(s) surrendered, if the Rent
payable by the replacement subtenant(s) is lower than the Rent paid by the Tenant here. This
compensation shall be calculated until 1 December 2012 and shall be paid to the Landlord on or
before the surrender date; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
All fees, costs and expenses (including but not limited to agents fees) incurred in seeking a
replacement subtenant shall be borne fully by the Tenant; and |
|
|
(v) |
|
Yield up and surrender the Vacated Area in full compliance with Clause 17.5 and all other
relevant clauses (which shall be read and construed with the necessary modifications in respect of
the surrender of the Vacated Area only) under this Agreement; |
4) For the avoidance of doubt, total area that may be surrendered for the entire duration of the
term of this Sublease shall not exceed 20,000 square feet. Once the Tenant has exercised their
rights to surrender, notwithstanding the area is less than the maximum square feet allowed, the
Tenant shall forfeit its rights to surrender the balance area allowed;
5) On the Surrender Date, Tenant shall yield up and surrender the Vacated Area in full compliance
with Clause 17.5 and all other relevant clauses (which shall be read and construed with the
necessary modifications in respect of the surrender of the Vacated Area only) under this Agreement;
6) The Tenant shall pay or reimburse the Landlord for all disbursements, stamp duties, and
reasonable out-of pocket costs incurred in connection with the preparation and completion of legal
documentation for the surrender; and
7) The Tenant shall not be entitled to any refund or adjustment of its apportionment of property
tax or other value added taxes in respect of the Premises.
2) SALE OF BUILDING
In the event of a sale by the Landlord during the Sublease Term, the premises shall be sold by the
Landlord subject to the Sub-Lease created under this Agreement. The Tenant shall ensure that the
Bankers Guarantee furnished in lieu of the cash security deposit shall be assignable by the
Landlord to a purchaser of the building.
3) CONFIDENTIALITY
Landlord requires the Tenant to keep the terms and conditions in this Sublease Agreement in the
strictest confidence and not share the contents with other tenants within the development.
4) CARPARK LOTS
Tenant will be allocated 99 car parking lots in the Building based on a ratio of 1 lot per 110
square meters leased.
Tenant shall be entitled to secure and use additional car parking lots, currently chargeable at $70
per lot per month, by notifying the Landlord in writing. Subject to availability, such car parking
lots shall be allocated on a half-yearly basis.
Landlord reserves the right to implement and/or revise the carparking charges at such time as
required.
EXHIBIT A-1
SITE-MAP
Site Map Demised Premises for AVAGO Technologies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Building |
|
Storey |
|
Units |
|
Area (sm) |
|
|
Area (sf) |
|
|
Sub-total (sf) |
|
2 |
|
Basement |
|
Area A |
|
|
97.00 |
|
|
|
1,044.11 |
|
|
|
1,044.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area A2 |
|
|
25.08 |
|
|
|
269.96 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area B |
|
|
34.00 |
|
|
|
365.98 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area C |
|
|
191.00 |
|
|
|
2,055.92 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area M |
|
|
71.00 |
|
|
|
764.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area E1 |
|
|
2,707.33 |
|
|
|
29,141.75 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area F2 |
|
|
116.00 |
|
|
|
1,248.62 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area H1 |
|
|
66.99 |
|
|
|
721.08 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area I |
|
|
1,266.00 |
|
|
|
13,627.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area K1 |
|
|
148.00 |
|
|
|
1,593.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area K2 |
|
|
63.81 |
|
|
|
686.81 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area K5 |
|
|
11.00 |
|
|
|
118.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
1st storey |
|
Area K6 |
|
|
131.25 |
|
|
|
1,412.76 |
|
|
|
52,005.83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
2nd storey |
|
Area A |
|
|
1,384.00 |
|
|
|
14,897.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
2nd storey |
|
Area B |
|
|
34.00 |
|
|
|
365.98 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
2nd storey |
|
Area C |
|
|
71.00 |
|
|
|
764.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
2nd storey |
|
Area D |
|
|
75.00 |
|
|
|
807.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
2nd storey |
|
Area H |
|
|
1,363.00 |
|
|
|
14,671.33 |
|
|
|
31,506.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
3rd storey |
|
Area A |
|
|
1,471.00 |
|
|
|
15,833.84 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
3rd storey |
|
Area B |
|
|
49.00 |
|
|
|
527.44 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
3rd storey |
|
Area C |
|
|
1,273.00 |
|
|
|
13,702.57 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
3rd storey |
|
Area D |
|
|
248.00 |
|
|
|
2,669.47 |
|
|
|
32,733.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
10,896.46 |
|
|
|
117,289.49 |
|
|
|
117,289.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 sm = 10.764
EXHIBIT B
RULES AND REGULATIONS
The following rules and regulations shall apply, where applicable, to the Premises, the Common
Area and the Project. Capitalized terms have the same meaning as defined in the Sublease Agreement.
1. |
|
Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways and other similar areas shall not
be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to
and from the Premises. No rubbish, litter, trash, or material shall be placed, emptied, or
thrown in those areas. |
|
2. |
|
Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which
designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or
placed in the fixtures or appliances. Damage resulting to fixtures or appliances by
Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid for by Tenant, and Landlord shall
not be responsible for the damage. |
|
3. |
|
No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed to windows, doors or
other parts of the Premises or Project, except those of such color, size, style and in
such places as are first approved in writing by Landlord. Except in connection with the
hanging of lightweight pictures and wall decorations, no nails, hooks or screws shall be
inserted into any part of the Premises or Project except by Landlords maintenance
personnel. |
|
4. |
|
No directory listing tenants or employees shall be permitted unless previously
consented to by Landlord in writing. |
|
5. |
|
Tenant shall not place any lock(s) on any door in the Premises or Project without
Landlords prior written consent and Landlord shall have the right to retain at all times
and to use keys to all locks within and into the Premises. A reasonable number of keys to
the locks on the entry doors in the Premises shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant at
Tenants cost, and Tenant shall not make any duplicate keys. All keys shall be returned to
Landlord at the expiration or early termination of the Sublease Agreement. |
|
6. |
|
Movement in or out of the Premises or the Project of furniture or office equipment,
or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of merchandise or materials requiring the use of
elevators, stairways, lobby areas or loading dock areas, shall be restricted to hours
designated by Landlord. Tenant shall obtain Landlords prior approval (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) by providing a detailed listing of the
activity. If approved by Landlord, the activity shall be performed under the supervision
of Landlord or its agents and performed in the manner required by Landlord. Tenant shall
assume all risk for damage to articles moved and injury to any persons resulting from the
activity. If equipment, property, or personnel of Landlord or of any other Party is
damaged or injured as a result of or in connection with the activity, Tenant shall be
solely liable for any resulting damage or loss. |
|
7. |
|
Landlord shall have the right to approve the weight, size, or location of heavy
equipment or articles in and about the Premises. |
|
8. |
|
Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed. |
|
9. |
|
Tenant shall not : (1) make or permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant
noises or odors in the Premises or Project, or otherwise interfere in any way with other
tenants or persons having business with them; (2) solicit business or distribute, or cause
to be distributed, in any portion of the Premises or Project, handbills, promotional
materials or other advertising; or (3) conduct or permit other activities in the Premises
or Project that might, in Landlords sole opinion, constitute a nuisance. |
|
10. |
|
No animals, except those assisting handicapped persons, and no aquariums shall be
brought into the Premises or the Project or kept in or about the Premises. |
|
11. |
|
Tenant shall not take any action which would violate Landlords labor contracts or
which would cause a work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute, or interfere
with Landlords or any other tenants or occupants business or with the rights and
privileges of any person lawfully in the Premises and/or the Project
(Labor Disruption).
Tenant shall take the actions necessary to resolve the Labor |
|
|
Disruption, and shall have pickets removed and, at the request of Landlord, immediately
terminate any work in the Premises that gave rise to the Labor Disruption, until Landlord
gives its written consent for the work to resume. Tenant shall have no claim for damages
against Landlord or any of Landlords employees, agents, contractors, successors or
assigns, nor shall the Commencement Date of the Term be extended as a result of the above
actions. |
12. |
|
Tenant shall not operate in the Premises or in any other area of the Premises or the
Project, electrical equipment that would overload the electrical system beyond its
capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined solely by Landlord. Tenant
shall not use more than its proportionate share of telephone lines and other
telecommunication facilities available to service the Premises and/or the Project. |
|
13. |
|
Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside the Premises or on the walkways
outside the Premises (except in areas designated by Landlord). |
|
14. |
|
Landlord shall from time to time adopt systems and procedures for the security and
safety of the Premises, the Project, and their occupants, entry, use and contents. Tenant,
its agents, employees, contractors, guests and invitees shall comply with Landlords
systems and procedures. |
|
15. |
|
Landlord has designated the Premises and all other buildings located in the Project
(including the Premises) as non-smoking areas. Smoking shall only be permitted in areas
within the Common Area that are designated as smoking areas by Landlord. |
|
16. |
|
Landlord shall have the right to designate and approve standard window coverings for
the Premises and to establish rules to assure that the Premises and Project present a
uniform exterior appearance. Tenant shall ensure, to the extent reasonably practicable,
that window coverings are closed on windows in the Premises while they are exposed to the
direct rays of the sun. |
|
17. |
|
Deliveries to and from the Premises shall be made only at the times, in the areas and
through the entrances and exits designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not make deliveries
to or from the Premises in a manner that might interfere with the use by Landlord or any
other tenant of its premises or of the Common Area, any pedestrian use, or any use which
is inconsistent with good business practice. |
EXHIBIT C
SPECIFIC LANDLORD SERVICES
1. |
|
Maintaining, repairing, renewing (and where appropriate) cleansing, repainting and
redecorating, to such standard as the Landlord may from time to time consider adequate, of
the following: (i) the structure, roof, foundations and walls of the Building; (ii) the
pipes in under or upon the Building serving the same; and (iii) the Common Areas. |
|
2. |
|
Management, control and administration of the Building, including employing such
staff as the Landlord may in its absolute discretion deem necessary for the performance of
the duties and services in and about the Building including engineers, maintenance staff,
reception staff and security staff and all other incidental expenditure in relation to
such employment (including but without limiting the generality of such provision the
payment of any statutory or other insurance, health, pension, welfare and other payments,
contributions, taxes and premiums) and the provision of uniforms, working clothes, tools,
appliances and other equipment and materials for the proper performance of their duties. |
|
3. |
|
Supplying, operating, periodically inspecting, servicing, repairing, amending or
overhauling and maintaining all services provided by the Landlord for the Building
including, without limitation, fire fighting, security and alarm systems, lifts, lift
shafts, escalators, air-conditioning plant, stand-by generators, boilers, water tanks and
plumbing apparatus, lightning conductor equipment, sprinkler system, electrical and
mechanical equipment and other apparatus plant and machinery in the Premises and the
Building and the maintenance, repair, renovation and amortization of the same and all
other plant, machinery and equipment, parts, tools, required in connection with any of
such services. |
|
4. |
|
Maintenance and cleaning of the Common Areas including, but without limiting the
generality of the term, the exterior of the Building (including the exterior of all
windows), the forecourts, entrances, landings, lifts, escalators, water-closets, washrooms
and lavatories. |
|
5. |
|
Provision of lighting, power, air-conditioning and ventilation incurred in connection
with the Common Areas. |
|
6. |
|
Supplying all toilet requisites in the water-closets, washrooms and lavatories of the
Building. |
|
7. |
|
Furnishing (including, but not limited to replacement or renewal of carpets,
ceilings, light fittings and furnishings) and improvements and decoration of the Common
Areas to such standard as the Landlord may from time to time consider adequate. |
|
8. |
|
All costs and charges as the Landlord shall deem at its absolute discretion to be
appropriate for supplying, providing, purchasing, maintaining, renewing, replacing,
repairing and keeping in good and serviceable order and condition all fixtures and
fittings, bins, chutes, containers, receptacles, tools, appliances, materials and other
things which the Landlord may deem desirable or necessary for the maintenance, upkeep or
cleanliness of the Common Areas. |
|
9. |
|
Supply of water and the collection and removal of all sewerage waste and refuse from
the Building. |
|
10. |
|
Responsibility for any expense of repairing, maintaining and cleansing all ways,
roads, pavements, pipes, party walls, party structures or other conveniences which may
belong to or be used for the Building in common with other buildings near or adjoining
thereto. |
EXHIBIT D
HEAD LEASE AND RELATED DOCUMENTS
exv10w41
Exhibit 10.41
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED
2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE AND
RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
Avago Technologies Limited, a company organized under the laws of Singapore (the Company),
pursuant to its 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the Plan), hereby
grants to the individual listed below (Participant), an award of restricted share units
(Restricted Share Units or RSUs). Each Restricted Share Unit represents the right to receive
one Ordinary Share upon vesting of the Restricted Share Unit. This award of Restricted Share Units
is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Restricted Share Unit
Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Agreement) and the Plan, each of which
are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the
Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
Participants Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participants Employee
Identification Number: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of RSUs: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule:
|
|
The RSUs subject to this Grant Notice and the Agreement shall
vest according to the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By his or her signature and the Companys signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by
the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant has
reviewed the Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety and fully understands all
provisions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan. Additionally, by signing below,
Participant agrees that Participant has read, fully understands and agrees to abide by the terms of
the Companys Insider Trading Policy and has read and fully understands the Plan Prospectus and
Prospectus Supplement, if applicable, each of which is attached to this Grant Notice. In addition,
by signing below, Participant also agrees that the Company, in its sole discretion, may satisfy any
withholding obligations in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Agreement by (i) withholding Ordinary
Shares otherwise issuable to Participant upon vesting of the RSUs, (ii) instructing a broker on
Participants behalf to sell Ordinary Shares otherwise issuable to Participant upon vesting of the
RSUs and submit the proceeds of such sale to the Company, or (iii) using any other method permitted
by Section 2.6 of the Agreement or the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding,
conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions
arising under the Plan or relating to the RSUs. To the extent you
provide services to the Company
outside of the United States, the RSUs will also be subject to the special provisions set forth in
Exhibit B attached hereto, including any sub-plans referenced therein.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED:
|
|
PARTICIPANT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name:
|
|
|
|
Print Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A
TO RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE
RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
Pursuant to the Restricted Share Unit Award Grant Notice (the Grant Notice) to which this
Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (the Agreement) is attached, Avago Technologies Limited, a
company organized under the laws of Singapore (the Company), has granted to Participant an award
of restricted share units (Restricted Share
Units or RSUs) under the Companys 2009 Equity
Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the Plan).
ARTICLE I
GENERAL
1.1 Defined Terms. Wherever the following terms are used in this Agreement they
shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan
and the Grant Notice.
(a) Termination of Consultancy shall mean the time when the engagement of Participant as a
Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause,
including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death, disability, or
retirement, but excluding: (a) terminations where there is a simultaneous employment or
continuing employment of Participant by the Company or any Subsidiary, and (b) terminations where
there is a simultaneous re-establishment of a consulting relationship or continuing consulting
relationship between Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary. The Administrator, in its
absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to
Termination of Consultancy, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a
particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Consultancy. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, the Company or any Subsidiary has an absolute and unrestricted right to
terminate a Consultants service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause,
except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.
(b) Termination of Directorship shall mean the time when Participant, if he or she is or
becomes a Non-Employee Director, ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, but not by way
of limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement. The
Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and
questions relating to Termination of Directorship with respect to Non-Employee Directors.
(c) Termination of Employment shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship
between Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or
without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge,
death, disability or retirement; but excluding: (a) terminations where there is a simultaneous
reemployment or continuing employment of Participant by the Company or any Subsidiary, and (b)
terminations where there is a simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship or
continuing consulting relationship between Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary. The
Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions
relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of
whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment.
A-1
(d) Termination of Services shall mean Participants Termination of Consultancy,
Termination of Directorship or Termination of Employment, as applicable.
1.2 General. Each Restricted Share Unit shall constitute a non-voting unit of
measurement which is deemed for bookkeeping purposes to be equivalent to one outstanding Ordinary
Share (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.2 of the Plan) solely for purposes of the
Plan and this Agreement. The Restricted Share Units shall be used solely as a device for the
determination of the payment to eventually be made to the Participant if such Restricted Share
Units vest pursuant to Section 2.3. The Restricted Share Units shall not be treated as property or
as a trust fund of any kind.
1.3 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. RSUs are subject to the terms and conditions of
the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the
Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.
ARTICLE II
GRANT OF RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS
1.4 Grant of RSUs. In consideration of Participants past and/or continued employment
with or service to the Company or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration,
effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the Grant Date), the Company grants
to Participant an award of RSUs as set forth in the Grant Notice.
2.2 Companys Obligation to Pay. Each RSU has a value equal to the Fair Market Value
of an Ordinary Share on the date it becomes vested. Unless and until the RSUs will have vested in
the manner set forth in Article II hereof, Participant will have no right to payment of any such
RSUs. Prior to actual payment of any vested RSUs, such RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation
of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.
2.3 Vesting Schedule. Subject to Section 2.4, the RSUs awarded by the Grant Notice
will vest and become nonforfeitable with respect to the applicable portion thereof according to the
vesting schedule set forth on such Grant Notice (the Vesting Schedule), subject to Participants
continued employment or services through such dates, as a condition to the vesting of the
applicable installment of the RSU and the rights and benefits under this Agreement. Unless
otherwise determined by the Administrator, partial employment or service, even if substantial,
during any vesting period will not entitle the Participant to any proportionate vesting or avoid or
mitigate a termination of rights and benefits upon or following a Termination of Services as
provided in Section 2.4 below or under the Plan.
2.4 Change in Control Treatment. In the event the successor corporation in a Change
in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the RSUs in accordance with Section 14.2 of the
Plan, the RSUs will vest as of immediately prior to such Change in Control.
2.5 Forfeiture, Termination and Cancellation upon Termination of Services. Upon
Participants Termination of Services for any or no reason, the then-unvested RSUs subject to this
Agreement (after giving effect to any accelerated vesting pursuant to Section 2.4) will thereupon
be automatically forfeited, terminated and cancelled as of the applicable termination date without
payment of any consideration by the Company, and Participant, or Participants beneficiary or
personal representative, as the case may be, shall have no further rights hereunder.
2.6 Payment after Vesting.
A-2
(a) On the tenth (10th) day following the vesting of any Restricted Share Units
pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.4 or 3.2, the Company shall deliver to the Participant a number of
Ordinary Shares (either by delivering one or more certificates for such shares or by entering such
shares in book entry form, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) equal to the number
of Restricted Share Units subject to this award that vest on the applicable vesting date, unless
such Restricted Share Units terminate prior to the given vesting date pursuant to Section 2.5.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Ordinary Shares cannot be issued because of the failure
to meet one or more of the conditions set forth in Section 2.8(a), (b) or (c) hereof, then the
Ordinary Shares shall be issued pursuant to the preceding sentence as soon as administratively
practicable after the Administrator determines that Ordinary Shares can again be issued in
accordance with Sections 2.8(a), (b) and (c) hereof. Notwithstanding any discretion in the Plan,
the Grant Notice or this Agreement to the contrary, upon vesting of the RSUs, Ordinary Shares will
be issued as set forth in this section. In no event will the RSUs be paid to Participant in the
form of cash.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled
to require payment by Participant of any sums required by applicable law to be withheld with
respect to the grant of RSUs or the issuance of Ordinary Shares. Such payment shall be made in
such form of consideration as may be acceptable to the Company, in its sole discretion, including:
(1) Cash or check;
(2) With the consent of the Company, surrender of Ordinary Shares otherwise issuable under the
RSUs and having a aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the minimum amount
required to be withheld by applicable law;
(3) Other property acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion (including, without
limitation, through the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order
with a broker with respect to Ordinary Shares then issuable under the RSUs, and that the broker has
been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in
satisfaction of its withholding obligations; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to
the Company upon settlement of such sale); or
(4) By deduction from other compensation payable to Participant.
The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any new certificate representing Ordinary Shares
to Participant or Participants legal representative or enter such Ordinary Share in book entry
form unless and until Participant or Participants legal representative shall have paid or
otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state and local taxes applicable to the
taxable income of Participant resulting from the grant of the RSUs or the issuance of Ordinary
Shares.
2.7 Rights as Shareholder. The holder of the RSUs shall not be, nor have any of the
rights or privileges of, a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, any dividend
rights and voting rights, in respect of the RSUs and any Ordinary Shares underlying the RSUs and
deliverable hereunder unless and until such Ordinary Shares shall have been actually issued by the
Company and held of record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of
the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment will be made for
a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Ordinary Shares are
issued, except as provided in Section 14.2 of the Plan.
2.8 Conditions to Delivery of Ordinary Shares. Subject to Section 11.4 of the Plan,
the Ordinary Shares deliverable hereunder, or any portion thereof, may be either previously
authorized but
A-3
unissued Ordinary Shares or issued Ordinary Shares which have then been reacquired by the Company.
Such Ordinary Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to
issue or deliver any Ordinary Shares deliverable hereunder or portion thereof prior to fulfillment
of all of the following conditions:
(a) The admission of such Ordinary Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which the
Ordinary Shares are then listed;
(b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Ordinary Shares under
any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute
discretion, deem necessary or advisable;
(c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental
agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or
advisable;
(d) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such Ordinary Shares, including payment of
any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted
under Section 2.6 hereof; and
(e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the vesting of any Restricted Share
Units as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative
convenience.
ARTICLE III
OTHER PROVISIONS
3.1 Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and
this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of
the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions
taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be
final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the
Administrator or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or
interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the RSUs.
3.2 Adjustments Upon Specified Events. The Administrator may accelerate payment and
vesting of the Restricted Share Units in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may
determine. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Ordinary Shares
contemplated by Section 14.2 of the Plan (including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash
dividend on such Ordinary Shares), the Administrator shall make such adjustments the Administrator
deems appropriate in the number of Restricted Share Units then outstanding and the number and kind
of securities that may be issued in respect of the Restricted Share Units. The Participant
acknowledges that the RSUs are subject to modification and termination in certain events as
provided in this Agreement and Article 14 of the Plan.
3.3 Grant is Not Transferable. During the lifetime of Participant, this grant and the
rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated
in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under
execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge,
hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the RSUs, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon
any attempted sale under any execution,
A-4
attachment or similar process, the RSUs and the rights and privileges conferred hereby
immediately will become null and void. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this
Section 3.3 shall not prevent transfers by will or applicable laws of descent and distribution.
3.4 Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the RSUs
contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs,
legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
3.5 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company
shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Companys
principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at
the Participants last address reflected on the Companys records. By a notice given pursuant to
this Section 3.5, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given
to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified
mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch
post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
3.6 Titles. Titles provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a
basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
3.7 Governing Law; Severability. The laws of the State of California shall govern the
interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this
Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
3.8 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this
Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the RSUs are granted, only in
such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by
applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to
conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
3.9 Amendments, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this
Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any
time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board, provided, that, except as may
otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this
Agreement shall adversely effect the RSUs in any material way without the prior written consent of
the Participant.
3.10 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this
Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the
successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in
Section 3.3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
3.11 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange
Act, the Plan, the RSUs and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth
in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to
Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.
To the extent permitted by applicable
A-5
law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable
exemptive rule.
3.12 Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall
confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
3.13 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement constitute the
entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and
agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event
Participant is party to a Management Shareholders Agreement with the Company, the Shares subject to
the RSUs shall not be subject to such Management Shareholders Agreement and the provisions of this
Agreement shall supersede any competing provisions of any such Management Shareholders Agreement.
3.14 Section 409A. The RSUs are not intended to constitute nonqualified deferred
compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of
Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without
limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof,
Section 409A). However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or
this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that the RSUs (or any portion thereof)
may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion
(without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other person for failure to do
so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice or adopt other
policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or
take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate either for the
RSUs to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of
Section 409A.
3.15 Limitation on Participants Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights
or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation
on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust.
Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. The Participant
shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts
credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs, and rights no greater than the
right to receive the Ordinary Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to RSUs, as and
when payable hereunder.
3.16 Additional Terms for Participants Providing Services Outside the United States.
To the extent the Participant provides services to the Company in a country other than the United
States, the RSUs shall be subject to such additional or substitute terms as shall be set forth for
such country in Exhibit B attached hereto. If Participant relocates to one of the
countries included in Exhibit B during the life of the RSUs, the special provisions for
such country shall apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application
of such provisions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the
administration of the Plan. In addition, the Company reserves the right to impose other
requirements on the RSUs and the Shares issued upon vesting of the RSUs, to the extent the Company
determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local laws or facilitate the
administration of the Plan, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or
undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.
A-6
EXHIBIT B
TO AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED
2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
This Exhibit B to the Avago Technologies Limited 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the
Plan) Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (the Agreement) includes special terms and
conditions applicable to Participants providing services to the Company in the countries below.
These terms and conditions are in addition to those set forth in the Agreement. Any capitalized
term used in this Exhibit B without definition shall have the meaning ascribed to such term
in the Plan or the Agreement, as applicable.
Each Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant exchange
control and tax laws in the Participants country may apply to the Participants individual
situation.
FRANCE
Sub-Plan.
The award of RSUs shall be deemed granted under and subject to the terms of the 2009 Equity
Incentive Award Plan French Sub-Plan Restricted Shares/Restricted Share Units.
Data Privacy.
By acceptance of this award of RSUs, the Participant acknowledges and consents to the collection,
use, processing and transfer of personal data as described below. The Company, its affiliates and
the Participants employer hold certain personal information, including the Participants name,
home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee tax
identification number, employment history and status, salary, nationality, job title, and any
equity compensation grants or Ordinary Shares awarded, cancelled, purchased, vested, unvested or
outstanding in the Participants favor, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan
(Data). The Company and its affiliates will transfer Data to any third parties assisting the
Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Currently, the third
parties so assisting the Company are Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York,
New York 10019, USA, and Exerasme SAS, 3 Rue Taibout, Paris 75009, France, however the Company may
retain additional or different third parties for any of the purposes mentioned. The Company may
also make the Data available to public authorities where required under locally applicable law.
These recipients may be located in the United States, the European Economic Area, or elsewhere,
which the Participant separately and expressly consents to, accepting that outside the European
Economic Area, data protection laws may not be as protective as within. The Participant hereby
authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other
form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing participation in the Plan,
including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan
on behalf of the Participant to a third party with whom the Participant may have elected to have
payment made pursuant to the Plan. The Participant may, at any time, review Data, require any
necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consent herein in writing by contacting the Company
through its local H.R. Director; however, withdrawing the consent may affect the Participants
ability to participate in the Plan and receive the benefits intended by this award of RSUs. Data
will only be held as long as necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participants
participation in the Plan and any subsequent claims or rights.
B-1
French Language Provision. By accepting this award of RSUs, Participant confirms having
read and understood the documents relating to the Plan which were provided to Participant in the
English language. Participant accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.
French translation: En acceptant ce Contrat vous confirmez ainsi avoir lu et compris les documents
relatifs au Plan qui vous ont été communiqués en langue anglaise. Vous en acceptez les termes en
connaissance de cause.
JAPAN
By acceptance of this Award, the Participant acknowledges and consents to the collection, use,
processing and transfer of personal data as described below. The Company, Morgan Stanley Smith
Barney LLC, Symphony BPO Japan Limited and the Participants employer hold personal information for
the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (Data), including the following: the
Participants name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or
other employee tax identification number, salary, nationality, job title, and any equity
compensation grants or Ordinary Shares awarded, cancelled, purchased, vested, unvested or
outstanding in the Participants favor. From time to time, the Company may change the scope of its
affiliates that hold, use or process Participants personal information or the scope of
Participants personal information to be held, used or processed by the Company, its affiliates and
the Participants employer, by providing, or made easily accessible, information about such change
to the Participant. The Company and its affiliates will transfer Data to any third parties
assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These
recipients may be located in the United States, the European Economic Area, or elsewhere. The
Participant hereby authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in
electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing
participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the
administration of the Plan on behalf of the Participant to a third party with whom the Participant
may have elected to have payment made pursuant to the Plan. The Participant may, at any time,
review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consent herein in writing by
contacting the Company; however, withdrawing the consent may affect the Participants ability to
participate in the Plan and receive the benefits intended by this award of RSUs.
MALAYSIA
No country-specific award terms apply.
SINGAPORE
No country-specific award terms apply.
B-2
exv10w46
Exhibit 10.46
THIS COLLECTIVE AGREEMENT is made pursuant to the provisions of the Industrial Relations Act this
28th day of October 2010 between the AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MANUFACTURING (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD. (Company
Registration Number 200512010Z) AND ITS AFFILIATES, incorporated in the Republic of Singapore and
having its place of business at No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923 (hereinafter referred to as
the Company) of the one part and the UNITED WORKERS OF ELECTRONICS & ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES of 252
Tembeling Road, #03-07 Tembeling Centre, Singapore 423731, a trade union of employees registered
pursuant to the Trade Unions Act (hereinafter referred to as the Union) of the other part.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED between the parties hereto as follows:
CLAUSE 1 TITLE
|
|
This Agreement shall be known as the AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE EMPLOYEES AGREEMENT OF
2010. |
CLAUSE 2 SCOPE
|
|
This Agreement shall cover all locally engaged, confirmed, full-time employees of the
Company in Singapore with the exception of staff holding - |
|
(a) |
|
Managerial, executive, professional (e.g. engineers, accountants),
supervisory positions. |
CLAUSE 3 DURATION OF AGREEMENT
|
(1) |
|
This Agreement takes effect on 1st July 2010 and shall remain in force for a
period of 3 years until 30th June 2013. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 1 of 21 |
|
(2) |
|
During the currency of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Union
shall seek to vary, modify or annul any of its terms in any way whatsoever, save as is
provided herein or by operation of law. |
|
(3) |
|
Negotiations for a new collective agreement may commence three months before
the expiry of this Agreement. |
CLAUSE 4 RECOGNITION
|
(1) |
|
The Company recognises the Union as the sole collective negotiating body in
respect of all terms and conditions of service of the employees coming within the
scope of this Agreement. |
|
(2) |
|
The Union recognises the rights of the Company to control, operate and manage
its business in all respects. |
|
(3) |
|
The Union shall use its best endeavours to see that all its members loyally
co-operate in working for the advancement of the Companys interest and business. |
CLAUSE 5 NON-UNION MEMBERS
|
|
Employees belonging to levels within the scope of this Agreement, who are not members of
the Union shall not receive benefits more favourable than those conferred on the Union
members under this Agreement. |
CLAUSE 6 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
|
(1) |
|
Recognising the value and importance of full discussions in clearing up
misunderstanding and preserving harmonious relations, every reasonable effort shall be
made by both the Union and the Company to quickly dispose of any grievances from
employees at the earliest possible stage. |
|
(2) |
|
In line with the approach outlined in sub-clause (1) of this clause, the
following procedure shall be adhered to in the handling of grievances: |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 2 of 21 |
|
|
|
An employee having a grievance may, within three working days of its arising,
bring it to the attention of the employees immediate supervisor who shall
make a decision within three working days after it has been brought to the
supervisors attention. |
|
|
|
If the employee concerned is dissatisfied with the decision of the employees
supervisor, or if the grievance is against the supervisor personally, then
the employee may within three working days of the supervisors decision bring
the employees grievance to the attention of the Department Manager who shall
make a decision within three working days after it has been brought to the
Department Managers attention. |
|
|
|
If the employee concerned is dissatisfied with the decision of the Department
Manager, the employee may refer the matter to the Union branch committee,
which may present the matter within three working days after it has been
brought to the Union branch committees attention to the Human Resources
Manager, who shall make a decision within three working days after it has
been brought to the Human Resources Managers attention. |
|
|
|
If the Union branch committee is dissatisfied with the decision of the Human
Resources Manager, then the Union may present the matter to the Division VP
within three working days. The decision of the Division VP shall then be
given to the Union within three working days after the matter has been
brought to his or her attention (or at such
|
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 3 of 21 |
|
|
|
later date as may be mutually agreed) of the grievance being discussed. |
|
(3) |
|
The employee may at the employees option be accompanied by a representative
of the Union branch committee at any stage of the foregoing grievance procedure. |
|
(4) |
|
In the event of there being no settlement at Step Four, the matter shall be
referred to the Ministry of Manpower for conciliation. If the matter is still not
settled, the provisions of clause 7 of this Agreement shall be invoked. |
CLAUSE 7 REFEREE
|
|
Any dispute between the parties to this Agreement while it is in force and arising out of
its operation shall be referred by either party to the President of the Industrial
Arbitration Court who shall have the discretion to select a referee appointed in accordance
with section 43 of the Industrial Relations Act to determine the dispute. |
CLAUSE 8 PROBATION
|
(1) |
|
A newly engaged employee shall serve a probationary period of three months
subject to, if necessary, a further three months extension, in which case the
employee shall be so informed in writing including the reason therefor, before the
expiration of the first three months. Notice of termination shall be in accordance
with the terms and conditions of employment. |
|
(2) |
|
On completion of the probationary period, an employee shall be deemed to have
been confirmed in the Companys permanent establishment from the date of first
employment unless the employees service is terminated by the Company. |
CLAUSE 9 PROMOTION
|
(1) |
|
An employee is deemed promoted when the employee is moved from the current
job to another job with a higher salary mid point. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 4 of 21 |
|
(2) |
|
In the case of promotion at other than a normal incremental date, the
employees base pay shall be increased to the minimum salary of the new job or by 8%
of the mid point of the employees last job, whichever is greater. The employees
normal incremental date shall not be changed. |
|
|
(3) |
|
If the promotional date coincides with the normal incremental date, the
promotion increases shall be granted plus the normal increment in the new job. |
CLAUSE 10 WORKING HOURS
|
|
The working hours for factory personnel shall be one of the following: |
|
(a) |
|
8-Hour Shift / Normal Shift |
|
|
|
|
Monday Friday |
|
|
|
|
1st Shift : 7.00 am 3.30 pm |
|
|
(b) |
|
12-Hour Shift |
|
|
|
|
Day : 7.00 am 7.00 pm |
|
|
|
|
Night: 7.00 pm 7.00 am |
CLAUSE 11 WORK ON REST DAY AND PUBLIC HOLIDAY
|
(1) |
|
Every employee shall have one rest day per week, which shall normally be on
Sunday. If this is not on Sunday, the employee shall be notified accordingly. |
|
|
(2) |
|
If and when an employee is required to work on the employees rest day or any
public holiday, the employee shall be paid in accordance with the Employment Act. |
CLAUSE 12 RETIREMENT AND RE-EMPLOYMENT OF OLDER EMPLOYEES
|
(1) |
|
The retirement age for all employees shall be in accordance with the
prevailing Retirement Age Act. |
|
(2) |
|
The Company shall adopt the Tripartite Guidelines on the Re-employment of
Older Employees. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 5 of 21 |
|
(3) |
|
In the event a suitable job is not available, company will provide employment
assistance to the staff as follows: |
|
(a) |
|
A one-off Employment Assistance Payment (EAP) equivalent to a
minimum sum of $4,500 or 3 months salary capped at $10,000, whichever is
greater. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Assist staff with employment assistance with a job placement
agency. |
CLAUSE 13 RETRENCHMENT
|
(1) |
|
In the event of redundancy arising, the Company shall inform the Union in
writing of impending retrenchment at least one month before retrenchment notices are
given to the affected employees. |
|
(2) |
|
The notice of termination of service to any employee so affected shall not be
less than two months or two months pay in lieu thereof. The combination of notice
and pay in lieu of notice shall be two months. |
|
(3) |
|
The compensation payable to retrenched employees shall be as follows: |
|
(a) |
|
One months salary for each completed year of service and
pro-ration of each completed month for an incomplete year of service, capped at
25 years of service. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Pro-rated unconsumed annual leave. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Pro-rated annual wage supplement. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Payment in lieu of maternity leave if employee is certified
pregnant on date of retrenchment. |
CLAUSE 14 SALARY
|
(1) |
|
Every employee shall be paid salary in accordance with the salary ranges set
out in Appendix I to this Agreement. |
|
(2) |
|
The annual incremental date shall be 1st July of each calendar year. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 6 of 21 |
|
(3) |
|
The Company and the Union shall negotiate annually on the quantum of annual
increment payable to employees covered by this Agreement. The quantum of annual
increment payable to employees shall depend on the employees performance rank. Such
negotiation shall commence at the beginning of April of each year. |
CLAUSE 15 ANNUAL VARIABLE COMPONENT
|
|
Annual Variable Component (AVC) consists of the Annual Wage Supplement, the Annual Variable
Payment and the Avago Performance Bonus Programme. |
|
(a) |
|
Annual Wage Supplement |
|
(i) |
|
The Company shall pay an annual wage supplement equivalent to
one months base salary to each eligible employee. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
New hires who have not completed 12 months service as at 31st
December each year shall be paid an annual wage supplement on a prorated
basis for the number of completed months of service. Fifteen or more days
shall be treated as a completed month of service. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The annual wage supplement shall be based on base salary paid
as of 31st December of each year. Employees not on the payroll as of 31st
December shall not be eligible to receive the annual wage supplement. |
|
(b) |
|
Annual Variable Payment |
|
(i) |
|
The Company and the Union shall negotiate annually on the
percentage of annual variable payment payable to eligible employees covered by
this Agreement. Such negotiation shall commence in April of each year. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The annual variable payment quantum shall be paid out in two
equal payments in a year, i.e. January and July of each year. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 7 of 21 |
|
(iii) |
|
The amount that each eligible employee gets shall depend on
the employees performance rank. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Eligible employees are defined as employees hired on or before
30th June of each year who are active and confirmed on the Companys payroll at
the time of payment. |
|
|
(v) |
|
In the event of unfavourable business and economic conditions,
the Company and the Union shall review the annual variable payment payout. |
|
(c) |
|
Avago Performance Bonus Programme |
|
|
The Avago Performance Bonus Programme is a global variable payment programme.
Employees shall be paid the Avago Performance Bonus according to the design of this
programme. |
CLAUSE 16 SHIFT PREMIUM
|
(1) |
|
12-hour day shift premium shall be $8.00 per shift worked. |
|
(2) |
|
12-hour night shift premium inclusive of meal allowance shall be $20.00 per
shift worked. |
CLAUSE 17 JOB ALLOWANCE
|
(1) |
|
An employee who spends at least 50% of the employees actual workdays in a
month operating a microscope or molding machine shall be entitled to an allowance of
$30.00 per month. |
|
(2) |
|
An employee who is employed in the Fab Operation shall be entitled to an
allowance of $100.00 per month. |
CLAUSE 18 QUALITY WORK LIFE INCENTIVE PROGRAMME
|
(1) |
|
The Quality Work Life Incentive is to reward employees who have taken extra
efforts in maintaining their health as well as in coming to work regularly during the
calendar year. |
|
(2) |
|
A monthly incentive of S$25 shall be paid at the end of each month to
employees who have demonstrated full commitment to
|
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 8 of 21 |
|
|
|
the Programme. The maximum reward for the Programme shall be S$300 per annum. |
|
(3) |
|
When an employee fails to show up for work and has a sick leave certificate
from any Government Polyclinics, Company Appointed Clinics, Government or restructured
hospital; is absent or on approved unpaid leave, the Company shall deduct $10 per day
from the incentive for each day lost from the Programme during the period of review. |
|
(4) |
|
As this is an annual Programme but paid out on a monthly basis, such days
lost from the Programme shall be cumulative for the period of review. However, the
following shall not be considered for cumulative deductions for the purposes of this
incentive: |
|
(a) |
|
Contagious and communicable virus/diseases like chicken pox,
measles, conjunctivitis, small pox, mumps and HFM disease; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Approved unpaid leave for religious pilgrimage and maternity
leave; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Medical leave as a result of industrial accidents covered under
Work Injury Compensation Act and dental surgery. |
CLAUSE 19 SICK LEAVE
|
(1) |
|
Every employee shall be entitled to paid sick leave of 14 days in each year
if no hospitalisation is necessary. |
|
|
(2) |
|
Every employee shall be entitled to hospitalisation leave up to 60 days in
each year less the amount of sick leave taken. |
|
|
(3) |
|
Paid sick leave shall only be granted on the certification of the Company
appointed doctors or a Government medical officer. |
|
|
(4) |
|
The Company may give sympathetic consideration to the granting of sick leave
in excess of the 14 days. |
|
|
(5) |
|
An employee away on certified sick leave shall inform the employees
supervisor, or department manager of the employees absence within two days. An
employee who is |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 9 of 21 |
|
|
|
absent from work for a period of more than two days without satisfactory explanation
shall be deemed to be absent without permission. |
|
|
(6) |
|
Employees on paid sick leave and hospitalisation leave shall be entitled to
shift allowance. |
CLAUSE 20 LONG TERM SICK LEAVE
|
(1) |
|
In the event of an employee contracting any major illness (e.g. cancer or
kidney failure) or tuberculosis which renders him unfit for work, upon managements
discretion and discussion with Union, the Company shall grant sick leave as follows: |
|
(a) |
|
First six months full pay
|
|
(b) |
|
Next six months half pay |
|
(c) |
|
A further six months no pay |
|
|
|
The duration of the paid sick leave shall depend on the condition of the illness of
the employee. |
|
(2) |
|
An employee shall forfeit the benefits in sub-clause (1) above in the event
of the employees failing or refusing to undergo treatment or carry out any
instructions that may be prescribed from time to time by the doctor in charge of the
employees case. |
CLAUSE 21 ANNUAL LEAVE
|
(1) |
|
Every employee on all shifts except 12-hour shift shall be granted paid
annual leave as follows: |
|
(a) |
|
For the 1st year of service
|
: 10 working days per year |
|
(b) |
|
2nd year of service
|
: 11 working days per year |
|
(c) |
|
3rd year of service
|
: 12 working days per year |
|
(d) |
|
4th year of service
|
: 13 working days per year |
|
(e) |
|
5th to 6th year of service
|
: 14 working days per year |
|
(f) |
|
7th year of service
|
: 15 working days per year |
|
(g) |
|
8th to 11th year of service
|
: 16 working days per year |
|
(h) |
|
12th year of service |
: 17 working days per year |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 10 of 21 |
|
(i) |
|
13th year of service |
: 18 working days per year |
|
(j) |
|
14th and 15th year of service
|
: 19 working days per year |
|
(k) |
|
16th year of service and above |
: 20 working days per year |
|
(2) |
|
Every employee on 12-hour shift shall be granted paid annual leave as
follows: |
|
(a) |
|
For the first 2 years of service
|
: 8 working days per year |
|
(b) |
|
3rd year of service
|
: 9 working days per year |
|
(c) |
|
4th year of service
|
: 10 working days per year |
|
(d) |
|
5th to 6th year of service
|
: 12 working days per year |
|
(e) |
|
7th year of service
|
: 13 working days per year |
|
(f) |
|
8th to 11th year of service
|
: 14 working days per year |
|
(g) |
|
12th year of service
|
: 15 working days per year |
|
(h) |
|
13th year of service
|
: 16 working days per year |
|
(i) |
|
14th year of service and above |
: 17 working days per year |
|
(3) |
|
An employee shall be entitled to proportionate annual leave in respect of an
incomplete year of service. |
|
|
(4) |
|
From the 2nd year of service, eligibility for annual leave shall commence in
the calendar year in which the anniversary falls. |
|
|
(5) |
|
If an employee terminates the employees service, or has the employees
service terminated before the employee has taken the employees annual leave, the
Company shall pay for leave not taken as on the day of the termination of service. |
|
|
(6) |
|
Application for annual leave shall be made two working days in advance. |
CLAUSE 22 MATERNITY LEAVE
|
(1) |
|
A female employee who has completed 90 days of service in the company shall
be entitled to paid maternity leave of 2 months plus 8 weeks, subject to the
conditions stipulated in the Children Development Co-Savings Act. |
|
(2) |
|
A female employee who does not qualify under sub-clause (1) above but who has
completed 90 days of service in the company
|
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 11 of 21 |
|
|
|
shall be entitled to 2 months of maternity leave on full pay, if she has fewer than
2 living children, and another 4 weeks of maternity leave without pay, subject to
the conditions stipulated in the Employment Act. |
|
(3) |
|
An application for maternity leave shall be supported by a certificate from a
registered medical practitioner or a Government medical officer. |
|
(4) |
|
Maternity leave shall, as far as possible, be taken one month each before and
after confinement. |
|
(5) |
|
Any absence from work due to miscarriage or for any other illness arising out
of and in the course of pregnancy during the first seven months of such pregnancy
shall not be considered as maternity leave, but shall be considered as normal sick
leave under clause 19 of this Agreement. |
|
(6) |
|
If at the expiry of the maternity leave, the employee is medically certified
as unfit for duty her absence shall be treated as normal sick leave in accordance with
clause 19 of this Agreement. |
CLAUSE 23 PATERNITY LEAVE
|
|
A confirmed male employee shall be entitled to two days paid paternity leave each on the
birth of the employees first four surviving children. |
CLAUSE 24 MARRIAGE LEAVE
|
|
The Company shall grant five working days leave with full pay only on the occasion of the
first marriage, and a properly authenticated certificate of such marriage shall be provided
by the employee. |
CLAUSE 25 COMPASSIONATE LEAVE
|
(1) |
|
An employee shall be granted paid compassionate leave of three working days
at any one time in the event of death of the
|
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 12 of 21 |
|
|
|
employees spouse, parent, child, brother, sister, parent-in-law and grandparent. |
|
(2) |
(a) |
In the event of serious illness of the employees spouse, parent, child,
brother, sister, parent-in-law and grandparent, compassionate leave shall be given
sympathetic consideration without restriction. |
|
|
(b) |
Serious illness shall be defined as illness requiring the
patient to be on the dangerously ill list of any licensed hospital. |
|
(3) |
|
An employee requesting compassionate leave may be required by the Company to
produce evidence that the leave is needed on bona fide grounds. If it is subsequently
found that such leave has been obtained by misrepresentation of facts, the employee
may render himself liable to disciplinary action by the Company. |
CLAUSE 26 MEDICAL AND HOSPITALISATION BENEFITS
|
(a) |
|
Every employee shall enjoy the privilege of free medical
attention, treatment and medicine from the Company appointed doctors or a
Government medical officer. |
|
|
(b) |
|
If an employee is not satisfied with the Company appointed
doctors opinion, the employee may see the nearest Government medical officer.
If the employee is certified sick by the Government medical officer, the
Company shall reimburse the medical expenses and pay for the sick leave. |
|
|
(c) |
|
If the Government medical officer certifies the employee fit
for work, the employee shall not be entitled to pay for time away from work or
to reimbursement of expenses. |
|
|
(d) |
|
If an employee falls sick at home, the employee shall seek
treatment from the Company appointed doctors or a Government medical officer.
If the illness is an emergency, any registered medical practitioner may be
contacted. In
|
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 13 of 21 |
|
|
|
this case, the Company shall reimburse the medical expenses and grant paid
sick leave (if applicable) to the employee only if the case has been
certified as an emergency by the registered medical practitioner. |
|
(2) |
|
Hospitalisation Benefits |
|
|
Every employee shall be covered by the Companys Group Hospitalisation and Surgical
Insurance Plan. Subject to the provisions for room and board benefit under this
plan, the normal ward assigned shall be B1 ward accommodation in the event of the
employee being hospitalised. A copy of the Companys Group Hospitalisation and
Surgical Insurance Plan shall be extended to all employees in the Company. Appendix
II shows the schedule for this plan. |
CLAUSE 27 FLEXIBLE BENEFITS
|
(1) |
|
All active permanent full-time employees shall be eligible for flexible
benefits up to a maximum amount of $420.00 per calendar year with effect from 1st
January 2011. Any unutilised amount in a calendar year shall be forfeited. |
|
(2) |
|
The flexible benefit claims may be utilised to cover benefits stipulated
under the Flexible Benefits policy. |
CLAUSE 28 DENTAL TREATMENT
|
(1) |
|
A confirmed employee may claim reimbursement from the flexible benefit claim
for the cost of dental examination, scaling, x-ray, extraction and amalgam fillings.
Such reimbursement shall be made only against a valid receipt from a registered dental
practitioner. |
|
(2) |
|
An employees absence caused through dental illness shall on production of a
medical certificate issued by a registered dental practitioner be treated as normal
sick leave. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 14 of 21 |
CLAUSE 29 BASIC LIFE INSURANCE
|
|
The Company shall insure every employee for an amount equivalent to 18 times of the
employees last drawn monthly base salary. Employees may, if they so request, be allowed
to take supplementary life insurance policy for additional sums in accordance with the
Companys Supplementary Life Policy. The premium required for such supplementary insurance
cover shall be shared equally by the Company and the employee concerned. |
CLAUSE 30 WORK INJURY COMPENSATION
|
(1) |
|
Every employee shall be insured in accordance with the provisions of the Work
Injury Compensation Act. |
|
(2) |
|
For injuries covered under the Work Injury Compensation Act, the Company
shall keep the employee on full pay up to 14 days outpatient medical leave, and full
pay up to 60 days hospitalization. Once this limit is reached, two-thirds of salary
is payable up to a maximum period of one year following the date of the accident. |
CLAUSE 31 SAVINGS PLAN
|
(1) |
|
A confirmed employee may authorise the Company to open a Savings Account
under the employees name with any bank in Singapore. |
|
(2) |
|
The entry dates of the Savings Plan are 1st January and 1st July of each
year. |
|
(3) |
|
The employee may contribute up to a maximum of 10% of the employees monthly
base salary to the Savings Plan. Upon receipt of the employees authorisation, the
Company shall deduct the authorised amount, starting from entry dates per sub-clause
(2). |
|
(4) |
|
For every dollar so deducted, the Company shall make a contribution of 15% of
that amount. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 15 of 21 |
|
(5) |
|
The employees contributions are to be held in the Companys books for six
full months. At the end of each six-month contribution period, the employees
contributions shall be credited to the employees bank account together with the
Companys contribution, and the accrued interest of both contributions. |
|
|
(6) |
|
In the event an employee withdraws the employees share of contributions
before they have been held for six full months, the employee shall be entitled to
receive accrued interest on the employees contributions but the employee shall not be
entitled to receive the Companys share of contribution or accrued interest on the
Companys contribution. |
|
|
(7) |
|
In the event of withdrawal arising from serious need due to an emergency, an
employee may apply to the Human Resources Manager for compassionate consideration to
be entitled to receive the Companys share of contribution plus accrued interest. |
CLAUSE 32 SAFETY COMMITTEE
|
|
The Company shall establish a safety committee in accordance with the Workplace Safety &
Health Act, and shall invite Union representatives to sit on the committee. |
CLAUSE 33 NTUC FAIRPRICE COOPERATIVE SHARES
|
|
In the event of an employee purchasing NTUC Fairprice Cooperative shares, the Company shall
make an initial payment to NTUC Fairprice of $10.00 for the accounting of the employee. |
CLAUSE 34 EDUCATION ASSISTANCE
|
|
The Companys current Education Assistance Plan shall be continued. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 16 of 21 |
CLAUSE 35 UNIONS DAY
|
|
At Managements discretion, the Company shall provide one days special leave to all Union
Branch officials on the Unions Anniversary Day which is decided by the Unions Executive
Council and upon application by the Union. |
CLAUSE 36 EQUAL REMUNERATION
|
(1) |
|
Both parties accept that the principle of equal remuneration for men and
women for work of equal value shall apply. Remuneration means salary (as defined in
the Employment Act) and any other consideration, whether in cash or in kind, which the
employee receives directly or indirectly, in respect of employment. |
|
(2) |
|
The employer shall ensure the principles of equal remuneration for men and
women for work of equal value are adhered to. Regardless of their gender, employees
will be paid and rewarded based on the value of job, performance and contribution. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 17 of 21 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto, have hereunto set their hands the day and year first above
written.
Signed for and on behalf of
|
|
|
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES
MANUFACTURING
(SINGAPORE)
PTE. LTD.
|
|
UNITED WORKERS OF
ELECTRONICS & ELECTRICAL
INDUSTRIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ OOI BOON CHYE
|
|
/s/ HALIMAH YACOB |
|
|
|
OOI BOON CHYE
|
|
HALIMAH YACOB |
Senior VP, Global Operations
|
|
Executive Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ THERESA LIM
|
|
/s/ CYRILLE TAN |
|
|
|
THERESA LIM
HR Director
|
|
CYRILLE TAN
General Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ BELINDA TENG BEE HONG
|
|
|
BELINDA TENG BEE HONG |
|
|
Branch Chairman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PAULINE TONG
|
|
|
PAULINE TONG |
|
|
Branch Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ MAZNAH BINTE AHMAD
|
|
|
MAZNAH BINTE AHMAD |
|
|
Branch Treasurer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the presence of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ NG YANLI
|
|
|
NG YANLI |
|
|
Industrial Relations Officer |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 18 of 21 |
Appendix I
(Clause 14)
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE EMPLOYEES AGREEMENT OF 2010
Materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Global |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
2007 CA Job Title |
|
2010 CA Job Title |
|
Job Level |
|
Job Family |
|
Grade |
|
Min (SGD) |
|
Mid (SGD) |
|
Max (SGD) |
Matl Handler |
|
Mfg Ops Support Matl Handling 1 |
|
ICA1-Entry |
|
Operations Support Matl Handling |
|
G10C |
|
900 |
|
1,200 |
|
1,500 |
Storekeeper A |
|
Mfg Ops Support Matl Handling 2 |
|
ICA2-Intermediate |
|
Operations Support Matl Handling |
|
G11C |
|
985 |
|
1,308 |
|
1,638 |
Storekeeper B |
|
Mfg Ops Support Matl Handling 3 |
|
ICA3-Career |
|
Operations Support Matl Handling |
|
G12C |
|
1,154 |
|
1,538 |
|
1,923 |
Storekeeper C |
|
Mfg Ops Support Matl Handling 4 |
|
ICA4-Expert |
|
Operations Support Matl Handling |
|
G13C |
|
1,331 |
|
1,769 |
|
2,215 |
Mfg Operations Support Process/Product
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Global |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
2007 CA Job Title |
|
2010 CA Job Title |
|
Job Level |
|
Job Family |
|
Grade |
|
Min (SGD) |
|
Mid (SGD) |
|
Max (SGD) |
Operator |
|
Mfg Ops Support Proc/Prod 1 |
|
ICA1-Entry |
|
Operations Support Proc/Prod |
|
G10B |
|
750 |
|
1,000 |
|
1,250 |
QA Inspector |
|
Mfg Ops Support Proc/Prod 2 |
|
ICA2-Intermediate |
|
Operations Support Proc/Prod |
|
G11B |
|
900 |
|
1,200 |
|
1,500 |
Technical Operator A |
|
Mfg Ops Support Proc/Prod 3 |
|
ICA3-Career |
|
Operations Support Proc/Prod |
|
G12B |
|
985 |
|
1,308 |
|
1,638 |
Technical Operator B |
|
Mfg Ops Support Proc/Prod 4 |
|
ICA4-Expert |
|
Operations Support Proc/Prod |
|
G13B |
|
1,154 |
|
1,538 |
|
1,923 |
Wafer Fabrication Ops Support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Global |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
2007 CA Job Title |
|
2010 CA Job Title |
|
Job Level |
|
Job Family |
|
Grade |
|
Min (SGD) |
|
Mid (SGD) |
|
Max (SGD) |
Fab Assistant A |
|
Mfg Ops Support Fab 1 |
|
ICA1-Entry |
|
Operations Support Fabrication |
|
G10C |
|
900 |
|
1,200 |
|
1,500 |
N.A |
|
Mfg Ops Support Fab 2 |
|
ICA2-Intermediate |
|
Operations Support Fabrication |
|
G11C |
|
985 |
|
1,308 |
|
1,638 |
Fab Assistant B |
|
Mfg Ops Support Fab 3 |
|
ICA3-Career |
|
Operations Support Fabrication |
|
G12C |
|
1,154 |
|
1,538 |
|
1,923 |
Fab Specialist |
|
Mfg Ops Support Fab 4 |
|
ICA4-Expert |
|
Operations Support Fabrication |
|
G13C |
|
1,331 |
|
1,769 |
|
2,215 |
Wafer Fabrication Mfg Technician
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Global |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
2007 CA Job Title |
|
2010 CA Job Title |
|
Job Level |
|
Job Family |
|
Grade |
|
Min (SGD) |
|
Mid (SGD) |
|
Max (SGD) |
N.A |
|
Mfg Technician Fab 1 |
|
ICA1-Entry |
|
Mfg Technician Fabrication |
|
G12C |
|
1,154 |
|
1,538 |
|
1,923 |
N.A |
|
Mfg Technician Fab 2 |
|
ICA2-Intermediate |
|
Mfg Technician Fabrication |
|
G13C |
|
1,331 |
|
1,769 |
|
2,215 |
N.A |
|
Mfg Technician Fab 3 |
|
ICA3-Career |
|
Mfg Technician Fabrication |
|
G14C |
|
1,500 |
|
2,000 |
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 19 of 21 |
Appendix I
(Contd)
Administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Global |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
|
Monthly |
2007 CA Job Title |
|
2010 CA Job Title |
|
Job Level |
|
Job Family |
|
Grade |
|
Min (SGD) |
|
Mid (SGD) |
|
Max (SGD) |
Admin Assistant A |
|
Prod Planning Support 1 |
|
ICA1-Entry |
|
Planning Support |
|
G11C |
|
985 |
|
1,308 |
|
1,638 |
N.A |
|
Prod Planning Support 2 |
|
ICA2-Intermediate |
|
Planning Support |
|
G12C |
|
1,154 |
|
1,538 |
|
1,923 |
Admin Assistant B |
|
Prod Planning Support 3 |
|
ICA3-Career |
|
Planning Support |
|
G13C |
|
1,331 |
|
1,769 |
|
2,215 |
Admin Assistant C |
|
Prod Planning Support 4 |
|
ICA4-Expert |
|
Planning Support |
|
G14C |
|
1,500 |
|
2,000 |
|
2,500 |
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Min refers to Minimum of Salary Range |
|
(2) |
|
Mid refers to Mid point which is benchmarked against market base salary |
|
(3) |
|
Max refers to Maximum of Salary Range |
|
(4) |
|
The above salary ranges shall be reviewed annually to reflect market competitiveness |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 20 of 21 |
Appendix II
(Clause 26)
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE EMPLOYEES AGREEMENT OF 2010
GROUP HOSPITALISATION AND SURGICAL INSURANCE PLAN
Maximum Per Policy Year (S$)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule of Benefits |
|
S$ |
1
|
|
Daily Room and Board
(daily maximum up to 120 days)
|
|
|
200 |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Intensive Care Unit (up to 30 days)
|
|
600 / day |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Hospital Miscellaneous Services
|
|
|
6000 |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Surgical Benefit
Subject to Schedule
|
|
|
7000 |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Daily In-Hospital Doctors Visit
(daily maximum up to 120 days)
|
|
|
60* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Diagnostic X-ray and Laboratory Fees
(maximum per disability)
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Specialist Consultation and Treatment
(maximum per disability per policy year)
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Emergency Outpatient Treatment
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Post Medical Hospitalisation Follow-up
|
|
|
1000 |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Death Benefit
|
|
|
3000 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
For items 1-5 and item 9, the coverage is S$15,000 per policy year subject to 4 bedded
Govt. Ward. |
|
|
|
CA NO 315/2010
Avago Technologies Singapore Employees Agreement of 2010
(ASCA)B(10/12/2010)
|
|
Page 21 of 21 |
exv12w1
Exhibit 12.1
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(In millions, except ratio data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
One Month Ended |
|
|
October 31, |
|
|
October 31, |
|
|
November 2, |
|
|
November 1, |
|
|
October 31, |
|
|
|
November 30, 2005 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Fixed charges (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
121 |
|
|
$ |
105 |
|
|
$ |
82 |
|
|
$ |
73 |
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Portion of rental expense representative of interest (2) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed charges |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
147 |
|
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
$ |
90 |
|
|
$ |
81 |
|
|
$ |
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
|
$ |
(23 |
) |
|
$ |
(225 |
) |
|
$ |
(212 |
) |
|
$ |
60 |
|
|
$ |
(36 |
) |
|
$ |
406 |
|
Fixed charges per above |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total earnings |
|
$ |
(22 |
) |
|
$ |
(78 |
) |
|
$ |
(100 |
) |
|
$ |
150 |
|
|
$ |
45 |
|
|
$ |
444 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficiency of earnings to fixed charges |
|
$ |
(23 |
) |
|
$ |
(225 |
) |
|
$ |
(212 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(36 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For purposes of computing this ratio of earnings to fixed charges, fixed charges consist of interest
expense on all indebtednes plus amortization of debt issuance costs and an estimate of interest expense within
rental expense. Earnings consist of pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations plus fixed charges. |
|
(2) |
|
The Company uses one-third of rental expense as an estimation of the interest factor on its rental expense. |
|
(3) |
|
Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $23 million, $225 million, $212 million, and $36
million, for the one month ended November 30, 2005, the years ended October 31, 2006, October 31, 2007, and
November 1, 2009, respectively. |
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
Avago Technologies Limited List of Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ownership |
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
|
|
|
(Direct or |
Name of Subsidiary |
|
Country of Incorporation |
|
Indirect) |
Avago Semiconductor Technologies (Shanghai) Limited |
|
China |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Canada Corporation |
|
Canada |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies ECBU IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Enterprise Holding (Labuan) Corporation |
|
Labuan |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Enterprise IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Fiber GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Fiber Holding (Labuan) Corporation |
|
Labuan |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Fiber IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Finland Oy |
|
Finland |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies France SAS |
|
France |
|
100% |
Avago
Technologies General Hungary Vagyonkezelő Kft |
|
Hungary |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies General IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Holdings B.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Imaging Holding (Labuan) Corporation |
|
Labuan |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Italy S.r.l. |
|
Italy |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Japan, Ltd. |
|
Japan |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Korea Co. Ltd. |
|
Korea |
|
99% |
Avago Technologies Luxembourg S.à.r.l. |
|
Luxembourg |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. |
|
Malaysia |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
|
Mexico |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Spain SA |
|
Spain |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation |
|
Labuan |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Sweden AB |
|
Sweden |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Trading Ltd |
|
Mauritius |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies U.K. Limited |
|
England |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. |
|
Delaware (U.S.A.) |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc. |
|
Delaware (U.S.A.) |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Wireless Holding (Labuan) Corporation |
|
Labuan |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Wireless Holdings B.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
100% |
Avago
Technologies Wireless Hungary Vagyonkezelő Kft |
|
Hungary |
|
100% |
Avago Technologies Wireless IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Eltra Sensing Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. |
|
China |
|
100% |
Eltra Slovakia, S.r.o. |
|
Slovakia |
|
100% |
Eltra S.p.A. |
|
Italy |
|
100% |
Orisil Technology Inc. |
|
Cayman Islands |
|
100% |
Nemicon Corporation |
|
Japan |
|
100% |
REP Avao (Wuxi) Electronics Technologies Limited |
|
China |
|
100% |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We hereby
consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements on Form S-8
(Nos. 333-161746 and 333-169172) and S-3 (No. 333-168621) of Avago Technologies Limited of our
report dated December 15, 2010, relating to the consolidated
financial statements, financial statement schedule and the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Avago Technologies Limited, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
December 15, 2010
exv31w1
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Hock E. Tan, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avago Technologies Limited; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a. |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b. |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c. |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d. |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a. |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and |
|
|
b. |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Hock E. Tan
|
|
Hock E. Tan |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
Date: December 15, 2010
exv31w2
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Douglas R. Bettinger, certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avago Technologies Limited; |
|
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a. |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b. |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c. |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d. |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a. |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and |
|
|
b. |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Douglas R. Bettinger
|
|
Douglas R. Bettinger |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
Date: December 15, 2010
exv32w1
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avago Technologies Limited (the Company) for
the year ended October 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date
hereof (the Report), the undersigned, Hock E. Tan, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby
certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
|
(1) |
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
|
(2) |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: December 15, 2010 |
/s/ Hock E. Tan
|
|
|
Hock E. Tan |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being
filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
exv32w2
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avago Technologies Limited (the Company) for
the year ended October 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date
hereof (the Report), the undersigned, Douglas R. Bettinger, Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
|
(1) |
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
|
(2) |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: December 15, 2010 |
/s/ Douglas R. Bettinger
|
|
|
Douglas R. Bettinger |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being
filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.